Audio

440: Is Selling On Walmart Worth It And How Much Can You Make? With Daniel Solid And Ryan King

440: Is Selling On Walmart Worth It?  With Daniel Solid And Ryan King

Today I have my friend Daniel Solid back on the show with his partner Ryan King. Both of them run BlueRyse which is a Walmart agency that helps brands sell on the platform.

In this episode, we discuss how to win at Walmart and whether selling on Walmart is worth it compared to Amazon.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to sell on Walmart
  • How much can you expect to make on Walmart compared to Amazon
  • Selling on Walmart best practices

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I my friend Daniel Solid back on the show with his partner, Ryan King, and both of them run Blue Rise, which is a Walmart agency that helps sellers get on the platform. Now, in this episode, we discuss how to win at Walmart and whether selling on Walmart is worth it in the first place. Now, even though these two guys run an agency, they’re actually very straight up and telling you whether it’s worth your time.

00:28
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people. And we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together.

00:58
and everyone parties together at night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. Now I also want to thank Postsco for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

01:56
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Daniel Solid and Ryan King on the show. Now, Daniel is a long time friend and multiple seven figure seller over at Solid Strategic and he’s spoken at Seller Summit on a couple of equations and he is a seasoned e-commerce entrepreneur. Now, recently I had the opportunity to meet his business partner, Ryan King, and together they started Blue Rise to help sellers diversify to the Walmart marketplace. Now,

02:51
Let’s face it, selling on Amazon gets harder and harder every single year. And it’s actually very dangerous to rely on Amazon for all of your revenue. And in fact, I literally have friends who dread checking their phone every morning because they’re terrified of a suspension. Now, the last time I actually had a Walmart seller on the show over four years ago, Walmart was still in its infancy, but today it’s a lot more mature and Walmart is actually investing a lot of money into the platform. So in this episode, Ryan and Daniel,

03:21
are gonna teach us about Walmart. And with that, welcome to show both of you. How you doing? Doing great Steve, thanks for having us here. Yeah, so let’s just jump right into it. I’ll just be heads up with you guys. I’m not used to having two guests on the show, so I’ll rely on you guys to just kind of arbitrage the question. first off, I guess this is a question for Ryan. How long have you been selling on Walmart and to Daniel also, and what percentage of your revenue is actually from Walmart today?

03:48
think for our brand, and we really started our little, you know, agency team that handles stuff for, for in store brands at Walmart, those are the lingo for that is one P, like the folks that are on the shelf at Walmart, and then the three P brands are the other half, we started an agency to serve them by like realizing we needed help doing it for our own brand. And, and we started, we moved our little shooting sports brand onto the platform and found that there was a lot of customers there who, who

04:18
our in our customer base. And initially, it was right around before competition came in to our little space, we were sitting around 5 % of revenue. that was in Q4 for Walmart. Yeah. And so we’re primarily on Amazon, right? Right. And we moved into the Walmart space saw about 5 % in Q4 of 2021. And as we’ve had others come in, it’s it’s varied between three and 5%. For us,

04:48
And so I didn’t want it to be a focus for our internal Amazon team. And we realized that a lot of people didn’t want that either in their companies. And that’s why we started BlueRisers so people can have someone else that deals with all the Walmart hassles. Ryan, how many would you say like on average, what are you seeing across different brands? What are they seeing? I told I shared about ours, but I mean, what’s the average as a percentage of Amazon?

05:12
Yeah, we as Amazon with Amazon as a benchmark and some qualifiers for that, we’d say, you know, if it’s a mature brand, that is not just emerging on Amazon, but has established itself and it’s kind of in that past that early growth phase. Can you what a mature brand is actually? Sure. Yeah, maybe they’re at a high six figure, seven figures, they’re they’re beyond a single skew as as their main probably 10 skews or more. That might include variations, but they’re seeing six to seven figures on Amazon. We’re gonna

05:41
we’re going conservatively estimate four to 12 % right now on Walmart is what they can achieve within a year’s time. And there’s certainly outliers to that. There’s some that are in the 20 % or others, but, and there’s, we can talk about some factors that may affect it on the downward side as well to make it a little more challenging with Walmart, but in general, I’ll be, it’s a wide range, but four to 12 % is what we typically see. And we’d recommend for brands to expect in these earlier stages still with the Walmart marketplace.

06:10
Okay, and then then Daniel 5 % was that one P that was three P right? That’s creepy for us. We don’t have anything in store at Walmart. That’s all just on the walmart.com website, which if you talk to people at Walmart, they call that the three P Walmart marketplace. And then when you were doing this for the first time, effort wise, what was it like for that 5 % compared to Amazon? At first it was it was it was easier to

06:40
to do some of the things that we were allowed to do back in 2014, 2013 even on Amazon, like having graphics in our banner images. We actually still can do that in many categories on Walmart so we can get more clicks. So we could get away with some additional things. There’s more we can do with reviews that Ryan can talk about here in a minute. So those things were easier. The things that were harder was things just would break all the time from a catalog standpoint.

07:10
where like trying to get the variations to work right and trying to make sure all the backend fields were populated correctly. That was the part that really took some time. we got everything up and running, including we were early on getting into Walmart and WFS, which is their version of FBA back then. And we got all that up and running in about a month. Okay, that’s not too bad at all. Using kind of adapting our Amazon content.

07:39
So if I were to ask both of you, assuming you’re a seasoned seller, why Walmart? Like what are the primary reasons? Well, for us, it started as like diversification and just wanting to to get another partner platform up and running other than Amazon. That whole thing you alluded to, like we don’t want to be a single channel company. And we looked at a lot of places, Facebook, we analyze Facebook and just for our product niche.

08:08
Walmart made sense because it’s a little more sports and outdoors friendly. And, um, and we sell a fairly ubiquitous product in that people know what it is. It’s pretty saturated on Amazon. And, uh, I’ll let Ryan speak now to, to like maybe some of those things that, are factors to consider for Amazon sellers and, and DTC sellers on the platform and selecting the right brand. But those were some reasons we felt like it was a fit for ours.

08:38
Yeah, I’d say from the seller side, some of the things to consider and why Walmart, why now maybe would be like we’ve, we’ve already kind of covered some of the de-risking. So maybe it’s just an additional channel of revenue, whether that’s because you’re fearing that, that message from the Amazon app. mean, I can, I can relate. I’ve been selling on Amazon since 2016 myself as well. And so that, that reality that one hand is on the button.

09:05
potentially to shut your business down. So de-risking just from a personal business operations standpoint or adding incremental sales lift is always a plus if it makes sense for the return on investment in time and priority. But also for some of those brands, this is becoming maybe less of a conversation, but certainly last year and the year before, if brands were preparing for exit and they were maybe 12 to 18 months prior to that exit, for the same reason you as a brand would be considering de-risking or diversifying,

09:35
That was also a potential to increase that multiple if you did it early enough to show profitability in the additional channel. So for those brands that are still maybe looking at that exit play down the road, having multiple channels of revenue is a big plus. Those would be the big ones. The other big one for us was just seeing Walmart as a bit of a blue ocean right now versus a red ocean. So there’s just less sellers on there that know what they’re doing, that have things going at Walmart. The other thing we found with Walmart is that

10:05
They’re high on relationship. And so we can actually talk to people and navigate. They have a lot of challenges, but they would also navigate them with us and solve them with us. And so if you know people at Walmart, it’s really faster to get things done. And you mean like real humans and like not in India? Yeah. It’s so it’s possible to talk to other human beings. It’s getting harder. Amazing. It’s getting harder. But yes, it is still possible, which is amazing. Yeah. The other one.

10:35
Other one I would mention, and this is realistically for a small percentage of brands right now, maybe 1%, but it’s an interesting opportunity that Walmart presents that Amazon doesn’t, is the opportunity to actually get into the pathway to brick and mortar distribution. So if that’s part of the roadmap for a brand wanting retail distribution, Walmart is actively courting brands that are performing well on its website and actively prescribing that even as a

11:02
as a step in the direction of talking to buyers in stores. that’s another reason to consider it. So we’ve already kind of talked about like mature sellers by your definition. Are there certain products that work better than other products? Yeah, great question. I’d say some of the products people talk about Walmart as Amazon of 2000, name your year, you 2009, 2012. in some ways it is because of it’s relatively still a nascent marketplace.

11:30
And in other ways, it still is Amazon of 2022 or Walmart of 2022 because they, the world’s largest retailer, have, there’s some differences there. So I’ll speak to kind of two ways that matters. When you think of Amazon of 2000X, some of those products that were doing really well were more generic. It was price-based and more generic in product and maybe multi-pack those kinds of things.

11:56
And Amazon sellers or other D2C sellers that may have profited back then on those things and those have become more commoditized, more challenging on the Amazon channel or other channels. We’re actually seeing those do well on Walmart’s marketplace and breathe a second life into many products. So if there are sellers that know how to sell in an e-commerce marketplace, but their product mix might’ve just run through a little bit of the top of the curve of the adoption cycle with customers and it’s on the tail end there.

12:23
that might be one thing to investigate for Walmart. Secondly, price point is key. So Walmart shoppers are still more price sensitive than Amazon. One good way to frame it up, I would say, shoppers on Amazon specifically are kind of trained to think whatever I imagine I can search for and probably find and get it in two days. What we find for behavior of shoppers on Walmart is more like shoppers thinking,

12:53
I could go to Walmart to buy blank product, but I wonder if they have it online instead. And so when you think about the type of products that are often shot for in a Walmart store, you can real quickly get a frame of reference of what does well. So mid range price, not the ultra high price, not the ultra niche. So the example I use is if you’re selling a bamboo coffee filter for pour overs, that might do really well on Amazon.

13:23
If you’re more likely to find success with coffee filter on Walmart, and because you’re gonna have to, you’re gonna find the search volume drops significantly one or three or four keywords deep. So the longer tail keywords aren’t generating more of the traffic. It’s the broader keywords. So you can qualify and be seen as relevant and competitive at a price point. Then you can bring all the strategies to bear on the marketplace to really maximize that opportunity, but you’re gonna have to compete on broader keywords.

13:52
So price point, kind of a broader ubiquitous type product, or there’s other products if you’re in a consumable supplements. heard this from, and I asked them to repeat it three times at this latest conference we were at, the sell and scale, was one of the representatives for food and consumables for e-commerce marketplace said 33 % of their revenue on walmart.com is coming from supplements right now. Interesting. Okay, that’s crazy. It’s crazy. So based on what you’re saying that it seems like

14:22
more everyday staples will do better on Walmart. Commonplace products, you know what’s funny though is like when I teach e-commerce, I always talk about emphasizing your value proposition and whatnot. And a lot of times that’s actually harder to do with commonplace products, right? Like everyday products. So let’s say I’m coming from Amazon and Walmart, like how do I, do I just copy my listing over? Like how do I, you know, structure the listing or make my product interesting if it’s kind of like a commonplace staple?

14:50
You know, I think that’s where some of the opportunity lies right now is your differentiation may not be in premium offering or premium product styling. It may be an optimizing for SEO availability on the site or quality at this moment. So that’s kind of one of those dialing back the clock elements is paying attention to how you optimize your listing. So what’s happening right now in Walmart is Walmart it’s been kind of a, it’s largely an afterthought for most brands right now.

15:20
or it’s not even on the radar. And so if your brand has been successful in D2C and is widely known or has been successful on Amazon, it’s probably not whether or not your brand is also on Walmart. It’s are you in control of it? Because there are a lot of resellers and dropshippers taking advantage of that lack of attention there. So what’s happening is a lot of listings on that website are simply content. the title, description, bullets, all those things, imagery are just being syndicated or pushed over.

15:48
and not adapted uniquely for the Walmart marketplace. But the algorithm prioritizes different formatting for all of those elements. And so you can pretty quickly sniff out which products are just kind of thrown up there and not optimized. So much shorter character counts on title, the bullets don’t match up exactly in formatting those kind of things. And there’s an extra kind of paragraph kind of description.

16:11
And the last thing is attributes on the backend are usually not filled out. And that is a key element we could talk, we could get into weeds there if you wanted to, but really the bottom line is there’s less rich media or A plus content that’s available. Enhanced brand content is relatively sparse on Walmart right now. They reset their website last October and they lost a lot of those features, but you have basically videos and what they call feature layout. So it’s the A plus editorial kind of layout that’s

16:40
That one’s coming back on, but right now what you have is basically videos and item 360 view. So if you’re thinking uniquely to the Walmart marketplace, there’s ways to present the product and capture the attention of the shopper, which others just are sleeping on right now. So that’s one of the ways. So this basically sounds like a time machine back when Amazon wasn’t as sophisticated and it’s kind of like a land grab almost right where you can throw stuff up and kind of rank for these.

17:08
hard keywords on Amazon that you wouldn’t be able to rank on Amazon, you can rank on Walmart. Yeah. That’s right. And you’re building a moat, honestly, because other people are going to move into the platform, we believe, as it’s going to continue to grow. And right now you can do things like maybe we could talk about reviews in a minute, but like you can access things that I don’t know that you will be able to in the future to build that defensive as things scale. But at a high level for the business, as we were looking at it,

17:39
you they require a US entity to get in. And so there’s a little bit more of a barrier there. They just opened it up for United for UK companies. Okay. And they’re talking about this well, yes, and Canada as well. But that’s even new. And so you’re not going to head to head with Chinese sellers don’t have a US okay. Yeah, on the platform. So you do need to be in the US. That’s one thing to think about. And you probably need to have around 10 skews because variations are

18:06
are helpful. They just launched a new advertising banner that’s similar to sponsored brands on Amazon, that really is going to, I think, continue to drive more traffic to our listings. We’ve seen it really work well so far, because we’ve had early access through our agency for some of our clients. And you need at least three SKUs to show there with some variations. So maybe at least 10 SKUs, a million in revenue. But then when you’re looking at your product type,

18:35
Your winner on Amazon, like Ryan’s saying, is probably not going to be your winner on Walmart. And it’s hard to know until you put it up there. And we would lean towards prioritizing those products that have gotten too competitive or saturated on Amazon for you and just see how they do. Because you can win on the optimization side because there’s nobody really paying attention on the Walmart platform right now.

19:03
It’s taking me over three years, but my first book, The Family First Entrepreneur will be out in stores on May 16th. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now I know for a fact that most of you listening to this podcast don’t want to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now certainly you might not say no to these things, but when you really ask yourself what your priorities are, it’s almost always the same. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. So in this book,

19:32
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to starting a business. You can, in fact, succeed at business without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work.

20:01
So join me in my book launch. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

20:17
I guess one of my primary concerns about moving to Walmart, and I’m just speaking as a seller here, is that Walmart is traditionally viewed as a discount store. So does that mean that I can’t charge as much as I would on Amazon for the same product? They won’t penalize you for price parity. Price parity would be the main thing you need to focus on. And that’s one thing we encourage brands to evaluate, is if they are a premium price point on Amazon, that may not be the best fit for Walmart right now.

20:47
Okay. What they should do is do a quick search on Walmart, see what the top sellers are and see what the price range is. If you’re over 50 % or really there might be some leeway in some products where if you’re, if you’re over a hundred percent of the highest or the best seller or the highest price point that may be getting out of range of a really seeing some, some real conversion. But if you’re within 50 % or lower for the products on Walmart, then that’s still going to make sense. And price parity is still going to be the name of the game.

21:15
Walmart is looking at Amazon’s listings to see if you’re listing at the same price, Amazon’s doing the same thing. So you definitely want to make sure if you’re trying to offer it lower on Walmart, for some reason, you don’t compromise your buy box eligibility on Amazon. then fees wise, Is it cheaper to sell So fees wise, it’s slightly cheaper, right, Ryan? But not overall. It’s pretty much comparable.

21:42
Walmart in their fulfillment services does not have a small light program yet, but they do have oversized they do have all the others. Their inbound freight is they have negotiated inbound freight rates with FedEx that are good for small parcel or LTL inbound to their their warehouses like what Amazon gets with ups. So those inbound rates are often sometimes better.

22:03
depends and they’ve extended their warehouse network across the US aggressively over the last year or so, those shipment deliveries. They’ve just released kind of the one to many approach where you inbound to one warehouse and they distribute elsewhere for you, but they don’t charge you for that. They’re running so many services that some fees are discounted. So they just did a big push out to all current sellers or prospective sellers, courting them saying, if you get one product inbound into Walmart fulfillment services, they’re waving all

22:33
all peak season storage fees right now for Walmart. So there’s discounts they’re offering to incentivize. And the last thing I’d say was fees go commission rate referral fee is comparable. It’s typically about 15%. Some categories it’s eight and sometimes with price point below $10, it’ll drop to eight as well. And advertising is another element we’ve kind of hinted at, the average CPC is around and Q2, the average CPC by one study was around 80 cents.

23:02
per click versus $1.24 on Amazon. So there’s ways to potentially save and make each sale more profitable. Actually, now is probably a good time to just compare them apples to apples in terms of features. So FBA, there’s an equivalent on Walmart called WFS, right? Correct. On the advertising end, there’s also a PPC platform that Walmart has that’s probably not as feature rich as Amazon at this point, I would imagine. Correct. But the CPCs are significantly cheaper, it seems.

23:32
like a third or whatever you said it was. What else am I missing? Is there like a brand registry and all that stuff as well? There is, there’s a, they have brand registry in, in basically what it is, is IP protection at this point. Okay. Not getting a lot of extra analytics. They just, this, this banner ad that Dana was talking about has been historically only available to the one P products and one P suppliers. They just rolled it out this October.

24:00
for self-service for third-party marketplace. One condition though, they’re calling it sponsored brand and you have to be registered with the brand registry portal in order to have access to that banner ad. So they’re adding in features, but yeah, they do have it. Okay. Here’s another concern, which I don’t know if you’ve encountered yet. Like the other day I was actually at Walmart shopping and I bought Waltusen instead of Robitusen. Are they gonna compete with you for your best sellers or have you seen that happen?

24:28
As far as are they going to invest in private labeling kind of products to go head to head from what they see online? We haven’t seen any cases of that. What they’re doing, because they’re already historically retail first, like a brick and mortar retailer. And so the contracts they’re after right now is focusing more heavily on the retail distribution. And so they’re making asks of manufacturers to create private labels for them in store.

24:54
But online, we’re not seeing that directly compare. And there’s been real no real competition at that point. Now they do have their private label brands in a lot of categories that it would be hard to go head to head with. One thing to note, this would be one difference is a lot of the search volume can be heavily brand driven. And so that’s one thing to look for on Walmart. If you’re going into a space where the majority of search volume is in those branded keywords, conquesting branded keywords is really difficult on Walmart.

25:24
And so you have to get creative there. And in terms of just tools real quick, Helium 10 and Jungle Scout, have Walmart keyword research now? Mm-hmm, they do. And they both would claim about 93 % or higher accuracy on search volumes from their tools. I’m always curious how they get that. Is there, does Walmart advertise that data or like how are these tools getting it? Any ideas? You know, I don’t know exactly how. I do know that there are tools that have what they would call connected content partners.

25:54
connected partners with Walmart that do have access directly into data. Not all of those tools have that direct level of access, but they’re prohibited from revealing the actual numbers as Amazon would do as well with many of those arrangements. They have to put some kind of weighted veil over those. There’s another one called Skew Ninja. It’s a connected content partner that gives weighted averages of keywords, yeah.

26:20
All right, so walk me through the whole process now. Like, let’s say I want to move to Walmart, like how much of a pain is it or like what do I need to go through that’s different than getting started on Amazon? One before we kind of dive into the step by step, just related to the previous conversation is it, I’ve told a couple of brand owners, you might pull some brand off the shelf that you haven’t used. And just, just do a larger pack size at a slightly lower price point.

26:49
and have a different brand for Walmart than you do on Amazon. Use the same product if you’ve got a 3PL with the ability to relabel some stuff. Depending on the product mix, you might be able to do that pretty easily. We’ve seen that work. If you’re concerned about sort of coming in too low to be able to maintain your listings on Amazon or to be competing with yourself. The other thing to remember is that if you’re not on Walmart, someone else is representing your brand.

27:19
that probably is not doing a very good job. And so those are just two things to think about from a branding side. Like you might want to take over your brand so you can at least control it, but then maybe launch something if you’re in a high price point that you can come in slightly lower to move more volume. So, mean, it just sounds to me like at least for this initial part of our conversation here is like you might have some skews where it’s been a race to the bottom on Amazon, but it’s probably not saturated on Walmart and

27:48
it’s worth listing a lot of those products on because they’re probably not saturated on Walmart, right? So it sounds to me like you don’t want to pick like your highest margin, you know, best sellers on Amazon per se, because they might not work on Walmart because of the just the different types of customers. That’s right. Yeah, just I would say that. Yeah. Yeah. I would say that one one case study real quick. I’ll give you kind of vaguely. We helped a large aggregator move 300 of their top performers onto Walmart last year.

28:18
And there was a lot of surprises in that mix. What we saw was a lot of the heroes that were performing the best on Amazon weren’t the heroes on Walmart, but they had new heroes emerge from that catalog on the Walmart side that kind of got a second life and extra boost in sales. But it mirrored what we were saying is some of those insights we’ve drawn from some scales like that saying, okay, these middle tier products somewhat might be doing better and those are worth looking at.

28:46
Right. Because I kind of view Walmart customers as a different type of customer than an Amazon shopper. Right. At least in my mind. don’t know if it’s true. So what I want to get at with the other question was like how much is the process for getting a Walmart a lot smoother now? And I just kind of walk me through you can just walk me through the differences really. That’s all I’m concerned about getting a Walmart versus Amazon. Sure. So the main difference is Walmart is will not likely allow on

29:17
brand new sellers. So Walmart’s looking for sales history somewhere in their realm of, know, it’s a little bit of a black box, but really what we’re seeing is if you have more than six months of history and you ideally are six figures or higher, then you’re a good candidate. You have to have a U S entity or coming from UK or Canada at this point to be applying. The good news is in the last month,

29:43
the application process just got much easier. There’s probably a lot of people that will listen to this that may have tried applying in the past and they got an immediate robo rejection, rejection saying you’re not a fit and there’s no room to appeal. It was just, it was a harsh language, know, harsh language, just quick email with, with kind of stuck in limbo. And the reality is that was just overly sensitive bots.

30:07
What happened in the past was, and I won’t go too far in detail, but what happened in the past was when Amazon started kicking everybody off the platform, they were bad actors. Walmart just didn’t have filters in place necessarily to also filter them out. So they swung the pendulum the other way and said, all right, we’re going to get really heavy on filters. And the result was now a lot of legitimate sellers being just refused access. That bar has come down significantly now. You now can in one step apply to be a seller.

30:35
and you’re applying at the same time for access to the marketplace, for Walmart fulfillment services and for Walmart Connect, which is their advertising arm. And it’s all rolled into one quick step and then they’ll do some backend verification after they grant initial kind of probationary access to the platform. But the difference would be sales history, showing that you have a good history of customer You have to show them financial statements then or? You have to give your EIN, those kinds of things and they can do some research.

31:04
And they’ll ask about number of skews you plan to bring as a percentage of your whole, those kinds of things. Okay. And when you say six figures, do you mean six figures per skew or aggregate? Aggregate. Okay. All right. All right. Yeah. then what’s his brand registry separate Ryan and WFS still, I know it was WFS is rolled into the initial. So WFS Walmart connect and cellular access, cellular center access are rolled into one.

31:34
Brand registry would be a secondary registration. It’s not too difficult to do. You just have to make sure just like you would on Amazon, make sure your paperwork matches your legal seller entity, all those kinds of things. But that would be, those are relatively similar. There is no monthly fee to be a professional seller on Walmart. That’s one difference. You’re likely going to be selling, setting up all your, so you would, the initial step filling out the application and getting online. The main difference is your previous sales history.

32:04
But for most audience, they probably already have some history over six months or any of them. So, likely clear that hurdle. We can talk with somebody if they run into a dead end there. That’s where knowing people behind the process often helps a little bit just to figure out what’s going on. And then from there, once they’re set up, the next stages, you you’ve got to, if you’re going to do seller fulfilled, you’ve got to fill out shipping templates and some of those elements in there.

32:30
But WFS is what we heavily recommend for everybody. But the Seller Setup Process is get access, set up at least one item, and connect at least one unit of inventory to that item, and you finish that onboarding process. And WFS, in your experience, is pretty reliable compared to like FBA? It is, yes. So inbound times are typically faster at this point.

32:56
And there may be some hiccups. do have to make sure one thing that’s a key difference is you have to have a scannable UPC. So a lot of sellers, if they’ve just printed on their packaging, FN SKU or something like that from the Amazon side, that’s obviously Walmart’s not going to scan a unique barcode for Amazon into their system. So you have to have a scannable UPC. so good news is GS1, if people have been, you can get individual UPCs now for like $30 a piece, much cheaper now.

33:25
So that’s not too big of a hill to climb operationally. WFS also now offers labeling just like Amazon would. So you can have them labeled per unit if you want to do it with your old FNS queue and indicate you want them to label for you. Okay. Let’s talk about the juicy stuff now. So we had talked about like the Wild Wild West and I know you kind of alluded to reviews and all that stuff. So is it really like Amazon, the Wild Wild West back when you could do like

33:53
paid reviews and all that good stuff. Let’s talk about what the platform is like today to get rank a listing.

34:00
Yeah, so I’ll say all this under the caveat of, know, there’s where there was a wild wild west in some ways, there’s now the federal government has also gotten involved, dipping their toe in it saying, all right, we’re going to settle the range a bit. so there’s the governmental issues of can you have, you know, friends and family leave reviews, those kinds of things that’s actually regulated by the government now saying that those are not legitimate reviews. And so this we recommend caution there. But with regard to incentivize reviews,

34:28
that’s incentivized is still a bad word for Amazon sellers or by an Amazon standards. Incentivize is not a bad word in Walmart. And so, you you’ve got your program like Bazaar Voice, who has the Spark review program, which would be like Vine Voice on Amazon. So you can send in samples to them and they can send them out and get their initial reviews. But there’s another one called Field Agent. So fieldagent.net, we’re big fans of their company as well.

34:56
They’ll do the basically what they’ve done is aggregated gig workers through an app to do a variety of tasks related to retail or e-commerce. And so you can do the purchase online, Libre Review online, Process Flow. It’s completely white hat, completely, completely partner with. By Walmart. Yeah. Can we walk through it? Sorry. This is like micro workers.com, right? Like literally you’re telling them to go buy something. Like you reimbursed them and then they leave a review. Yep.

35:25
But it’s a fully legitimate company. They do broader things. They’ll do even for retail brands. You can send taskers out to go look at your products on shelf and see is it lined up properly, all sorts of things. But this is one small flow in other things they offer. Plum Marketplace is actually what they sell it through now, offer it through. But yeah, the arrangement is for the templated process flow would be for $15 per review plus the reimbursement cost of the product.

35:53
You direct them to the URL that they’re to go to. And it’s the canonical kind of URL version of the product detail page. They make the purchase. They have questions they’re being asked throughout that process already in a survey standard. Then they’ll be directed to leave review afterwards. They do include the language like Amazon used to direct as well as, as I was compensated for this review. received a free product in exchange for this review, but my thoughts on my own. It’ll be tagged as incentivized.

36:22
But those reviews are still showing up on Walmart and they’re fully endorsed by Walmart because they’re legitimate.

36:31
Does the search engine work the same way as Amazon? So do you have them like do a search for the search term that you want to rank for or buy it? In that flow, working through field agent, it’s already, it’s, you need to give them the actual URL to the listing. But your broader question, does the search engine reward people searching for your product under a keyword and then clicking through converting? Yes. So that, that is a strategy.

37:00
that is recommended in various ways. There’s ways to accomplish that. And that’s what any brand in an e-commerce marketplace is going to direct people to do in some way, shape or form is directing them to find their products and purchase. So there are ways to do that. But being cautious to make sure the goal is not purely manipulation of an algorithm.

37:28
But yes, searching and conversion, even adding to cart really we’ve seen have impact. so- we ran an add to cart campaign on our brand and saw immediate results. all that was happening is people were adding it to cart. And not buying? Nope. Interesting. So how much are reviews in the weighting factor? Is it just for social proof or does it actually affect the rankings?

37:58
So you get a quantifiable score on Walmart. They give you a listing quality score from zero to a hundred is what the algorithm feeds you back. It’s weighted based on three main components. One is that the highest weighted of the three is your offer. So meaning price point and price parity, are you offering at the same price anywhere else? But speed of delivery. So if you’re in that two to three days shipping, that’s what they’re looking for. Have you had any delivery defects in the past rolling seven days, canceled orders or failure to deliver or acknowledge in time, those kinds of things.

38:29
Offer is going to be the heaviest weight of the three. Secondly is reviews and ratings. So really are you at a 4.5 or higher? And for algorithms purposes, often it’s just, you have one review? So it’s not too intricate of a score in that regard, but do you have at least one review 4.5 or higher in that regard? And then the third one is content and discoverability, which is all about your title, your description, your images, and your backend attributes regarding the quality score.

38:58
The impact of that score is around 80 % quality scores when you get a little bit of extra love from the SEO engine. It’s not too significant, but the real reason to push higher than that at 95 % or higher is other algorithms are, we don’t know, it’s still a black box, Walmart is courting a lot of Google traffic. All the optimizations for SEO are optimized for what Google likes as well.

39:25
Walmart will serve your products in Google shopping or Google ads for free. If the algorithm looks at it and says, this is a high quality listing, it is worth serving up, it’ll do that. So it’s worth to get it there. And we know the people behind the process, their metric is 95 % or higher. So if you’re looking to open up extra opportunities in the marketplace, that’s a great metric to have as a baseline. So what’s interesting here is that we didn’t even talk about it. It’s like Walmart actually tells you whether your listing is good.

39:55
Right. That’s not the case on Amazon. So you actually have something to work towards in this store. In terms of the offer, I’m just kind of curious. So presumably Walmart’s crawling all the marketplaces to see whether your offer is good and that increases your score. Right. So would you recommend selling the exact same product, maybe just under a different skew for Walmart so they can’t do that? Do you know how that algorithm works?

40:23
They seem to use a lot of data points. So even if you have a different G 10, if you have a different UPC, EAN, G 10, whichever form, uh, we see incorrect matching sometimes by the algorithm where it’s not the same product, different G 10, and you still are getting temporarily penalized. Uh, so that shows us, uh, we were able to correct those things, but that shows us it’s not just looking at the UPC and maybe not just looking at the skew, but looking at the description or the name.

40:51
and it’s putting a few different identifiers together. Now you can contest that if you have a different somehow different branding, different skewers, something like that, can appeal that. But yeah, it’s not quite clear what all the elements are and the algorithm is crawling to identify that match. But Walmart is rewarding people who have like a good deal essentially, right? Yes. On the review side, real quick, since we’ve got a lot of you to see people listening,

41:21
Ryan might have a couple ideas for D2C people in particular for reviews. Yeah, that’s a good point. Yeah, so there’s generating new reviews, right? We talked about that with field agent doing those things. But the other opportunity right now on Walmart that’s a great opportunity is, and this is where D2C, if you have a strong D2C site and you’ve already been hosting reviews, there’s several options that can give you an instant head start in the review counts. So if you’re using Yotpo,

41:50
or Bazaar Voice as your host, both of them in contracts, if you’re already in contracts with them, with Bazaar Voice, may be an additional fee or whatnot, but they can automatically syndicate and push those over to Walmart for the duration of however long you’re under contract with them. Yotpo is the same. We’ve seen actually Yotpo typically is cheaper and often for those who have some sort of package with Yotpo, often it’s a feature that’s already included in their package and they may just have to ask for it to be turned on. And that’s instant reviews.

42:18
from their website onto the listings. All right, hold on, let me repeat that. So like if your product on your own website has a hundred reviews, you can literally import those exact a hundred reviews to your Walmart listing. So your Walmart listing instantly gets a hundred reviews. Exactly. right. And that will improve your listing quality and your metrics immediately. It’ll improve your listing quality. The biggest feature, the biggest issue is you’re probably in most categories become the review leader with social proof.

42:48
Average review counts are often in the 20s, 30s. So real quick frame of reference, Bluetooth earbuds on Amazon, average review count on page one is probably 40,000 reviews. Average review count on Walmart is about 780. Oh my God. Okay. Yeah. So the huge opportunity there with review counts. So every review counts in that way. yeah, with Bizarre Voice or with Yacht Po,

43:16
you can have them just push them over automatically if they’re already hosting your stuff. The third one gets even better. If you’re not in one of those, but you have organically generated reviews on your own site, you have the option to apply at a brand level with Walmart’s marketplace team to have your reviews uploaded by CSV directly to Walmart site. you can, there’s yes, yeah, big smile there. Yeah, so if they’re organic and those things and you can have them downloaded in CSV, if you.

43:44
They got some filtering questions to make sure these are legitimate, all those things. But if you pass through those tests and there’s some uncontrollables on their timeline, how long it takes them to do all those things. But you upload those and then once they’ve verified all those things, they’ll ingest those into the system and you’ll instantly have those on. Once those are ingested, those don’t come back down. So it’s not about a duration of contract with a syndicator or something like that. Those are just now on Walmart. Can I take my Amazon reviews and import them over to Walmart?

44:13
One of the filtering questions by Walmart is, are these from your own site? And are they not generated from another marketplace? And so, yeah. Okay. The other benefit that I heard from you talking earlier was, if you have a good presence and solid sales on Walmart, will Walmart invite you into their retail stores? And what is the likelihood of that happening? Because that’d be huge also.

44:40
Right, yeah, a single deal, you know, they have 4,200 stores around the country. And so a single deal with them, even if it’s in a smaller subset of their stores could mean, you know, 5 million in revenue annually, pretty easy, pretty quickly for brands. Realistically, we’re talking, probably talking about 1 % of product mix that makes sense there. What you’re having to make a case for is likely either filling a gap in their current retail offering, or you’re going to be displacing someone that they’ve already done a deal with previously.

45:08
And so the good news is Walmart, what’s being talked about all the time in Walmart world is Omnichannel. And what they mean is they have integrated their retail buyer teams and retail teams with their e-commerce teams. There’s no longer really an e-commerce merchant and a retail merchant. They’re all connected to each other. Now they have divisions within that, but what we’ve seen, I’ll try and keep this anecdotally very short, but

45:36
We’ve sat in line reviews with retail brands on one hand, where the questions being asked by the buyer in the first opening minutes of the conversation. is just for an existing brand that’s already in store at Walmart. It’s their annual glance at their product and how it’s doing. And Walmart’s buyer is deciding, do they want the purchase again? Or will they expand or contract all those kinds of things in those deals? And so it’s a very important conversation.

46:04
early in those conversations, we’re hearing the question, can you show us your .com performance? So they’re talking to retail brands saying, we need you to increase your performance in your metrics on .com. So we see it’s a major importance on that side. Conversely, some other signals we’ve seen, Daniel saw it with his own brand when we were in early stages, when we’re optimizing there on Walmart, talking with a category director on the e-commerce side, the question came, do you want to be introduced to a Walmart merchant?

46:33
to talk about your products for in-store fit. And so we’re seeing the invite extended. We’re also seeing another one is Walmart every year. I think it’s June. I think it’s in June every year does what they call open call. It’s basically a nationwide event where they’re basically inviting people to a selection process to see if they can basically shark tank kind of pitch to buyers for their products. The first round of that open call was exclusive to Walmart marketplace sellers.

47:01
And so if you’re on the Walmart marketplace, you had first bite at the Apple to see if you could pass through these interviews and things to get there. So they look at it as a farm system. And the last thing I’ll say to is, cause it makes sense for their merchants. They are de-risking each merchant. It has their own job and they’re being reported, know, they’ve got their own KPIs and they’ve got their P and L they’re reporting to. And so if they can de-risk saying, all right, we can see a heat map of your demand of your product across the country over the past six months.

47:31
And if we’re gonna run a trial in these 200 stores, we know they’re likely gonna perform well because we’ve been seeing you online selling well in this area, then that de-risks that change they’re gonna have to make if they’re gonna have to take a different brand off the shelf to put you on. That makes complete sense. Yes, yeah. All right, so I wanna just, as a seller myself, I’m just trying to run the numbers through my head right now. So it looks like anywhere from five to 12 % lift, which at least in my mind,

48:00
It’s just maybe at the bare minimum for it to be interesting for me to add some effort there. And so you guys both started Blue Rise. Can you just kind of walk me through the economics? So let’s say I’m making a million bucks and potentially I can make, let’s say another $100,000 a year. If I were to, and let’s say don’t even want to learn Walmart right now because I should be focusing my energies on Amazon and my own store. So if I were to hire you guys, what do the economics look like? And what are the margins that are required to make it just

48:32
That’s a great question. And so, yeah, I’d say that’s right on why we built what we built. Basically, the 80-20 for most brands is going to be focusing on their primary channel that they’re already on. Whether they built a large D2C or directly through Amazon or hybrid at both, we recognize that. And so what we saw as an opportunity to basically do the heavy lifting so that they don’t have to invest that time, but also do it with that white glove touch, with the kind of the marketplace expertise.

49:02
What we do is it’s a retainer model and it’s based on number of SKUs under management. As the marketplace grows, we’d love to develop the pricing model more into a percentage of year-over-year growth or those kinds of things. when we’re talking a percent of a percent, what we realize is what it takes for us to do, not just the kind of foundational button pushing dial turning to get some metrics to align with scores, but really to think strategically along with the brand.

49:30
There’s a kind of minimum threshold. our minimum monthly is a thousand a month with a brand. And that would cover up to six SKUs at this point under direct management. From there, there’s a tiered per SKU monthly management fee for doing business with us. Okay. What I tell brands when you’re thinking about Walmart, if we were to walk with them and assess that there’s a fit, we tell a lot of brands now like, this is not a fit for you right now.

50:00
You know, you’re you got a different strategy than it’s going to work for Walmart. But if you fit in some of those categories we’ve been discussing, then it’s like, hey, you need to expect to break even for the first year on the platform because you’re building a moat. By the time you pay us, you pay advertising, you pay for your inventory, and you make some profit, it’s going to break even. But at the end of that first year, I’ve seen it.

50:23
you end up with this really great review count, you end up with this presence for your brand that you didn’t otherwise have, whether they buy in, buy it, maybe they go buy it at Amazon, I don’t care. But it’s out there now. And I’m controlling my brand and someone else isn’t that’s dropshipping me from from from Amazon. And then we’re seeing brands actually accelerate into profitability. And then, but they’re not having to put any personal time and energy aside from giving us their content.

50:52
Right. That’s really the only piece we don’t handle. We’ll say, we need this content, the graphics and video tweaked in this way. Otherwise we handle everything else from advertising to getting that quality score up and they go to handling relationships with Walmart, all the cases that we have to file and things break in their system. We do all that. And in my mind, if I didn’t have that for my brand, this would be a total distraction. Walmart would be a complete distraction. But because Blue Rise is handling it all for us, it makes more sense.

51:22
for Carter, who’s CEO of my brand at five to 12%. Let me ask you this question. What are your projections for Walmart’s growth based on because you guys have reps you’ve Walmart was actually at the event that we were all at a big presence actually almost every other person I talked to you I seem on the floor was working for all Walmart. They like sent like an army of people there. Do you have any idea what the growth projections are?

51:52
It’s changing, know, the whiplash of COVID has made it difficult for everybody to predict real trends. so, you know, they’re seeing quarterly growth around 6 % or so in the e-commerce platform. They have, you know, some quarters where they’re seeing 90 % or years where they’re seeing 97 % during COVID growth of the platform. It’s continued to grow. The growth has slowed a bit in relation to COVID, but it’s probably still at a healthy pace.

52:21
So I’d say it’s growing at a moderate pace. They’re not quite closing the gap yet with Amazon because Amazon’s making other pushes. they’re aggressively pushing in. So a couple of indicators like last year, during Q2 earnings call, this last call, I think it was this last one, they announced they’re earmarking $14 billion for investment in infrastructure for e-commerce fulfillment.

52:51
They’ve quickly actioned on it. They’re starting to, think there was a, just a news article came out that they’re switching over the utility of a major one, a major warehouse in Atlanta to make it used for WFS. And they have in the mix a plan to start utilizing all, this is an interesting one. This is like looking at the horizon, what could be coming is plans to be utilizing a lot of their super centers, adding in capacity to use them almost like many warehouses to some extent.

53:21
for fulfillment. And if you’re in within 10 to 15 minutes of 90 % of the population of the US, that is an interesting development to be positioned for with delivery and those things. So there’s some major trends we see that they’re putting in place. They’re dedicating for the infrastructure and some of the signals that Walmart’s ad platforms growing.

53:46
As I’m seeing articles about them laying off some roles in corporate in some ways, at the same time, heavily investing in hiring advertising personnel, those pieces, they’re making major shifts in investment into the e-commerce platform. So I see it continue to grow. they brought on guys, Seth Delaire was now their CRO, EVP, Walmart US. He was former Instacart, helped Amazon build their global advertising early on.

54:15
And so they’ve got a lot of the right players in the right places to be making some of these moves. So we see it continue to grow. We’ll see at what pace. Yeah. So let me just try to summarize what I got out of this interview. You can correct me where I’m wrong. So here Amazon seller, let’s say you’re doing like seven figures and you want to diversify and you think that Wal-Mart is going to grow. You might want to hire someone like you guys who takes care of everything. It’s going to be five to 12 percent of your revenue.

54:45
And just to set expectations, you’ll break even the first year, but you were establishing this listing that potentially will get a lot of organic traffic and sales over the years as Walmart grows. And it’s just like an investment under diversification right now. And while five to 12 % might not be enough for you to just devote energy, you guys kind of offload that in a, actually it’s pretty reasonably priced. I’m actually wondering how you guys stay profitable personally. That’s a separate question.

55:13
But the goal here is like putting a foothold in this platform that’s While it’s still easy while there’s these crazy incentivized reviews and all this other stuff that you’re talking about Kind of like back when Amazon was easy that accurate That’s a good summary. Okay, and we started this because we were frustrated with the other agencies out there that said they did Amazon and Walmart and We decided just to do Walmart, but we’re really a project management company

55:42
And so we do quarterly sprints. We’re focused on growth. There’s, there’s an active list of things that we’re trying to do for clients every quarter that we hold ourselves accountable to. And, and I think you’ve got Ryan and then Josh, our director of channel management, who are just, they’re hardcore about the backend and they’ve been, haven’t heard about these guys because they’ve been hard at work for the last few years. And now they’re kind of popping up and saying, Hey, you know, we’re here to help if you want. so, uh, I think, I think it’s not, it’s not for everybody.

56:11
but it’s definitely like you said, I think you put it well, it’s a long-term investment in diversification and protecting your brand that might be a fit, especially if you’re DTC and especially if you’ve got an eye towards retail. And Walmart is clearly investing a lot of money in this. And by the way, I just want to mention to everyone listening, I’m not affiliated with BlueRides in any way. I just like these guys. where can people find more about your service?

56:40
Great question. can go to LinkedIn, find me, Ryan King with Blue Rise on LinkedIn. I’m active there. You can email us connect at Blue Rise. That’s B-L-U-E-R-Y-S-E, or you can go to www.bluerise.com. And we have a connect form there if you want to learn more. Feel free to reach out. We’re happy to answer any kind of questions. I’m often on the call with people that are just getting kind of kicking the tires a little bit, just trying to, maybe you have a few more questions after this, after hearing this, happy to talk with someone.

57:09
if they had more questions. And you guys are, we’ll chime in on like if I have like a portfolio of 500 SKUs, you’ll kind of go through and figure out and help figure out which ones are fit and which ones aren’t right. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Yeah. Ron and I were working on a, what is it, a 12 point or a 15 point assessment process that we’re rolling out for brands that are like, okay, you’re saying 20 % of our SKUs we can put on, which 20%. So we’re, we’re working on a process with a couple brands right now to do that.

57:40
Because we don’t want to end up working with brands that we can’t help grow in the long term anyway. We don’t want to waste anybody’s time. We don’t want to waste our time. Cool. I love what you guys are doing. And I’m actually rooting for Walmart big time because I think there needs to be space to keep Amazon in line if you know what I mean. So thank you guys for coming on today. Thank you, Steve. been great. Thanks for having us.

58:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode and have a better understanding of where Walmart fits with your e-commerce business. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 440. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person next year, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postgood.

58:34
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

59:04
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

439: Entrepreneur With Stage 4 Cancer Discusses His Biggest Regrets In Life With Chad Vanags

439: Entrepreneur With Stage 4 Lung Cancer Reflects On His Biggest Regrets In Life

This is perhaps the most meaningful episode that I have ever published. As entrepreneurs and human beings, we all take things for granted and often lose sight of what’s important.

Today, I have my friend Chad Vanags on the show, a very successful ecommerce entrepreneur.

He recently got diagnosed with stage 4 lung cancer and he has a limited amount of time to live. In this episode, we talk about regrets, gratitude, and the important things in life.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Chad believes he got sick
  • How Chad’s perspective changed after the diagnosis
  • Chad’s biggest regrets

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have a very special guest on the show and I’m going to say this right now. This is perhaps the most meaningful episode that I’ve ever recorded and it impacted me tremendously. Now as entrepreneurs and human beings, we all take things for granted and often lose sight of what’s important. Today I have my friend Chad Vanigs on the show, a very successful entrepreneur in e-commerce.

00:30
and he recently got diagnosed with stage four lung cancer. He’s never smoked in his life and doctors say that he has a limited time to live. So in this episode, we’re to talk about regrets, gratitude and perspectives from a successful entrepreneur. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:58
Now you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. Now personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. And if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year,

01:27
We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Hope to see you there. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:52
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is the tool easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

02:19
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that released my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:49
Now onto the show.

02:56
Welcome to the My Wife Could Have Job podcast. Today I’m honored to have my friend Chad Vanigs on the show. Now, the last time I had Chad on was back in 2015 in episode 65, where we talked about email autoresponders of all things. Now that actually means that I’ve known Chad for seven years now. He is the former cohost of the eCommerce Influence podcast. He’s the co-founder of Revflow, a payment processing service for SaaS companies. He’s also helping to run a B2B SaaS company with their sales training.

03:26
He also runs a tequila farm, believe. So basically this guy has got his hands in a lot of pots. Now here’s why Chad is special to me. During one of the e-commerce fuel events, I can’t remember exactly which one, Chad introduced me to custom audiences in Klaviyo, specifically the ability for Klaviyo to automatically export people to Facebook for my ads, which actually made a huge difference to my sales on my store. And

03:55
Anyway, recently Chad was diagnosed with stage four cancer and I wanted to bring him on the show to talk about how his perspectives have changed and to inspire all of you. Chad is a ball fire and we can all learn from him. And with that, welcome back to show Chad after seven years. What’s going on, man? Hey Steve, how’s it going? Yeah, it’s been a while. It’s definitely been a while. You know, well, I’m trying to think if I spoke to you within those seven years,

04:24
Maybe a couple emails here and there, but that’s about it. Yeah. We, was on the podcast long time ago, obviously. And then when I went to Klaviyo, so I built the partner program at Klaviyo and that’s probably where we corresponded a little bit more because I was trying to figure out how to get the right partners, you know, like you and Ezra and then like BVXL and like just trying to put everybody together into this, this partner program, which is now massive, apparently.

04:53
It is man, you created a great thing and it’s a, I want to say though, there’s a lot of red tape now. Back in the day, I just send you an email. That’s what happens when something scales up. You’re like, you could just talk to Chad and now it’s like, I got to go through all the system in process. And that’s what happens when, you know, companies like Clavio scale up.

05:17
Yeah, I mean, for the podcast sponsorship, took me like almost two months just to get in their system with I had to fill out these forms for like lawyers and everything. I was like, oh my goodness. Give me Chad back, man. Give me Chad back. Those are the fun, scrappy days for me. That was fun. anyway, yeah. Well, catch me up real quick. Since we haven’t since we haven’t spoken in so long, what have you been doing with your time and what you got out of e-commerce kind of, right? Yeah, I mean,

05:47
I mean, the short version, the fast version is simply was an e commerce went to Klaviyo built the program got offered a chief marketing officer gig at a payment processing company took the title and the salary and ditched Klaviyo might have been a bad idea. I didn’t realize it was gonna go that far that fast. So oops. And then I was Chief Marketing Officer of this payments company for four years. And it was a turnaround, right? It was supposed to be

06:17
supposed to be a technology company, they were like, Oh, we got this great technology. And, and so I was like, Yeah, cool. I’ll come down and you know, I was another tech firm. So I was like, this is great. I’m gonna be CMO of a great tech company only to find out that the private equity firm screwed it up and vetted it poorly. And then they cold stacked the tech so they like just put it in a freezer essentially said, here you go. We’ll see if it works later. And then I was stuck working on a turnaround company that

06:45
was brutal. So anyway, that’s what I was doing. And I finally, I just I gutted it out through the pandemic so that I could buy this property in California. And we started remodeling it for a year and turning it into a urban farm. And then I was like, I’ll do my own payment processing company. So that’s what I was doing. And then, yeah, I think then I got diagnosed and everything changed. So I’ve been

07:12
basically working at Winning by Design as a contracted sales trainer where I train sales reps at like Dropbox and Calendly and managers how to sell more and manage better. That’s pretty much what I’ve been doing. Nice man. Tequila Farm and Uncharted Spirits. Those are the two I care about. Yeah, the Tequila Farm. Actually, you know, of all the spirits actually Tequila is my favorite. That’s it’s called Tequila Farm. So, Chad,

07:40
Here’s the thing, man. You’ve been very open about your diagnosis. And I mean, we’ve hung out on several occasions. And I remember like you’re in shape. You don’t eat poorly. You’re a pretty healthy guy, man. What?

07:57
it just seemed like out of the blue and you’re not a smoker or anything either, right? No, no. So for those like to stage four lung cancer, I have a certain type of mutation. To give you a little context, like, I thought it was a COVID cough. So I let it go for a couple months thinking it was long COVID found out that I tumors in both lungs, my lymph nodes, my bones and then my brain. So the tumor my lung was five times the average and then I have 30 lesions in my brain.

08:26
And so obviously doesn’t doesn’t sit great. So how did I get it? It’s hard to, you really can’t pinpoint it, right? No radon in the house, all these things, but I will go probably more on a philosophical side of things. Cause I obviously, when it first happened, it’s just a matter of trying to come to grips with it. My first 45 days were pretty bad. Like when I say bad, mean, psychologically. And so I started reading books. There’s a book called

08:55
book called cured, this one right there. And so this guy talks about how to heal and spontaneous remission and it’s heal the heal your diet, heal your immune system, heal your stress response, and then heal your identity. And so when you look at those, because he did the science, the research on like, how do people with terminal diagnosis, spontaneous, spontaneously heal.

09:24
And it’s those four components. And he says, that’s not only the way to heal, but those are the guardrails to prevent. So when I look at those four things, for me personally, it’s probably a little bit of each of those four things that what I call open the door to one cell mutation that led to all the tumors. And if I look at it, again, I don’t have answers, but if I look back on my life, I was fine with.

09:50
I was fine. I was okay with diet, but maybe I went a little too far. The issue here is I had a lot I was adding a lot of stress and I was adding a lot there was there was some identity issues. I’m just gonna say it upfront. Like, yeah, I was doing things that I didn’t give to. I didn’t care about. Are we allowed to cuss on this or not? You do it, man. Do whatever you want. Yeah. Basically, I was doing things I didn’t give two shits about. Right? Okay.

10:17
And basically, I was always doing the thing in order I was I was doing things to do eventually do the thing. And so what I’ll be easiest way to sum that up is I was not authentically living out the life I had imagined for myself. And when you’re not authentically living out who you are, you hold that in and your body actually responds to that. And so the combination of that plus

10:46
some stress stuff, right? It over overwhelms the immune system. And when the immune system is overwhelmed, trying to just deal with stress identity, you know, all that stuff, it doesn’t notice the mutating cells. Everybody has cancer cells in their body. The difference is your immune system is working to fight it. But when your immune system is shutting down or focusing elsewhere, those cells can sneak out and then mutate. So

11:15
Long story short, combination of somewhere I screwed up on diet, somewhere my immune system wasn’t working, somewhere the stress response was not great, and my identity of who I am and where I was going all played a part in that. Can we talk about the identity portion? I imagine some of that relates to business, right? 100%. Okay. 100%. So when you left Klaviyo and you went to this payment processing company, and this is just for the listeners out there who are…

11:41
pursuing these things as well. I ran into that trap too, where I was just chasing revenue and it was just causing a lot of stress with my wife and I. We didn’t even need the money, but like ego wise, I felt like I wanted to grow stuff. I’m just curious what your story was in that regard. Yeah, man, it goes all the way back to the days when I was in real estate. I left college and I went into real estate because I wanted to make a

12:08
shit ton of money in order to go and build a world excursion company for lack of a better term still working on that term. But like, think about a world excursion company. I was like, well, first, I’m going to go make all this money in real estate and then do that. Well, I started making a ton of money in 2005. And then I don’t know if you remember 2008. Yeah, I went straight up with it and straight down with it and fail. Then it was

12:33
moving into moving to LA and getting into e commerce, right, where I was doing e commerce influence, I was working there to, you know, build something great. And we started that process. And then for me, I had to get out, I had to get out. And like, there’s another one that I was like, well, that didn’t work well. Then I started getting into like, I’m going to build this thing called the scoopini. I came up with this thing for a catler scoop. And it’s like, I started doing all that. But the entire time it was, I don’t really care about these things. I was just using it to build a world excursion company.

13:02
And the entire time it was like I was driving down a highway, but looking at the road on the other side, like that’s the real road I want to be on. But here I am. I don’t keep going down this road because someday I’ll get to the other road. And that to me is the identity issue. And I did that for up until, you know, I don’t know, the last three months. And when you the way I describe it to people is like,

13:27
I was, if anybody drives stick, not many people drive stick anymore, but I drive stick. And if you drive your car at a hundred miles per hour in third gear, you are going to blow the engine quick. Yep. So not only was I driving in third gear because I was everything. was going to bed late, getting up early as an entrepreneur, trying to make things work. Right. At the same time, I’m driving on the wrong road. I’m driving on the wrong road. I’m looking at a different road the entire time.

13:53
So my body finally had enough and it like pulled the parking brake hard. And it’s like, I started, I’m just giving you this metaphor, but I started fishtailing my life starts fishtailing and my car’s rolling. And it’s like, it’s like the worst wreck of my life. That’s what it felt like. But as I sat on the side of the road, I could tell I just wanted to get going again, but I couldn’t get going. literally could not get going. Cause my body was like, you’re no, you got to stop. And as I had that time to reflect, that’s when I realized I was driving on the wrong road the entire time.

14:23
And I was never authentically me being me. So my identity was wrapped up in become a successful entrepreneur in e-commerce or in real estate or in payments, things I never gave two shits about. And so that to me is the identity part. And now when I’m looking at these other things, right. And I’m looking at these other things, or when I’m starting to work on the things I cared about, can already feel my happiness because happiness is what you need to optimize for not

14:53
Is my product gonna generate $10 million in revenue in six months? You know, it’s funny, Chad, I’ve interviewed probably 450 entrepreneurs. And what’s funny is the conversations that we have when the recording has stopped are a lot more profound than when they are on. It’s obviously not the case with you. But what I actually found is that a lot of these entrepreneurs who are killing it that I interview, they’re actually not happy or

15:22
there’s something missing. And I remember chatting with an entrepreneur who I won’t name publicly, but they were asking me about relationship advice afterwards with marriage and stuff. And I think this all kind of ties in maybe not directly correlated to what you’re going through, but people are unhappy because they’re chasing something and it’s not the source of their happiness. I think you use the word chase and that whenever you feel like you’re chasing

15:52
That’s when in my mind, you’re being, you’re not being your authentic self. And I say that because you think about some of the people out there that you can just tell are happy. They’re not chasing anything. They’re just living every day knowing that they love and I’d so cliche, but they love the process. When you’re chasing something, you’re not, you’re not really loving the process. You’re, you’re chasing. I mean, I think as somebody like, I don’t know if you know who Kai Lenny is, Kai.

16:20
I want to, I want to go surf Mavericks someday. It’s a big wave off Santa Cruz, like 30, 60 feet. Like I’m not in the shape to do that yet. But Kai Lenny surfs it like it’s like, you know, like it’s a two footer, you know, it’s like, it’s easy for him, you know, but he’s not chasing anything, man. He’s out there just practicing every day. He’s cause he loves it and he’s happy with it. Yeah. He’s, he’s a pro now, but I just realized how much I was just chasing every single day so that I could.

16:50
have a feather in my cap and more revenue or this or that. It’s just like, I was unhappy. I was I’m a happy person. But like I was, I was always like, I’m happier now. Let me put it this way, I got stage four lung cancer, I was told I had like six to 12 months if medicine doesn’t work. And yet I’m finding that I’m becoming happier now with a diagnosis like that than I was previously. And that’s kind of saying something. That’s crazy. Well, let me ask you this, Chad.

17:19
For everyone listening, how do you get out of that rut without something catastrophic happening? Great. I’ve been trying to figure that out, right? Because, you know, I want people to have this, this now new sense of clarity that I have. But it’s like, I don’t want everybody to go through this shit. You know, it’s like, yeah, I think that if this is all reflective, so looking back, like, what would be different? Let me just put it this way.

17:48
It’s optimizing for happiness. But how do know you’re happy? Right? How do know you’re happy? And to me, it’s like, I am happiest. And I wrote down what is my ideal day look like? What is my ideal day look like? That was where I started because that’s where I had to see it’s getting up. It’s writing on something I care about. I like to write. So I’ll write some things I care about. Then I go outside and I work on my little urban farm that we’re building.

18:16
and I’m outside working on that stuff. I’m going to start learning how to weld soon. I like working with my hands. Right. And then I like being super athletic, like working out, etc. So I wrote out what the ideal Dave looks like. Now you have to what you have to do is like if you’re an entrepreneur, you’re like, I got to go do this and this and this I got to optimize my ads and like, look, I’ve run a couple email

18:40
email marketing, email agencies, and I just will never forget, like, I don’t give a shit about email. Like, I don’t care. Right? I didn’t want to be the next email guy. Never did. And so if you find yourself going down that route, like, I don’t care to be that and stop like, literally, that’s all I’m gonna say. It’s like, write out your ideal day. If your ideal day is not where you’re going, you’re on the wrong road, and you need to actually pull off to the side, don’t let your body or your life

19:10
pull the parking brake. I don’t know if that’s helpful, but it’s like right the ideal day. If the ideal day is different than what your day is now, that’s when you need to do something else. You know, it’s funny, uh, growing up with two, I don’t want to say tiger, but let’s say they were aggressive parents. Uh, we were always taught to have to pay our dues, right? Uh, we can’t always just do what makes us happy.

19:38
I agree with that to a certain respect. I guess from my perspective, what I try to do is not every day can obviously be a perfect day. But I would say as long as I have one or two of those days per week, I think I’m good. What’s your perspective on that? Yeah, I use the 80-20 rule. You’re gonna have 20 % of the bullshit you don’t want to deal with. Like you just got to deal with it. Right? So it’s like, that’s how I look at it. I’m looking to get to 80-20. The problem is I was the complete opposite. I was 20-80.

20:09
right? Even 5050 would have been better, you know? Yeah. So right out, like that’s what I so that’s good. That’s a good clarifying point, right? It’s like right out that ideal day. This is if every day was perfect, but know that it’s not but you’re you should be working towards 8020. And I was the opposite. I’ll never forget this. I wrote him. I always wanted to build this thing called Uncharted Spirits. What we do is we basically that’s the World Excursion Company.

20:35
Right. go around the world and like, for example, I did a boat race down the coast of Tanzania. I rode motorcycles through Mongolia, Kazakhstan and Russia. Right. And I’ll never forget when I was working towards building that route through Mongolia, Russia and Kazakhstan. My wife looks at me and goes, Hey, do you feel like you’re, you know, living what you should be doing? I said, well, I’m not on that trip right now. So no, so right now it’s like 3 % of my life is what I’m actually doing. And I’d never forget when I said that.

21:04
I go, but when I’m on the trip, it’ll be like 80 % of what I want to do. And so if I die on that trip, I’m going to die doing what I should have been doing. The problem is I got back from the trip and I went back to 3%, 3 % working on the things I enjoy. So it’s like, and I wasn’t, I wasn’t moving that number to the 80 20. I was still at the three and 97. And so that’s, I agree with the take, you’re never going to have a perfect day, but

21:34
If you’re not working towards that, that feeling of this is who I am and who I should be, then you’re, you’re in a, you’re gonna be in a bad spot.

21:46
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

22:15
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

22:26
Let me ask you this. What stopped you from pursuing that world excursion company? Was it money? Yeah, that’s a big part of it, Money was a big part of it. always thought I had that I thought I had to make thought I had to make money to build the thing, right? I thought I had to make money to build the thing, which is true in some sense. Okay, right.

22:50
The problem is, I live in California. I’m increasing my living expenses. And so I look at somebody like, there’s two people I think about. Alex Arnold, I don’t know if you know who that is. And then there’s a guy named Chris Picard. So Alex Arnold is the guy that free soloed that big one in Yosemite. I can’t remember. The Half Dome? Okay. He free soloed Half Dome, right? Yeah.

23:19
And I’ll never like his story is simply, I just love climbing. I just love climbing. And he would just be lived in a van and he just would climb all the time because that’s what he loved. He didn’t care about material possessions. And now he’s considered the one of the greatest, if not the greatest climber of all time. Right. It takes people days to scale half to him. He did it without ropes in three hours because he loved it. He got to the top. He got to the top and the filmmaker, Jimmy Chin goes, how do you want to celebrate?

23:49
Because I mean, this is a world class feat. And Alex looks at him and goes, I don’t know, probably just going to go back to the van and do a do a hangboard session. No, hangboarding is where you just hold your fingers here and you just hang so you can make your fingers tight. The dude just did the most incredible thing in the world. And he’s like, I’m just going to go back and practice hangboarding. And in my head, I’m like, I’ve been measuring myself based on like building a business versus

24:17
why didn’t you just go and like maybe lower the expenses, work with your wife to find something that, you know, would work for us financially, because we’ve still got to do things and build this thing, you know, with less stressful components. Like if I were to go back and do it again, I probably would have just taken a sales job where I can make a ton of money, but not be super involved and do that sales job, get my money saved and keep investing. Instead, I was like,

24:45
put my money into building e-commerce inputs, put my money into building this, put my money into this. And it was all the things I should have been putting money into. And when I say money, I’m talking time too, right? Money into the same thing. This is hilarious. You know what’s funny is now that I’m in my forties and I’m speaking to a lot of my friends who are Asian, I have a lot of Asian friends, and a lot of them are, and I think it’s just parental pressure really, but they’re stuck in these jobs that they don’t like.

25:15
The problem is that they’re getting paid so much. Like we’re talking about getting 500,000 to a million dollars a year in their profession, right? It can be hard to give that up, to pursue something that you really want to do. I mean, it’s easy for us to talk about this, but I’m thinking to myself even, like how would I even be able to do that? Yeah. So that’s a great question, right? Or a great point. Like, I mean, the version of the golden handcuffs, you know? Here’s the simple thing.

25:45
And like, I, it’s weird for me to say this, I got the benefit of being diagnosed and really having my life. Right? See, I can laugh now. Yeah, two, three weeks ago, three, four weeks ago, like I wasn’t laughing. But now, you know, this is this is the hand I’m being dealt. Right? The easiest way for me to say this, because I was I was given a timeline on my life. Literally, the doctor signed an insurance thing that says less six months, about six months to live if medicine doesn’t work.

26:13
And I’m like, Oh my God, Oh, my life actually has a, has a, has an expiration date. And I said to myself, Holy shit, you’re going to die. We’re all going to die. The problem is we don’t think about death enough. And I guarantee if we thought about death more, and we thought about the, the, the finite, the finite component of our lives, you might actually say, is that money worth it? The problem is, like, I mean, here’s the simple thing. You’re going to die.

26:43
I don’t know what to say. Like, and no one’s gonna remember you. Like, I hate to, I’m just gonna be honest, like, 10 years after you’re dead, no one is gonna really care. Like, they’re gonna be like, I miss Chad, or I miss Steve. And like, you have kids, right? That that may go on a little longer. But at the end of the day, like, what are you here to do? So you making half a million to a million dollars a year, and unhappy? I don’t know, that’s gonna be really, it’s gonna be really problematic when it’s time.

27:13
So the answer is this, it’s like if you’re not happy making that half million, just remember you’re gonna die. And the question is, was it worth it? You know, it’s funny, for me, it’s less about the money than it is for like the lost times. I remember when I was growing up, my parents worked hard so they could put me through school. I ended up going through college without any debt. My dad took a second job so I could go to college. And I don’t want that to be the case with my kids.

27:42
I remember at ball games, I used to play volleyball and sometimes I’d look over at the sideline and I’d see that, you know, they weren’t there. And I remember those. It’s not like they missed all my games, but the they missed, I remember. And so that’s why I don’t want to miss anything of my kids. And so that’s my why. And if I have to suffer a little bit, maybe I guess this all goes back to your perfect day analogy, right? The 80 20. yeah, look, I mean, at the end of the day, everybody has their why. Like Steve, you, if you have a family,

28:13
then you know that like if 80 % of your time is given to your family and so the 20 % working on a business that may not be amazing, but it gives you that time with your family, I’d rather all day, like that makes a ton of sense, right? The minute it takes away from your family and the thing that you you want to be doing, that’s where it’s probably a problem. But in your case, yeah, like, look, my parents were both teachers, they showed up to every game because they were teachers.

28:41
Right. Because they got out the same time I did, they had all the same times off. But if they were in, if they were doing the things I would do, if my dad was a chief marketing officer somewhere, guarantee he’d miss a lot of my things. Yeah. And like, I guarantee you, I know this looking back, he’d be super unhappy with that because he cherished those moments. So the 80 20 rule, it’s like, yeah, maybe your business is that 20%, but it gives you the 80 % of the ideal day being with your family, going to the events and spending time.

29:11
So that’s where you have to really think about that. Yeah. So now have you essentially dropped all the things that you don’t want to be doing? Yeah, I’m getting like, it’s there’s still like, it’s like a transition, right? Okay. Yeah. I’m straddling. I told somebody the other day for the first 45, 60 days, I was just trying to keep the wheels on the bus. Like just keep the wheels on the bus physically, mentally, emotionally, and like financially, cause like dude, medical bills are starting to just

29:40
go right through the roof, right? Yeah. And now but because everything I’ve started to stabilize like those tumors in my brain have reduced in size by 50%. The medicine is working, but combination with all the things I’m doing, right. And so now I can start like I have space to think about the future. But now the future is like, I don’t know, is it six months? Is it two years? Could I live another 60? Like I don’t, I don’t know. So it’s like

30:07
I haven’t stopped everything because I’m in that transition year period, but I can tell you this much that I’m starting to shut down like Red Flow. You mentioned Red Flow. Yeah, I’m actually going to shut it down. I’m like, that’s not interest. That’s no longer important to me. And I’m just going to focus on tequila farm and uncharted spirits. And I got time to do that. You know, we have money saved. got insurance payouts. So it’s like, can go for a little while winning by design. I’m only doing things that I like now. Now, again, there’s the 20 % of

30:37
junk. But the point is I’m now able to cut most of the stuff that I don’t like. just like, I’m going to die someday. It could be soon. So I might as well do the things I love. Can we talk a little bit about health? I know for me, like, early on in my business, I used to neglect it, right? Sometimes I would skip meals. Sometimes I would just eat like whatever was there just so I could continue on. And I know health is huge, but people just don’t realize it.

31:06
What were you, you always struck me as a really healthy guy. That’s the thing. What would you have changed in that regard? Yeah, man. I, that’s why it’s been hard because I was generally, I mean, I surf two hours at a time. I surf decent size waves. I’m like, I’m working out, you know, the security guard at my, I had to go do a bronchoscopy at UCLA medical center and the security guards 400 pounds eating McDonald’s. I’m like, that guy’s healthier than me. That’s, that’s messed up. Yeah. So when it comes to that,

31:33
That’s why I’m saying at the beginning, it was those four components. It’s diet, immune system, stress and identity. And that’s why it’s like, I had the probably the food side, the diet side pretty well dialed, stress and identity side that probably opened it up. And so when my food was even just a bit off, it just piles it on. So I can tell you right now, 90 % I’m making that number up, but 90 % of health is what we eat.

32:00
And if you literally, I’m much more cognizant. I thought I was pretty cognizant of this now, but now I’m even more cognizant of like what’s in our food. America’s food system is totally destroyed. It is just a, it’s just bad, right? It’s bad. If you get anything from a box or a bag and you look at what’s in there, that’s, that’s, it’s not good. And I can tell you that sugar is the number one culprit. saw a stat the other day, 200 years ago, the average human consumed three

32:30
pounds of sugar in a year. Three pounds of sugar in a year. Now it’s 156 pounds a year. And sugar is the number one problem. Okay, so yeah, sugar, carbs, alcohol, even though we’re called tequila farm, because we love tequila. It’s gotta be careful on the boobs, know? Sure. It seems like the four things it seems like stress and identity are related, right? Very much so. If you don’t have your identity, right, you’re

32:59
probably stressed out. Yeah. And what was the fourth one? immune system. yeah, diet, immune system, stress, diet, immune system, and identity. Yeah. Okay. I just want you to share what you’re doing in all four categories. So identity, kind of have covered. Yep. Stress. I would imagine you’re a lot less stressed, especially once you drop some of these things that you don’t want to be doing. Yeah. What are you doing to change your diet?

33:26
And I’m assuming your diet was pretty good before, but what are you doing now? Yeah, so on the diet side, like, everything’s based the lack of just a summer. It’s basically all organic. Right? Okay. I love peanut butter. But the only peanut butter I get is peanuts. The ingredients are peanuts and salt. That’s it. But if you look at a Jif jar, it’s going to be loaded. Anything like that. Can’t do it. So on the diet side, I create what I call a ZFG.

33:53
which is basically me blending in a Vitamix all the all the vegetables I need to get and I call it ZFG because it’s called excuse my language but it’s called zero fucks given I don’t care what’s in it don’t care how it tastes I just got to get it down right and so all plants be spinach all that good stuff then I do I have a nutritionist I have a cancer nutritionist and she just tells me what to what to do and I got a meal service that they make it according to that so that’s like

34:22
That’s kind like the food side. Then exercise, high intensity training for me is big. So I started a CrossFit gym with a trainer and he’s getting these things going, right? Okay, I’m probably in some of the best shape I’ve ever been in. And it’s like, except for that one little thing, you know, before we started recording, you mentioned you cut out meat is meat bad, per se? That’s a loaded question because okay, I love meat. I would say there’s two schools of thought.

34:51
especially in this cancer world, there’s plant based only no dairy, no meat. And like, that’s the only way to go. Right? Not vegan, because vegan has a lot of crap in it, too. Right? Interesting. Okay, like, oh, I’m vegan. I’m like, that doesn’t mean you’re healthy. Okay. Yeah, the plant based, that’s the way to call it versus, you know, me. So right is me unhealthy. You’re gonna depends on who you talk to. But I can tell you right now that

35:20
when they look at meat as being unhealthy, it’s the processed stuff from stores like Vons or Ralph’s or Publix or whatever. So cold cuts basically. like that. Okay. You want the grass fed stuff at the very most with the least amount of whore bones and all that stuff. I know I’m talking to you right now, but this is what I eat every day and what my kids eat every day. The meat? Just in general, processed stuff like you know, we do what’s easy.

35:49
I know my kids a sandwich with cold cuts, right? But here’s the deal. Let’s look at that cold cut. Well, you got it. This is where you know, the financial ability comes into play. Like when I get bread, like I eat bread. So there’s a lot of wheat and gluten, all that problem in there. But that’s from the bread on the shelves. If you go to the bread in the freezer section where it’s sprouted grains, right, where it’s actual grains, like they’re in the freezer section because there’s nothing in there to preserve them. It’s like mostly

36:19
the actual grains that you need themselves. So like Ezekiel bread, right? That’s the good stuff. So just change the bread to that. Right? Of course, they’re gonna think it tastes like sawdust if you’re giving them something else. But yeah, but then the meat, right? If you can get you can get cold cuts that are like, non processed cold cuts. That’s that’s the hard part, though. Right? Yeah, I think I kind of understand how this all goes together. So these four aspects, really all it takes is it’s like a chain, right?

36:49
If one of those things goes down, then maybe the whole thing collapses. I would say for the listeners of this podcast, identity probably is the one that’s most related. I’m just trying, having gone through what you’ve gone through in the past somewhat, you know, on the, on the business side, it’s just really hard to make those changes. I’ll tell you what happened with us, with my wife and I, I was the crazy one.

37:15
I was always the one like, hey, we need to hit a million bucks because I just wanted a seven figure business for ego purposes, right? So I remember we were close one year and I was like, okay, let’s hit it. And so I started blasting emails. I started running ads that weren’t that profitable and driving my wife crazy because we weren’t staffed to handle all those orders. And then we hit it and then we were like, okay, great. We went out to dinner and I was like, okay.

37:42
let’s do another 20 % next year. And then my wife flipped and we got in this huge fight. And then it was actually, she was the one responsible for putting things in perspective, right? We make enough money. We spend all our time with the kids. Why are we stressing out for some more money that we’re not even going to spend? Like I’m cheap. Like I’m talking to you on a shared Zoom account. We were joking about this earlier. Zoom is only like 10 bucks. So.

38:12
Is there any way to figure this out with something catastrophic not happening? I mean, what advice you got? Yeah, that’s that. That’s the thing I’m trying to figure out. Like I my my my mission moving forward is like, how do I help people avoid what I got to but get the same realizations? Like that’s literally what I’m trying to figure out. And I think it comes back to just like, it’s, it’s so cliche, but it’s like, often optimizing happiness, I need to put this out there.

38:41
You’re gonna die, Steve. You’re gonna die. The thing is, is you’re assuming you’re going to keep going for the next 20, 30, 40 years. Yeah. But it could happen today. Right? The problem is, is like, you somehow have to put an artificial timeline on yourself. Right? It’s so cliche live for today. But here’s the problem. I’m living for today. But like, what if I end up do live in another 10 years? Oh, shit, I’ve a plan for that a little bit.

39:09
You know, I can’t just go out and do whatever. Right. So I have to say here and I say, if I live another 10 years, right? Am I doing the 80 20? Am I going to be living 80 % of like who I am the authentic self and if you answer that question and say, I’m not I’m not working towards who I want to become.

39:32
Right? And we can, here’s the problem. We can justify it all day long. When I was doing all those other things, I was justifying it all day long. was like, well, I’m just going to keep doing this in order to get the money so I can become that. So I guess the final component here is like one, you’re going to die. You got to tell yourself that you got to think about that. I contemplate death every night. Now I go to lay in bed and I just lay there and I think about dying because now it’s real contemplate it. Second, right. If your day isn’t optimizing towards that 80 20 where it’s 80 % of

40:02
your authentic self, right? You really got to have secondary, you got to have, you got to be hard on yourself and say, I don’t know if this is it. Right. And then third, it’s like, in that same component, those four pillars of life, right? Diet, immune system, stress and identity, and they all go hand in hand, they interlock, but start on one, start with food, right? And to me, that’s like,

40:31
That’s probably the best way I can say it. Well, let me ask you this question. How do you figure that stuff out? Like, how do you figure out what you should be doing or what your authentic self even is? I mean, for the longest time, I had no idea. That’s a really good question that I don’t mean you kind of knew on that trip, right? I knew. Here’s the thing I knew for like 1015 years. Oh, my God. Okay, I knew for a long time. Right? I knew for a long time. I think if you don’t know yet, the thing is, is

41:00
you probably do know you just haven’t sat down and really, you just you, it’s there, I can promise you it’s there in the back of your mind. It’s just not not illuminated yet, because you haven’t probably allowed it to come out. I knew for a long time what exactly who I was. But I just never did it. So how do you find that? I mean, I guess the question you’re gonna die. So what do you want to do before you die? And like, it’s not like I want to go travel, but like,

41:28
What is the thing you want to give back to the world? How do you want to leave it better than you found it? And if you’re not doing it, leaving you like, am I going to leave this better than I found it? Then you’re probably not maybe not doing the thing that you want to want to do. I’m working on that still. No, I mean, for me, I think this podcast is going to be profound for a lot of people. I mean, traditionally, we talk about business tactics and strategy on this podcast, but this is very important, which is why I wanted to have you on. There’s just so many entrepreneurs that I know that

41:58
on the surface are killing it, but there’s something missing inside. And it’s just, for me, it’s always been ego. I’ll just full on admit saying like saying stuff, right? the money, because I’m cheap. Like, I don’t need that much money. We don’t spend that much money because I’m cheap. the ego is always got even today, like, I have all these friends from Stanford that are running or have exited hundreds of millions of dollars. And here I am selling handkeeps, right? So I’ve always had that ego problem. Yeah. But

42:28
Well, let me ask you this, Steve. Yeah. You’re gonna die. Right? We’ve established that chat. I know. I’ve repeated it. I’ve repeated it multiple times. And I tell you why. Because you these things need to be repeated. I can’t say it once you got to say it multiple. So I’m glad it’s I think it’s finally hit. It’s hitting me. It’s hitting me. Yeah. So yeah, will your Stanford buddies care about your hankies when you’re gone or vice versa? Right? Like or reverse it? That’s my point.

42:57
No one’s gonna give a shit. Yep. Chad, I’m gonna make sure everyone listens to this interview. This interview for me has probably been my favorite one. And I don’t have as far as as long as I can remember, man. Okay. No, I’m serious. I really appreciate you coming on. Yeah, man. I appreciate you having me. It’s good to catch up for sure. Yeah. And I know if anyone has any questions about this. I mean, where can they get ahold of you? Or if you don’t want any correspondence, that’s fine, too.

43:26
No, I like I said, I’m finally getting to the point where I’m this is right now how I give back. So people have given back to me in this process. And now it’s time for me to, I’m here to put guardrails up. I’m at the bottom of the cliff in the ambulance right now. Right. But I’d rather put the guardrails up so you don’t get to this place. The best place is, is probably LinkedIn. I’m actually, you know, that’s where I write a lot of my stuff on LinkedIn. So it’s simple. It’s just Chad Van Ainks, right? So LinkedIn.

43:55
whatever that URL is, slash Chad Vannings. You hit me up there and then can give you some email address stuff and go from there. Awesome. Cool. Well, thanks a lot, Chad, man. It was great catching up. Yeah, you too, man.

44:11
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now my heart goes out to Chad and his family. And all I can say is that of everyone I know, I have faith that Chad can beat this. And I encourage all of you to follow his story because you’ll be inspired and grateful. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 439. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

44:40
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at post group.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S E R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, grab a ticket to seller summit and let’s meet up. Go to seller summit.com. That’s S E L L E R S S U M M I T.com. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com.

45:10
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

438: James Clear On Creating Atomic Habits In Your Life

438: James Clear On Creating Atomic Habits In Your Life

Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy James Clear back on the show. James’ most recent book, Atomic Habits, hit the New York Times bestseller list and the last time I checked, it was the #8 best-selling book on all of Amazon.

In today’s episode, we’re going to take it up a level and discuss how to build good habits and break bad ones when it comes to business. We’ll discuss tactics that James has uncovered over the years from studying the habits and routines of entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and high powered individuals.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get on the New York Times Bestseller list
  • How to develop the proper habits to follow through on a business idea
  • The best way to start a new habit
  • How to make a habit easy to adopt
  • How to fight procrastination

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now it’s the holiday season and I’m currently on break. And can you believe that there are over 400 plus episodes on the podcast? Now there’s no way that you’d listen to them all, so I picked a couple of classics for you to review. Enjoy.

00:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy James Clear back on the show. And in case you missed him last time, James is on the podcast back in episode 202, where we broke down his strategies on how to build a blog that gets millions of visits per month. But in today’s episode, we’re going to take it up a level and discuss how to build good habits and break bad ones, tactics that James has uncovered over the years from studying the habits and routines of entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and high-powered individuals. And I’m proud to say,

00:53
James’s most recent book atomic habits has hit the New York Times bestseller list and at one point I think he was the number eight best-selling book on all of Amazon and With that welcome the show James. How are doing today? Hey, yeah, I’m doing well. Thanks so much for having me back It’s gonna talk to you. Yeah, so first off congrats on the book Thank you. I’m actually just curious what it takes to hit the New York Times bestseller list these days It’s like is there a strategy for doing so is there a way to game it?

01:23
So there are two answers here. So the first answer, what does it take? I can only tell you what it took for me. So the kind of high level was I wrote two articles a week on JamesClear.com starting in 2012. I did that for like three years and built my platform up and got an audience of, I think it was around 200, 250,000 email subscribers around that point after about three years.

01:49
And I leveraged that the size of that platform, that audience to get introduced to agents and publishers. And we put together a book proposal that took about three months and pitched it to, I think, 17 or 19 publishers. And then I think it was 19. And I think we got meetings with seven. So I flew to New York for a week, went and met with all these publishers with my agent. We were lucky. We had a good amount of interest. So we got bids from four.

02:19
and then ended up selecting our favorite one out of the bunch. then I signed the contract to write the book in a year. It became very apparent that I needed more time than that. And so I went back and asked for an additional year, and they very kindly gave it to me. So it took me two years of writing and research. That was easily the hardest part, the most suffering. I felt like…

02:46
I was really hard to write under contract. felt like there were a lot of expectations to produce something great. I was really worried that people wouldn’t enjoy it or that the publisher wouldn’t think it was good enough. Um, handed that in actually three months late from the extended deadline. So two years and three months of writing. And then we spent nine months planning the launch and, uh, marketing and prepping and doing interviews and all that stuff, getting the book, you know, on the publisher side, they were getting it typeset and printed and all that type of thing. And,

03:16
Then the book released. The three months before launch, I did 85 interviews in like 10 weeks or 12 weeks, something crazy like that. A bunch of blog posts, emails to my own audience. Basically any and every favor I could call in. I was like working on that. And that culminated with a bunch of exposure on launch day. I was on CBS this morning. I did a TV segment. So just like a ton of marketing.

03:43
push in addition to trying to write like a really fantastic book. And all of that came together and we had a really great launch week and then ended up hitting the New York Times bestseller list and then we hit it again. So the first time was we were number five in advice and how to and then the second time and still right now it’s number three in business. And so yeah, the book, the launch has done really well, but that’s what it looked like for me.

04:12
So that’s the it really and I like give that whole process because it was definitely not like a one-week thing I mean it was like a so yeah, I know that I was just kind of curious how many books you actually have to sell it’s in like the first week, right? Yeah, so they have two different types of lists. The first one is calculated weekly so And the second one is calculated monthly and so we we ended up hitting both So one is based on weekly sales one is based on monthly sales

04:42
For weekly sales, it does depend on what category you’re in. So some categories like general nonfiction, like memoirs and things like that. I’m not sure what the numbers are for that. I think they’re actually a little bit lower from what I’ve heard from people, but I don’t know for sure. Then what you need in like advice and how to, which is the category I was in.

05:04
And this gets a little bit to your question of like, is there a way to game it or not? Certainly many people have tried. I was not really interested in doing some of those things that are, I guess you would say like on the margin of like, oh, is this, you know, allowed or not? Like some people, some speakers will try to do things like buy, I won’t name any names, but there are people who have bought like, you know, 10,000 or 20,000 copies and then have them sitting in their garage. And so they’re like,

05:34
They bought the books so that it would look like that number of sales came through during the first week and they could get on the list, but they didn’t actually go to readers or anything like that. So I was like really adamant about every copy we sell needs to go to an actual person. you know, or stuff like you’ll see a lot of speakers will trade their fee for books.

05:54
So, you know, they’ll say like I’ll come talk but in you if you do it in these three months when I’m prepping for launch then you won’t have to pay me you can just buy, you know 500 books instead or something like that. So people will try to do stuff like that. There are some really weird services that you could hire. I don’t actually know if they still exist because I think the New York Times like became savvy to them but for a while people would pay like

06:21
They would pay a service, I don’t know, 10, 20, $30,000. I don’t know how much it was. It was definitely in the tens of thousands. And they would, that company would have like a bunch of little, uh, they would have people go out to different stores and like buy individual copies of books or place individual orders on Amazon. Now you were really buying like 10,000 copies through that company, but they would have their employees like place them all as individual orders. So they all looked like they were individual people buying and they would spread them out across the country and stuff.

06:50
And all of that stuff is just like a lot. mean, first of all, I just don’t know if it’s a good way to spend your time, whether it’s ethical or not. But also just it’s all just an effort to try to get on the list. Yeah. Now, some of the bestseller lists like I think USA Today, we hit the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, bestseller list, the USA Today list, Publishers Weekly, the Independent Booksellers list.

07:19
And some of them are strictly based on sales. Like I’m pretty sure the publishers weekly list and the USA Today list are like whatever book sells in most copies. That’s the number one book. Now the New York Times list is a little bit of a black box. I mean, it’s the most elite list to be on and nobody quite knows how it works. But from what I can tell you, you asked earlier how many copies you need to sell. I think 10,000 is roughly

07:49
The the minimum like kind of rule of thumb you’ll hear people throw out now that doesn’t guarantee you’re gonna get on because it depends on what week you’re launching and how many copies other books are selling that week but as a rule of thumb if you do 10,000 in a week then that’s kind of the beer in the game now just because you have that money sell does not mean that you’re gonna get on the list and The New York Times will sometimes make an editorial decision and say, you know this is not the kind of book that we want to have on here or

08:18
We think that the way you got these sales looks a little suspicious. so like I’ve heard from people who I heard from one author who sold 4,000 individual copies and then they had one company that purchased 6,000 copies. So they thought, Hey, I sold my 10. Like I should be, uh, you know, I should be in the running here. But I think the New York times looks at that and they think, well, really you sold like 4,001, um, because you just had like one big customer that said, yes. Um,

08:46
And so if they’re comparing, that person to somebody else who sold 10,000 individual orders, I think they tend to give the nod to the person who has the more individual readers. so, you know, authors love to complain about it because there are a lot of authors that think they should have been on because they had a certain number of sales. They, you know, they got like taken off or whatever. And whether that was true or not, who knows? Because, you know, nobody knows exactly what numbers the New York Times is getting each week and how many sales other books made.

09:16
But once you make it, now I’m like, yeah, that’s great. I love it there. But I think it’s awesome. So it’s funny to be on the other side. I felt comfortable asking that question because I knew you’re not the type of person to game the system. I thought like a lot of people do it. And I guess you could make an argument for it if you were like, well, if I get on the list, then my main thing is speaking like for me, speaking is a small portion of my business. I don’t really do that much of it.

09:45
But I guess if you were like a full time one, people find ways to rationalize it. They’re like, Oh, well, I’ll just buy my way on the list for 20 grand. And then, you know, I’ll be able to charge more at every speaking event for, you know, into the future. Cause I can say I’m a New York Times with a seller. So I think people rationalize it that way. Um, but for me, I, again, separate from the ethical considerations, which I think are questionable in themselves, but like, could you really be proud of it?

10:11
I don’t know. I, you know, I mean, I just spent six years building an audience and three years writing a book and planning this launch. I mean, I put everything I possibly had into it and it felt great to hit the list because there was so much sacrifice before it. But if I knew that I’d just got on there cause I wrote a check, I feel like it would be a totally different experience. And so, um, I hear you in a sense, I, I like, wouldn’t have wanted to do it anyway, even if I had a good business reason.

10:40
Which I don’t but you know, even if I did I I feel like it would have taken away from it. So anyway, I’m kind of going on about it It’s it’s it’s a little bit of a black box and But I can say that it feels fantastic with it if it works out in your favor so let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about habits and What I wanted to do actually was frame our talk in the context of starting or growing a successful business because a lot of my readers and listeners

11:08
They start out strong, but they kind of fizzle out in the long run if they don’t see immediate gains And so what I was hoping to do actually is maybe use your book as a framework How does one develop the proper habits to follow through on a business idea until things finally start taking off? Yeah, it’s a great question. So I mean first of all just from a high level I like to think about habits is what I call like the compound interest of self-improvement and

11:33
The reason I like that phrase habits are the same way that like money multiplies through compound interest. You know, you save up a little bit. It doesn’t feel like much in the beginning. Uh, in many cases that curve, that compound interest curves, like really flat, almost like a plateau. And then the hockey stick portion is only years or decades down the line. Um, so it doesn’t feel like much at first, but then you turn around two or five or 10 years later and it’s like, wow, this really added up.

11:58
I think habits are kind of like that as well. The same way that money multiplies their compound interest, the effects of your habits can multiply as you repeat them over time. And on any given day, you know, the same way that like saving 10 bucks doesn’t really feel like much. Making a choice that’s like 1 % better, 1 % worse, a little bit improved, a little bit better habit or a little bit worse habit doesn’t, it doesn’t really feel like much. You know, what’s the difference between

12:26
Eating a burger and fries for lunch or eating a salad It’s not really a whole lot on any given day like your body looks the same in the mirror at the end of the night The scale doesn’t really change but it’s only when you look back five or ten years later that you’re like oh wow that choice of what I ate for lunch really does matter and So this is one of the core philosophies of atomic habits one of the core ideas in the book this idea of how can we try to find ways to get 1 % better each day?

12:52
And if you can capture those small advantages, if you can master those little habits, stay in and day out, then you can end up with a really remarkable or powerful result in the long run. And I think that not only applies to our lives, but it certainly applies to our businesses. If you can just try to find a way to get a little bit of a 1 % margin for improvement daily in something you do or monthly in the financial state of your business, I mean, that can really add up over the broad span of time. And what does that look like in the context of

13:20
Like what is like a 1 % gain or something that you might do we can talk about your blog or how you built up an audience for sure Yeah, so I think the the first thing is You don’t need to do something more than what you’re already doing You just need to find a way to show up more consistently than you have before so like in other words You don’t need to increase the intensity like I’m not saying for then. This is I’m focusing on the very beginning now What’s the first thing I do? Like I’m not saying well you need to write a radically better blog post

13:49
or you need to become massively better at sales calls, or you need to massively improve your skills at writing a sales page. What I am saying though is, let’s find a way to make it easy to show up and do those things more consistently than you’ve done before. So it’s kind of like, yeah, you could do the same workout at the gym, but let’s just make sure you miss fewer workouts. that’s the first piece. So in the context of my business, I wrote a new article every Monday and Thursday.

14:18
for the first three years. And it was really that consistency, it was really that writing habit that set me on a different trajectory as a writer and an entrepreneur. And that was the thing that made it possible for me to build this audience and get the book deal and so on. Okay, so I mean, it’s easy to say that, right? But how do you make sure you stay on that schedule? How do you have self-control to do that? Okay, so I wanna answer this in two ways. I wanna come back to the self-control piece.

14:47
So the first part is I like to suggest people utilize what I call the two minute rule. So you take whatever habit you’re trying to build, whatever habit is relevant for your business, whether it’s writing blog posts or making podcasts or making sales calls or whatever, and scale it down to just the first two minutes. read 40 books a year becomes read one page, or call 20 clients every month becomes make one sales call, or do yoga four days a week becomes take out my yoga mat.

15:16
So, you whatever the habit is, you scale it down to just the first two minutes. Now, sometimes it sounds silly to people because especially with like health examples, you know, I’ll say something like, um, there’s a reader of mine, he ended up losing over a hundred pounds. And one of the things he did was he, uh, went to the gym, but he didn’t allow himself to stay for longer than five minutes. So we were like, well, that sounds ridiculous. Like going to the gym for five minutes, isn’t going to get you in shape. Um, but what you realize is that he was mastering the art of showing up.

15:46
And this is a crucial thing about any habit, business related or otherwise, a habit must be established before it can be improved. And so like, if you don’t become the type of person who goes to the gym for five minutes, you don’t have a chance to be the type of person who works out for 45 minutes, four days a week. Or if you don’t become the type of person who makes one sales call, you don’t have the chance to be the person who makes 20 sales calls every month, month in and month out. And so we’re trying to scale it down to that, like, I guess we’d call it a gateway habit.

16:15
the thing that initiates the response. And let me give you another example here. So I like to refer to these moments as decisive moments, these two minutes that determine the next chunk of time or get you moving in the right direction, a little bit of momentum. So for me, there’s a moment every morning where I’ll sit down at my computer and either I open up Evernote and I start working on the next article I’m going to write or

16:44
I go to ESPN and I check the latest sports news. And what happens in the next hour of my day is really determined by what happens in those like 45 seconds. It’s like if I can master that decisive moment of opening up Evernote and starting to write, then I’ve got a productive hour in front of me. And I think that no matter what your business looks like, there are going to be four or five, maybe eight or 10 of those decisive moments throughout each day. And if you can just pour your energy into mastering that,

17:14
then you can live a productive day. You can have a more effective time working on your business. So that’s the first lesson, master those decisive moments. The second piece comes back to your question about self-control. And this is, think, the common narrative for habits, for productivity, for effectiveness, is you just need to want it more. You need to try harder. You need grit and perseverance. You need to work smarter.

17:41
You need to make sure that you try to optimize things. certainly working hard is valuable and it’s an important skill. But if you look at some of the research on self-control, and I cover this more in chapter seven of Atomic Habits, a lot of the research will show that the people who exhibit the highest self-control, who you look at from the outside and you’re like, wow, they must have a lot of willpower. Actually, the thing that distinguishes them from most other folks is that they operate

18:11
live and work in an environment that has fewer temptations. So they are able to exhibit more willpower simply because they’re being tempted less. And I think that that is the lesson to take away from this is what’s the best way to improve my willpower? What’s the best way to make it more likely that I’ll show up and do the right thing each day? It’s not to push harder or to just try harder or to say work more. The solution, the best lever to pull is to redesign your environment.

18:40
so that you’re tempted less. Put the objects that prompt your good behaviors in more obvious locations, reduce the friction of taking a good task, and put the objects that derail you or distract you in less obvious locations, and reduce the, or increase the friction of doing something unproductive. And we can talk more about that, but I’ll just pop It’s funny because I’m just thinking about all this in the context of raising my kids right now. And we’re kind of picking and choosing our kids as friends based on like both their personality and their work ethic.

19:10
Because we want our kids to hang out with those other kids who are trying really hard hoping that it’ll Just kind of rub off on them. Really. I mean, it’s the it’s the environment that they’re in that’s actually a brilliant strategy because Children are our master imitators, which you know anybody who has like a two-year-old can tell you that right? Like you say a cuss word and then they pick it up instantly even if you don’t want them to or like, you know They imitate whatever you do But as children age they tend to they continue to imitate

19:39
but they tend to stop in imitating their parents as much and start imitating their peers much more. so there’s a great book called the nurture assumption by Judith, rich Harris that talks about the influence of peer groups on how children grow up. parents have a significant influence too, but that influence is largely genetic. It’s largely passed down through the genes. But, but the way that parents can influence one of the best levers they can use to influence their children is by

20:08
Choosing, you know, what city you live in, where you go to school, what extracurriculars you’re a part of. In other words, choosing like what other kids they get exposed to. And so your strategy there of trying to pick their friends by what their friends’ are is a smart one. We pick up all kinds of habits from the people around us and often we want to do the things that our peers are doing. And so that’s a good way for parents to subtly shape or at least influence in a little way.

20:34
The the habits of their kids can’t control it totally but that’s actually probably more effective than like Trying to force them to do something you want but you’re not always gonna be in the ideal environment, right? So there’s got to be a little bit more to this Yeah, absolutely. So In the book I offer four different strategies for building good habits and breaking bad ones and I’ll just go over them real quickly here they’re

20:58
tons of examples in the book, of course, but we can go over a few of them as they relate to business in this conversation. before I do, I’ll just say that not all four of these will always be working for you. And so you can really look at them as like a toolbox or a set of strategies that you can rely on. And when one thing isn’t working in your favor, maybe you pull on the other three levers, and that’s enough to get you to do the more productive or more effective action. So let me guide us a little bit.

21:27
One common thing at least that I have a problem with is procrastination. Yeah. Yeah. So yeah, let me give you all let me give these four and I’ll give you some examples related to procrastination and procrastination is a really broad topic, right? Like there’s a million ways you could procrastinate, but I’ll just go over some common ones. So the four stages that I like to break a habit into and again, this is all in detail in the book, but just real quickly, I break a habit. I heard it from you, the man himself.

21:56
Sure, yeah, yeah. Well, so cue, craving, response, reward. These are the four stages. So there’s some kind of cue that precedes the habit, which is like a prompt that gets you to pay attention to what’s going on, something that’s happening in your environment. There’s a cue that picks up your attention. I’ll give you an example in a second. Second, there’s a craving. There’s some kind of interpretation of that cue, what it means.

22:20
And based on what you think it means, you take a particular action. So that’s the response, which is the third stage. And then finally, your action delivers some kind of result. There’s some type of reward or consequence that comes after that. So for example, let’s say you walk into the kitchen and you see a loaf of bread on the counter. It’s in the morning. So the loaf of bread, visual cue. So that’s first stage. Your prediction is, oh, I want to make some toast or that would be tasty. And so you take out a piece of bread, put it in the toaster. That’s the response.

22:50
pops up a minute later, you get the toast, you get to eat it, that’s the reward. Okay, so cue, craving, response, reward. But you can just as easily imagine that at a different time, say, you know, 10 minutes later after you’ve eaten breakfast, you walk back into the kitchen and you see that loaf of bread. And now the cue has a different meaning. Your state has changed, you’re full instead of hungry. And so you interpret that cue in a different way. Now your craving is not there, it’s non-existing, you interpret it as, there’s the bread, but I’m not hungry now.

23:19
and so you don’t take the same response. So this type of thing is happening all day long. We’re taking in cues, we’re making predictions about what to do next, we’re taking action, and then getting some kind of outcome or result. So from those four stages, we can have a step for each stage for making it easier to build good habits and harder to fall into bad ones. So I call these the four laws of behavior change.

23:47
The first law is to make it obvious. So you want the cues of your good habits to be obvious and available and visible. The second law is to make it attractive. The more attractive a habit is, the more likely you’ll fall into it and perform it. The third law is make it easy. So the more easy, frictionless, convenient a behavior is, the more likely you are to do it. And the fourth law related to reward is make it satisfying.

24:13
The more satisfying and enjoyable an experience is, the more you want to repeat it again in the future. if you want to, so those four, make it obvious, make it attractive, make it easy, make it satisfying, explain how to build a good habit. And if you want to break a bad habit, you just invert them. So rather than make the cues obvious, you want to make it invisible, make it unattractive, make it difficult, make it unsatisfying. And so let’s go through a couple of examples of what this looks like for procrastination since you mentioned that.

24:43
Real quick though, making something attractive, the thing here is a lot of what’s involved in creating a business kind of sucks, right? It’s boring. So I’m kind of curious, maybe once you address the procrastination question, how do you make something that’s really mundane and boring attractive? Yeah, it’s a great question. Well, so I’ll just answer that right now when we come back to procrastination as a larger topic. So make it attractive. There are a couple different things that influence this.

25:12
First of all, let me answer just a, I’ll give you a quick tactic before I talk about the kind of the overarching thought here. So quick tactic for making something more attractive, you can use a strategy that’s called temptation bundling. And so the idea is you stack something you want to do, something you enjoy doing with the thing that you know you need to do. So one of the examples I give in the book, there’s this guy, he was an engineering student.

25:39
And he knew that he needed to be exercising more, but he also knew that he liked watching Netflix and probably liked it too much. And so he linked up his computer to a stationary bike so that Netflix would pause if the bike was not running. So he had to be cycling the whole time if he wanted to watch, you know, a 30 minute show or something. And that’s a good way of forcing yourself to do the unattractive thing or making the unattractive thing, which in this case was cycling.

26:08
more attractive because it meant, hey, now I get to watch Netflix. And you can do that with a bunch of things. Like if you are really bad with your email inbox and you feel like you never focus on that. I heard of a woman who she only gets a pedicure if she works on overdue emails while she’s getting it. So just like that, reward yourself by doing the thing you don’t want to do.

26:32
Another one, Katie Milkman, who’s the researcher at the Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania. She was the one who came up with this name, Temptation Bundling. And she realized that she really wanted to read The Hunger Games. She got like really obsessed with the book series when it came out. And so she made a rule for herself where she was only allowed to read The Hunger Games while she was on the treadmill at the gym. And so those kinds of strategies are ways to make the unattractive thing more attractive.

27:01
And you can do that in different ways. Like there’s a one that’s real. I think some habits that are really good. This is really good for or what I would call habits of avoidance. So things like don’t drink alcohol for 30 days or don’t spend money on Amazon or don’t go out to eat and stay at home and make a meal instead. And habits like that are like inherently difficult because you’re just resisting temptation. It’s like all you’re doing is not doing something. And so that doesn’t feel good. You just have to sit with this craving.

27:30
But you can flip it on its head a little bit. so one of my readers, he and his wife, they wanted to eat out less and save money by cooking more. so normally they’re just resisting the temptation to go to dinner, to go out to eat at the restaurant. But instead what they did was they set up a little savings account and they labeled it trip to Europe. And then anytime they stayed home and cooked dinner instead of going out to the restaurant, they would transfer $50 over to the savings account.

28:00
And so they still had to put the work in of cooking the meal, but they got the immediate enjoyment of seeing the savings account grow. And that’s really the ultimate lesson that I’m sharing here with this temptation bundling strategy is how can you give yourself a little bit of an immediate enjoyment from something else while you’re doing the difficult thing? And so there, you obviously this depends on what you, what is enjoyable to you, but like from a business standpoint, there was someone that I worked with who

28:28
uh… he hated taking these meetings these calls and he really just didn’t like being inside all day like he didn’t like being hunched over his desk and so he changes so that he only took meetings while going on a walk through the park that was near his office and so taking a meeting that he got to go outside and go for a walk and uh… it can be in large or small ways but anytime you get an immediate bit of satisfaction enjoyment with it suddenly the unattractive thing becomes a little more attractive you know i’m just looking back at my childhood right now and i think my mom did this to me uh… i really hated

28:58
I like I hated it, but she would take me to ice cream after every single piano lesson and after a while I started looking forward to them just for the ice cream mmm Yeah, playing piano meant getting ice cream. Yes. It’s like we framed what that that cue or what that habit meant in your mind That’s really smart Yeah, so that’s so that’s one way to think about how to make it attractive But there’s a there’s a broader conversation here, which I think is really important for entrepreneurs certainly was very important in my

29:27
business kind of narrative and story Which is that the social environment really changes what habits are attractive to us and which ones are unattractive You know like when I was a kid and I don’t know that any kid grows up thinking Wow I’d really like to think more about email funnels and like, know workflows You know, like no kid is thinking that you know But now it’s kind of exciting and interesting to me and part of that is because my skills have improved but another big part of it is that

29:57
I get rewarded for having a big email list. And not just like, you know, financially with the business, but also, you know, people will praise you for it or congratulate you on it or ask you, how did you do that? That’s interesting. How did you grow that? And all of those social signals increase the attractiveness of thinking about the conversion rate and how I design forms and, know, like, how could I improve this a little bit more? And so my point is the thing that we’re rewarded for, the thing that we

30:27
get little markers of social status for or respect from others for naturally becomes more attractive. And that is dependent not only on your results, but also on the group or tribe that you’re a part of. Like I could be around a bunch of people, people I went to, some of my friends from college or things like that. They don’t think about email lists, they don’t know about it, they don’t care about it. And so, like in that group, I can throw out a number and they’re like, well, you

30:55
Great, I guess that’s good for you, but like it doesn’t mean anything doesn’t have any status associated with it and so It would be less attractive for me to work on those things when I’m hanging around that group You know we hang out for other reasons, but it’s not as it’s not as important there because I’m not as rewarded for it and so So that kind of just circles back to your environment point that you made earlier Yes, but earlier when I was giving examples I was talking mostly about the physical environment and this I would say is mostly about the social environment

31:25
And both are crucial factors for building better habits. so I’ll talk, let me come back to the procrastination question you asked and I’ll give some physical environment examples. But just to wrap up the social environment idea, we are all part of multiple tribes. Some of those tribes are large, like what it means to be American or what it means to be French or Australian. And some of them are small, like what it means to be a neighbor on your street or a member of your local CrossFit gym.

31:53
or a volunteer at the local school. And all of those tribes, large and small, have a set of shared expectations for how you act as a member of that tribe. And you can see this in people’s habits all day long. you walk onto an elevator, and you’re in this little tribe of three people. And the expectation is you turn around to face the front. If you face the back of the elevator, it’s a little weird. It’s not what people are expecting.

32:23
Or you go to a job interview and maybe there are four people interviewing you and you’re sitting there and the expectation is you’re going to wear a suit and a tie or a dress or something nice. Now it doesn’t have to be that way. Like you could face the back of the elevator or you could wear a bathing suit to a job interview, but we don’t do that because it violates the shared expectations of the group. And so the point here is that when habits go with the grain of the tribe that you’re in, they’re very attractive.

32:52
And when they go against the grain of the tribe that you’re in, they’re very unattractive. And so one way to kind of hack your habits or to increase the odds that you’ll do the thing you want to do is to join a group where your desired behavior is the normal behavior. Because if it’s normal in that group, then it will become attractive for you to do it because doing so helps you fit in. And this was huge for me as an entrepreneur because I did not have any entrepreneurs in my family.

33:20
and really didn’t have any close friends who were entrepreneurs either. I kind of vaguely knew that like some people run businesses, but I didn’t have anybody to look to. And so for the first like three to six months that I started out, I just emailed a ton of people, well over a hundred that were already doing the kind of thing that I wanted to do, but they were already full time. And I just asked if they wanted to chat on Skype and most of them said no, but I would say like maybe 30 or so said yes.

33:48
And so by the time I got six months in, now I had a few dozen people that if I had a problem or if I was dealing with, had an idea, I could go to them with the questions that had. And I could also see what, like, what are they doing normally? You know, what are their habits daily? And I didn’t have to like consciously ask that question, right? You just kind of soak it up as you’re part of a tribe, as you’re part of a group, you see what everybody else around you is doing. And then you start to imitate and do those things because that’s the normal thing to do there.

34:17
You know, you see this all the time, people join like a CrossFit gym and then they start to eat paleo and they buy a certain type of knee sleeves and a certain brand of workout shoes and like, you know, they’re picking up all these other habits that they never really thought about doing, but that’s just what people do in that particular tribe. Yeah, in the context of business then, that’s why it’s key to go to conferences and events where you can meet other like-minded entrepreneurs. At least that’s how I started taking off in my business. It started when I started going to events.

34:46
100 % and I, you know, so I did those Skype calls. Then I went to my first conference about six months in and what was really nice for me in that case was that I already knew like maybe 10 people from those Skype chats and those emails that were going to be there. And so I didn’t go in cold. I had like a couple of people I could hang out with or talk to at least, which was nice. And then of course I met a bunch of other people from those conferences. So I did, I did some conferences for the first two or three years.

35:11
And then the last couple of years, I’ve started to host my own events, which are small, usually like eight people or so. But, you know, it’s a really great high touch way to see, you know, soak up all of that kind of implicit knowledge that everybody else has about what they do and why they do it and all that type of thing. But the overarching point there is no matter what habit you’re trying to build, the habits that are normal within your tribe will be attractive to you because they help you fit in, they help you belong.

35:39
and we all have a deep desire to belong. So James, I don’t mean to skip around, but I said this question just kind of popped into my mind also. One thing that I see among people who just kind of starting out in business is they’re looking for quick wins and oftentimes the payoff is like many years later, but it’s painful for those many years, right? And you gotta, you gotta get used to what I call like the suck. So how, if you’re not getting immediate gratification,

36:08
How do you train yourself to kind of persist? Yeah, it’s such a great question and it’s really it’s not just business. I mean central to all habits, right? There’s kind of this like plateau in the beginning so the the analogy that I like to use or the metaphor that I like to bring up is the story of an ice cube So, you know say you’re in a room and the room is cold it’s like 25 degrees ice cubes sitting on the table and you can like see your breath and Slowly the temperature starts to increase 26 27 28 29

36:37
still this ice cube is sitting there like nothing’s changed, 30, 31. And then all of sudden you get to 32 degrees and you hit this phase transition, the ice cube begins to melt. This is like this one degree shift, no different than all the other one degree shifts that came before it, but suddenly something new happens. And I think that in many cases, the process of achieving a change or building a business, it’s like that because you’re…

37:04
you’re stuck on this plateau of latent potential early on. You’re putting work in, you’re banking reps and effort and time and energy, and you don’t really have anything to show for it. The ice cube still hasn’t melted. But if you’re willing to stick with it, then you hit this phase transition. And so the question that you had is like, well, how do you get through that period? I think first of all, just knowing that it happens is helpful. It helps reset your expectations a little bit because a lot of the time we think that

37:32
Progress should be linear that we put a little bit of work in and we get a little bit of results. So if we put a lot of work in, we’ll get a lot of results. But actually it’s not this like 45 degree angle linear progression. It’s more like that hockey stick or compound curve that I mentioned before, where you’re kind of stuck on this plateau for a while and all the greatest gains are delayed. So that’s the first thing. The second thing though, I think that this is

37:59
One of the reasons that small habits really matter, perhaps the deeper purpose why they matter, which is they reinforce a particular type of identity. They’re reinforced being a certain kind of person. so, like in the book, I use this phrase of, you know, the goal is not to run a marathon. The goal is to become a runner. The goal is not to write a book. The goal is to become a writer. And I think we could say that about entrepreneurship as well. Like the goal is not to build a business. The goal is to become an entrepreneur, to be that kind of person.

38:28
to be a creator or to be financially independent or to have that identity and I think the way to foster that identity is through small wins through small habits on a daily basis and so in a sense Every action you take is kind of like a vote for the type of person you want to become it’s like You’re these little habits or how you embody a being a particular type of person or having a particular type of identity. So

38:57
Every day that you make your bed, you embody the identity of someone who is clean and organized, or each time that you write one sentence, you embody the identity of someone who is a writer, or every time you make a sales call, you embody the identity of someone who is good at selling. And so on any given day, those little actions don’t count for very much, but each time you do them, it’s like casting a vote, building up a little mound of evidence that this is who I am. And I think that.

39:26
Ultimately true behavior change is identity change because it’s like it’s one thing to say I want this I want a million dollar business. I want to have a best-selling book I want to have a popular blog, but it’s something very different to say I am this I am an author I am a blogger I am an entrepreneur because once you believe that about yourself You really aren’t even pursuing behavior change anymore you’re just acting in alignment with the type of person that you already believe that you are and So I think the way to get through those

39:56
that get through the suck as you call it to get through those periods where it’s really difficult and you don’t have the results that you want is to focus on fostering that identity. Even if you’re not happy with how your body looks and you still want to lose weight and all you could do after a long day of travel was five pushups before you collapsed on the bed, well, maybe that’s not the result you want. Maybe you’re still in the suck from that standpoint, but.

40:22
you did those five pushups and at least you’re the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts. At least you’re the type of person who fostered that identity. And I think that on the hard days in business, that’s what I tried to remind myself of. Like how can I show up and cast a vote for the desired identity, even if the results are still long in the future? So it means you just try to show up, even if it showing up in this particular case isn’t spending a lot of time or whatever. You’re just, you’re just out of habit.

40:52
Working on your business, even if it’s not a whole lot at that given moment You’re trying to cast a vote for being the type of person that you want to be rather than worrying about what the results are in that moment and I think that you know There are all kinds of ways that you can show up in small ways and we I think we all either have done this or know someone who does this where you Waste time on frivolous things, you know You just like putter around and do a bunch of little things that don’t make much difference and that’s that’s different than what I’m talking about that that feels like a waste of time, but I’m

41:22
What I’m talking about is taking a small action that reinforces your desired identity, the long-term identity of you or your business that you want to foster and the type of person you want to become. It sounds like step one is to actually figure out what that is, right? I think so. And that’s why I talk about in chapter two of the book. I think it’s a very central question to ask yourself. Now, the good news is I don’t think it needs to be that hard. I think most people know

41:47
They may not, questions like what identity do you want or what are your values? Those are like big questions and sometimes they’re hard to answer. But I think most people do know what kind of results they want. So you can just say, you know, what do you wanna, maybe you lose 40 pounds in six months or maybe you want to double your income this year or something like that. And once you get a pretty clear picture of the result that you want, then you can sort of reverse engineer it and ask yourself, well, who is the type of person?

42:13
that could lose 40 pounds? Well, maybe it’s the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts or who’s the type of person that could double their income? Well, maybe it’s the type of person who creates one new product each month or something like that. And once you reverse engineer the outcome and ask yourself that question, who is the type of person that could achieve that? Then you become a little more clear on what that identity might be. Like if I want to become a New York Times bestselling author,

42:42
I would probably follow in your footsteps and then write set aside time to write two days a week and be consistent about that for three years, for example. That’s a great example of scaling it down. It’s like who’s the type of person that could write a New York Times bestseller? Well, it might be the type of person that has a really big email list, like hundreds of thousands of people that they could tell about the book when it comes out. Okay, well, who is the type of person that could have an email list of 500,000 people? Well, maybe it’s the type of person that writes every week. And so then that becomes the identity that you’re trying to build. I just want to be the type of person who writes every week.

43:12
And that line of questioning, I think, leads you more, it leads you a little bit away. What it does is it clarifies the fact that your outcomes in life are a lagging measure of your habits, right? Like, the number of email subscribers I have is a lagging measure of my writing habit. And your weight is a lagging measure of your reading habits, your bank account is a lagging measure of your financial habits. You’re really just trying to figure out how do I need to show up each day to get that long-term outcome that I’m looking for.

43:42
Right. And then adopting the little detailed habits of that individual to get where you want. in the case of writing a book, the writing part is just one little habit. And all these little habits that you do, if we were to delve deeply into your life, James, all add up to where you are today. Right. And the things that we were talking about earlier, like optimizing your environment or choosing the right tribe or tweaking little elements of that, the two minute rule and scaling it down,

44:10
Like all of those are strategies for building those habits that surround that core identity of I want to be the type of person who writes every week. Right. James, I think that’s actually a good point to to conclude this interview because we’ve already been chatting for quite a while. Where can people find more about your book? Where can they get it? Yeah, thanks so much for chatting. I enjoyed the conversation. So the book is called Atomic Habits and you can get it at Atomic Habits dot com.

44:38
And on that page, I have a couple bonus downloads and stuff too. There’s a guide on how to apply the ideas to parenting, a guide on how to apply the ideas to business. There’s a cheat sheet for the core ideas in the book and just a one-pager you can look at and review, a template for tracking your habits. Anyway, so all of that is at atomichabits.com. What’s funny about this is just our little chat today has kind of reinforced my parenting style a little bit.

45:07
because I’ve been pushing my kids hard because I want to get into the habit of feeling like they’re smart and at the top of their class. And I talk to certain people and they think I’m crazy, but maybe that just means I need to change my environment a little bit. Nice. Well, congratulations. I’m glad that habits are on the top of mind and important for you. think they’re, something all parents should think about deeply and, and really all people. mean, they, they impact all of our lives.

45:35
And just for the benefit of the listeners here, I have actually read James’ book and it’s excellent. And I was just kind of playing dumb in the interview today because I wanted to highlight some of the key points that resonated with me. But thanks a lot, James, for coming to the show. I really appreciate your time. Wonderful. Thanks, dude. All right. Take care.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

437: 5 Brain Dead Strategies To Boost Your Content Marketing Sales With Marcus Sheridan

437: 5 Brain Dead Strategies To Boost Your Content Marketing Sales With Marcus Sheridan

Today I’m thrilled to have Marcus Sheridan on the show. Marcus runs the Sales Lion where he consults and teaches companies how to do inbound content marketing.

He’s known as one of the premier thought leaders in the digital sales and marketing space. I’ve been following Marcus for years so it’s cool that we got to connect at Social Media Marketing World for a few minutes and that’s how he ended up here on the podcast. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why inbound marketing is the key to growing any business
  • What content works well and how to get results with your blog
  • Types of content that attracts readers and customers no matter what the niche

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now it’s the holiday season and I’m currently on break. And can you believe that there are over 400 plus episodes on the podcast? Now there’s no way that you’d listen to them all, so I picked a couple of classics for you to review. Enjoy.

00:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Marcus Sheridan on the show. Now, if you don’t know who he is, Marcus runs the sales lion where he consults and teaches companies how to do inbound content marketing. And today he’s known as one of the premier thought leaders in the digital sales and marketing space. Now I actually started my blog in 2009 and kind of in my periphery, I’ve been following Marcus for years. So it’s really cool that we got to finally connect at social media marketing world for just a couple of minutes, but that was enough.

00:52
And that’s how we ended up here on today’s podcast. with that, welcome to show Marcus, how are you doing today, Steve, so great to be here, man. Excited to speak with you and hopefully I’ll say something that your audience says, you know what, that was worth the listen right there. You know, I’ve seen this man speak. He is excellent. So I got the date. I got the date. Correct. We both started blogging like 2009. Yep. Yep. Glorious time, man. That’s an internet years.

01:21
That’s about three decades ago. We are like dinosaurs, I should say. That was actually back when people used to comment on blogs. Yes, those are the good old days. That’s a good old inside blog joke there. I love it. Times have changed, man.

01:40
I remember at the time you created the leading swimming pool website on the internet Can you kind of talk about how you got started with that and how that? Transitioned over to the sales line like what’s your story just for the benefit of readers who don’t know who you are? Yeah, you know I’ll try to give the the very you know short version here I started swimming pool company out of college with two friends 2001 things were going okay for us up until the market crashed in 2008 and by the 2009 I thought we’re gonna go out of business and

02:10
I was getting ready to file for bankruptcy. But that’s when I started to read all these fancy phrases like inbound, content marketing, social media, blogging, all that stuff. And really what I heard in my simple pool guy mind was, Marcus, if you just obsess over your customers’ questions and you’re willing to address them honestly and transparently through text and video on your website, you just might save your business, right? So I embraced this philosophy that we call, they ask, you answer, which basically said, hey, we’re going to be the best teachers in the world when it comes to, in our case, fiberglass pools.

02:40
And so, like I said to make a long story short, that’s what we did. We became essentially the WebMD of pools and it became the most traffic swimming pool website in the world, save the business. And last year we were the largest installer of fiberglass pools in the US. Now, I’m not a pool guy anymore. I still own a third of the company, but in this process I started to just to write about what I was doing, which as you mentioned, Steve, came at the end of 2009. And so I’m like, you know what, I’m just gonna write.

03:09
The stuff that we’re doing this whole day, ask you answer, it’s working. And I believe in this. And so I was just writing about it. And then all of sudden, company said, hey, Marcus, can you teach us how to do that? And some conferences said, hey, Marcus, can you come share that story about what you do with your pool company and our event? And it just started to snowball from there. so I was getting so many requests. I’m like, there is a business model here. And so I transitioned slowly out of River Pools. And by 2012,

03:38
I was essentially full on with speaking and consulting and my agency, The Sales Lion, which is what it was called, is now a part of Impact. I’m one of the owners of Impact and we’ve got about 65 employees. And I give about 70 keynotes a year around the globe on sales marketing, business, communication. It is a dream, my friend, and it’s all because the economy crashed. Like if the economy hadn’t crashed, it wouldn’t have happened, which is amazing how that works. By the time I thought it was

04:07
most stressful period of my life. is crazy. That’s more than one talk a week. Yes. Yeah. I often, I mean, I’ll generally give about 1.5 talks a week. That’s correct. Yeah, that’s crazy. It’s moving. Yeah, moving along. So Marcus, the reason I wanted to have you on today is to kind of talk about content marketing and how to use it to promote your business. A lot of my listeners are e-commerce sellers, but we don’t have to talk about that per se. But if you can kind of tailor your answers towards an e-commerce biz, that would be pretty cool.

04:37
Yeah. first off, like if you were running your own e-commerce business, I want to know like what content works well, how to get results, how would you approach that problem? Yeah. So when we start the process of the Ask, Answer, within about six months, I could see there’s clear patterns of content that works, content that doesn’t work in terms of really moving the needle from a sales perspective, from a search SEO perspective, a whole nine.

05:06
Today I call that the big five. There’s essentially five subjects that before somebody goes to buy something, they want to understand these five things. It’s the psychological need that we have to feel at ease and to feel informed. And fundamentally today in today’s economy, we don’t want to make a mistake. And we know that we don’t have to make a mistake, but we want to know these five things. So here are the big five.

05:34
The big five are as buyers, we are obsessed with how much something costs. Now, we’ll talk more about that Steve, but that doesn’t mean we just put a price that doesn’t count, because every e-commerce person puts a price that doesn’t count as talking about costs. So we’re obsessed with talking about costs and learning about costs as buyers. We’re obsessed with understanding the negatives, the problems, the issues. How could this blow up in my face if I purchase it, if I buy it, whatever it is, service product doesn’t matter. So that’s number two, problems.

06:04
Number three, we’re obsessed with comparisons. In other words, generally, we don’t just look at one thing, we’re looking at two or more of a similar thing. Product, service, again, doesn’t matter. So we love to compare. Number four, we’re obsessed with what other people say about it, of course, reviews. And then number five, we’re obsessed with the best. So generally speaking, we don’t search for the worst, we search for the best, right? These are the big five. And here’s what’s fascinating, okay?

06:34
this again and again and again. When companies obsess over these big five and they make that they’re just clear clear directive, their compass if you will, that’s what’s going to move the needle because these five subjects are at the bottom of the funnel and whenever you’re selling a product or service especially in the e-commerce space you want to start at the bottom not the top of the funnel. The mistake that a lot of people make if they are producing content it’s really really fluffy. All right so let me give you an example if that’s okay Steve. Yeah absolutely. These are going to be pool examples but

07:04
I don’t want anybody to think because right now if I turned on our e-commerce to our site, we would do, I’m sure we’d do at least a million dollars a year revenue just on e-commerce alone because of the traffic that we have. mean, you some months we’re getting close to million visitors. I mean, we’re doing really, really well. And so there’s a reason for this, right? We would kill in this space. But because I’m a manufacturer and an installer, I don’t elect to go down that road. So this is an example of how we did it with fiberglass pools.

07:33
You know when I saw the process of they ask you answer one of the first questions that people used to ask me all the time as A poke guy was so Marcus I’m not gonna hold you to it But give me a feel how much is this going to cost? Of course in they might have been talking about a fiberglass swimming pool or an in-ground swimming pool. Whatever. What’s crazy is when we start this process Nobody in the world had addressed how much does an in-ground swimming pool cost on their website? The reason for this Steve is because businesses don’t they’re afraid

08:02
generally speaking, they’re afraid to talk about, like, I’m gonna give it away to my competitors or I might scare them away. I mean, there’s all these different things. And so we openly talked about it and we said, here’s all the factors that are gonna drive it up. Here’s what could keep it down. Here’s the different packages that you can expect. Here’s why some companies are expensive and why some companies are cheap. Now that was critical and fundamental, Steve. And this is the part that most e-commerce companies do not do, is whenever you sell a product,

08:30
especially if it’s a significant major product within your SKU set. You always want to make sure that you have definitive articles and videos just on how much does that particular type of product or service cost. If you don’t do that, you ain’t never going to play in the search space and you’re going to devalue and potentially commoditize the thing that you’re selling, which is a problem. So to make a long story short, Steve,

08:57
That one article has generated over six million dollars in sales. How much does a fiberglass pool cost? So if you search anything today about how much is an ingrown pool cost? How much is the cost to install fiberglass pool? I mean anything like that if you’re in the United States We’re the first ones you’re gonna see to this day. It’s a cash cow. Okay, that’s number one number two Hold on one sec. Let’s elaborate on some of the things you just said about cost I heard you say that you you outline what companies do and what they don’t do and what factors into the cost

09:25
I was thinking when you said that, that psychologically, customers are going to now ask the competitors whether they do that certain thing and compare that to you. That’s correct. That’s That’s correct, which is what you want them to do. Let’s say you have an e-commerce platform, but you also have a great blog and they mutually feed each other. Your blog feeds e-commerce, but your e-commerce should be feeding the blog. People are like, what do you mean by that?

09:54
If they’re on the platform, why would the platform feed the blog? Well, if it’s a good platform, you can do things like this. Like hypothetically, you could set it up and I guarantee you 99 % of your listeners have never done this before. So let’s say that on your e-commerce platform, you have underneath the price, a little arrow with a link that says, see why it costs this much. Now,

10:24
If a buyer sees a price and then sees a little arrow pointing to the link says, see why it costs this much and it’s a clickable link that takes them to an article and video that definitively explains why it costs that much, have you commoditized or decommoditized that thing that you sell? Of course you’ve now decommoditized it and now you’ve done a major, major value add to that particular visitor. But the problem is, more often than not, in the e-commerce space, it’s just cut and dry. They got reviews.

10:53
Oftentimes they do have reviews now on most of these platforms, but they don’t talk about the good, they don’t talk about the bad, they don’t talk about the ugly. Well, they might talk about the good, but they don’t talk about the bad the ugly enough. And they don’t really explain it well enough. And so I’m constantly dealing with this. Most of the research I do, especially when I’m shopping e-commerce situations, I have to go and find the prices on the e-commerce platforms. Then I have to research on another site that has nothing to do with that particular site.

11:19
to really understand the cost factors. Why is this thing costing as much as it is? And then I’ll go back to the e-commerce site. That’s dumb. It doesn’t make sense. Of course, there’s conversion loss at that point anyway. And so this is why, if you really, really do this well, and again, if you’re selling a ton of stuff, choose the 20 % that are generating 80 % of your sales. You focus on that and it’s magical. This is a service product. It doesn’t matter. And I’m telling you, for 90 % of my clients around the world, and I’ve done this with big companies, small companies,

11:49
90 % of number of traffic-leading sales generating content has to do with cost and price. This is very interesting. I’m just thinking in my mind this would be a great place to point out your unique value proposition for each product as well, Of course. That’s exactly right. That’s exactly right. And this is where you can really blow away transparency because you’re able to say things like, hey, look, this isn’t the most expensive one and it shouldn’t be. This is for the person that is looking for the middle of the road.

12:16
but they’re looking for this, this, and this, but they’re okay not getting this, this, and that. And if you feel like you’re that person, well then this might be a great fit for you and it’s certainly a great value for that buyer. Most people don’t communicate like that, right? Do you see what I’m saying? It’s just like, just flat out, here’s what it is, and it’s not this is for you if, this is not for you if. It’s unfortunate, most companies don’t think like that. I guess my biggest concern here is you’re actually taking them off of the commerce site

12:45
to a different article and then they have to make their way back, right? Yeah, you open it up in a separate window and if most of us are paying attention to our conversion rates of those shopping cart pages anyway, it would make us vomit to see how much we lost, right? And so all you have to do is you split test this out, right? And you can definitively see it. Now, if you have a chance to have it on the actual page, great, have it on the actual page. But the thing is, you

13:15
It’s difficult to do that because most platforms aren’t built that way. And you can’t really build out a beautifully robust article slash video interactive format if you do it that way. I guess now that I’m just thinking about it right now as we’re talking, you could just have a button and it could be like a pop-up that is nicely formatted that you can just easily close and still remain on the product page. Yeah, so you could do the pop-up.

13:43
in the pop-up should have read the full article here if the summation isn’t enough. you can’t, here’s my philosophy on this Steve, and this is why this is such a big deal to me. We can’t treat people like they’re dumb, right? We have to treat them like informed humans that are smart shoppers. And so it’s my strong belief that if we have a choice between let’s

14:13
not inform them well, allow them to be ignorant and hope that that will increase conversion, or let’s allow them to learn more in the moment if they’re still not psychologically satisfied with the value prop of that particular product or service, knowing that if they do see it upon reading it, it means they’re more serious anyway, and the ones that do say,

14:41
That’s for me are gonna come back and buy I just refuse to believe That the majority of cases the person’s gonna say wow my gracious that was helpful. Okay. Let me go find it on some other place now Yeah, I think I tend to agree with you. That’s very interesting Okay, do we have anything more to add on cost before we move on to the next one not so much on cost Yeah, I mean I think that I think that hits the mark on cost and again I want to stress this as article in video at this point. We got to be doing it that way. Okay, okay, cool So let’s talk about problems for a second

15:11
Yep. Problems is prolific. once we feel like, all right, I think I want to go down this road. Then our natural question is, but how could it blow up in my face? And this is oftentimes why we seek out reviews. But the problem is if we’re review dependent as an e-commerce shop or as a business, that’s flawed. We need to beat the punch with these. In other words, get in front of it.

15:41
yourself. Let me give you an example. Again, we’ll go to pools. This applies to everybody. So don’t think you’re different if you’re listening to this because I’m telling you, I’ve done this with too many services and products. I know that nobody’s the exception to this. And so what happens is in my case with pools, people used to ask me all the time, for example, so Marcus, what are the problems with fiberglass pools? Very, very common question. And once again, Steve, nobody in the world, I’m not exaggerating at the time, had addressed that singular question on their site.

16:11
Why? They were afraid to address the elephants, right? The smartest companies, they know that the greatest way in life to resolve concern is to address it before it even becomes a concern. And so I openly talked about the problems of fiberglass pools on our website. And because we talked about it, you know, it’s wild. Every year, the number one, the number one keyword phrase that generates the most traffic to the site is fiberglass pools problems. Oh, excuse me, leads to the site.

16:40
fiberglass pool problems. So that article has made a couple million dollars in sales at this point, right? And it’s not just there, like when somebody says, hey Marcus, do fiberglass pools pop out of the ground? Okay, I’ll write about that. Are fiberglass pools cheap? Okay, I’ll write about that. These are consistent questions that we would get. So I’m not going to bury my head in the sand, I’m going to openly address them, I’m going get in front of them, and then I can own the conversation instead of one of my competitors. So that’s what you want to do. You want to look at your different products and services that you offer. You want to say,

17:10
on all the times that you’ve been asked, so I heard that or is it true that or somebody told me that or I was reading. When anybody says anything like that, that denotes that something negative is coming. And now, if you get on the front end of addressing it, you have a significant chance of earning the person’s trust and respect. But the key is you can’t be biased. Too many people, especially in the e-commerce space, are just biased.

17:40
which loses that trust factor. You can’t become the trust agent and at the same time be extremely biased. an example of how you might phrase this, again, I’ll just go back to the simple pool example. So we might say something like this, fiberglass pools aren’t for everybody. They don’t get wider than 16 feet, longer than 40 feet, deeper than eight feet. You can’t customize them any way you want. And so if you’re looking for a pool that is wider than 16 or longer than 40 or deeper than eight or super customized, it’s probably not a good fit for you.

18:09
But if you’re looking for a low-maintenance pool that’s going to last you a lifetime, that’s less than 60 by 40, less than eight feet deep, and you can find a shape that does fit your needs, well then this might be the perfect fit for you. But you notice here, we present the ugly first, and then we come back, just psychology, with, but this is how it could be a great fit for you, if you fit these classifications. And so the idea is when somebody’s going through the process of buying something, the whole time they’re nodding their head saying,

18:39
Yep, yep, yep. Or they’re shaking their head saying, no, not me, which is fine because we don’t want people buying our products anyway that they’re not a good fit for. Not if we have integrity. If we sell from a place of integrity, we want people to be very informed about said product or service so that they don’t make a mistake, so that it doesn’t come back on us or our shop or our product and that they say, these guys never leave me astray. That’s the whole idea. That’s the essence behind problems. I love it. I love it.

19:09
There’s this leather store that does the exact same thing. They point out the flaws in leather, they basically educate you on the different types of leather. And then they show you a demo of their leather. It’s called Saddleback leather. I don’t know if you’ve heard of it. But then they show that their leather is basically indestructible. And it’s incredible. Yeah. Yeah, that’s exactly right. So what’s funny is there’s other good leather out there, but

19:39
They actually understand that unless we show it, doesn’t exist. mean, in 2018 and beyond, the idea that we would sell anything and just say it and not show it, it’s almost laughable. We have to be in the mindset of unless we show it, it doesn’t exist. They show it really well. It really sticks. And, you know, it’s crazy. So many other companies could do that, but they don’t. So that’s the essence of problems. You got to get in front of it. Again, the moral of story is

20:09
As a business you have a choice. You can allow your competitors to own those negative conversations or You can own them. That is your call, but Clearly one is better than the other. I love it also because it’s counterintuitive Exactly a lot of stuff is counterintuitive, you know, and that’s why that’s why I’ve given over, you know 200 workshops to different companies around the globe I’m in New York City right now to give a workshop to sales and marketing team tomorrow basically helping them understand

20:38
Why talking about these things is good instead of burying their head in the sand like most of their competitors and not addressing them. The problem is you don’t see many sites doing this well unless it’s like a review site or a third party site. But the actual businesses, they don’t generally do it well. Right. And to find out the problems, just use any keyword tool or do a survey? How do you find out what these problems are? Yeah.

21:08
you’re in tuned to what the marketplace is saying. The best keyword tool in the world is just listening really well. But beyond that, yes, I would use a keyword tool and search for them. in that case, I would search for negative reviews, things like that of the particular product just to see what people are saying. then you can really run with them.

21:37
Depending on the type of product too, you can just You can there’s some standard ones out there like is XYZ product cheap I mean, that’s like a very legitimate question that a lot of people ask right? That’s a common one that people ask right? You know, how long does XYZ last an honest review? Right. That’s another example of a really good Double up right there. We doubled up on How long does it last which is a problem statement?

22:05
and then an honest review is a review statement. So we double them up together and now it’s even more effective. So that’s just way to do it. Cool. Let’s move on to number three. And number three, Versus. Versus has picked up finally a lot more. I mean, I was talking about it long before a lot of companies were doing it. It’s still incredibly prolific and important. And as I’m talking about these things, some people are going to listen to this and say, well, I’m just afraid that all my

22:34
you the marketplace flooded with all these already and it’s too saturated for me. That’s a very very scarce mentality. Not healthy. For a couple of reasons.

22:48
By you answering these, it forces you to be a dramatically better communicator, teacher, force you to know your products better. Also, be, when people come to your site, they’re gonna be way, way more informed, and they’re gonna get your opinion now instead of everybody else’s. I mean, it just goes on and on for the reasons why we should do it, right? So with Verses, every product and service generally means that somebody’s looking for a comparative item.

23:17
Right? For me, pool guys, were looking for fiberglass versus concrete pools, fiberglass versus vinyl pools. And in the swimming pool space, what was funny about that one, Steve, is like no fiberglass pool guy in the world was addressing fiberglass versus concrete pools. Of course, the reason was because they were saying, well, our biggest competitor is concrete pools. So this is what we’re going to do. We’re not even going talk about them on our website. And if we don’t talk about them, well, then nobody will know they exist.

23:45
which is about the stupidest mindset ever, but that’s literally, that’s like how so many pool guys thought. So my mindset was, I’m getting asked this question every day. So heck yeah, I’m gonna address it. So I openly talked about them. I compared them very honestly. Didn’t say one was better than the other, because that would be a lie. And again, it was a matter of, hopefully this article is gonna help you decide which is the best choice for you, and then gave pros and cons to each, right?

24:14
So that’s what we did. Now, what you want to do is you want to think of every comparison based question that you’ve ever been asked. And if you talk with your customers, oftentimes you’re saying things like, if you were me, which would you choose? Or in the commerce space, is people that both have also looked at or also searched for. But the easiest way to do this one is I do like to go to Google and just, I always just put the product plus the word versus or compare to, and then you get a slew of potential results that you should be talking about.

24:44
you should be showing and this still works extremely well to this day. But again the key that most companies screw up man is they just come across as one-sided and it just doesn’t work that way. can’t come out and say, so in this video we’re going explain why fiberglass is really your only choice and concrete frankly is a poor option to consider. That’s dumb! Why in the world would people do that?

25:10
often times the language of companies. That’s not going to induce trust. You’ve got to be real. This is, I’m just thinking about my own products right now in the digital space. I run a class, which is a pretty high ticket item. It actually actually makes sense for me to create my own review versus some of the other competitors I have out there and just point out both my strengths and the weaknesses. I think that would actually help. Because I know for a fact that a lot of people search for reviews of my class. So that’s number four.

25:39
Perfect transition there, Steve. So oftentimes we leave reviews up to everybody else. I don’t think we should. I think we should also include ourselves in that conversation. Now there’s different ways that you can do this. You can gather up a lot of the reviews from people that have used it, but you should clearly target that keyword phrase. But here’s where we’re to go even further than that, We should target our competitors’ reviews too.

26:07
And let me give an example of how I did this incredibly successfully. I’ve made a few million dollars off this. So I was the first person in the swimming pool industry that, in fact, in pretty much probably any home improvement industry, because I was teaching this people were like, you’re crazy. In 2009 and 2010, I guess I started teaching this to people like, you’re nuts. So let me give you an example. Because my philosophy was they ask, answer.

26:36
I was obsessive with listening and one night, was probably around 2010 or 11, I giving this, this was at the end of me being a pool guy and I gave this couple of quote for a pool. And they said, Marcus, we like you, we think we wanna do business with you, but if we don’t get this pool from you, is there anybody else that you might recommend? And I thought to myself, that’s gone it. I hate this question.

27:01
And of course, when most companies get asked that question, they’re like, oh, there’s nobody quite like us. I mean, the way we do what we do, right? And so, it’s, know, yeah, yeah, that was a question. And so the person’s just like, whatever. So I went home that night, I said, dag on it. They asked a question. So I’m going to answer this. And so I wrote an article and anybody that’s, that’s listening to this, should look it up. And it was, who are the best pool builders in Richmond, Virginia review slash ratings.

27:29
and I came up with a list of five of the best pool builders in Richmond, Virginia. Now, I’m come right out and say I didn’t even put myself on the list of five. You might say, well, why did you not? Well, first off, if they’re reading the article, they’re on my website. they’re already looking around. They’re already thinking I’m pretty cool guy. Second reason is if you’re gonna create a best of list and then you put yourself on said list, well then that denotes bias. And again,

27:59
Every business should be built on trust. And so I’m not going to do something that is going to make me look biased and it’s going to cause me to lose credibility. But the other factor is this. If you go to that, if you just typed in like best pool builders, Richmond, Virginia, right now, I you would find it immediately in search results. And you’ll see exactly how I wrote it. But, you know, I talked about each one of my competitors. Now here’s what I would suggest on this. You don’t inject opinion.

28:29
you stick to the facts and you just make clear comparisons, right? So I could clearly compare my competitors. And in the sense of this is where like this, the swimming pool company has been around since, you know, 1972 and they’re located in, you know, the mechanics of the area of Virginia. They specialize in in-ground vinyl liner swimming pools and have a heavy emphasis on automatic swimming pool covers. They also install fiberglass pools and have a full service department, right? Now,

28:58
All that information I got directly from their website. Basically using their words, right? So I don’t express any negatives. If a company ever does express a negative, it should be sourced from an outside article and even still I’d be very, very careful, right? I tend not to mix with any of that. I only stick to the facts and I try not to inject opinions when it comes to other people’s stuff. But because of that, today, if you went online and you search for things like reviews,

29:26
Play More Pools, Richmond, Virginia, which is a very major competitor of mine in Richmond, Virginia. Play More Pools is spelled P-L-A-M-O-R. So if you search for reviews, Play More Pools, Richmond, Virginia, which is a very common search, that article is one of the first ones you’re gonna see. It’s always one or two in search results. And you know, it’s crazy, Steve. A few years back, I had this lady come to me and she said, Marcus, craziest thing happened. was…

29:51
was so close to signing a contract with Playmore Pools, but before I signed that contract, I decided to go online and research their company. And as I was researching their company, I stumbled across this article that you guys had written. said, my goodness, these guys are honest, so honest, I should probably call them too. And of course, Steve, you don’t happen, you know, because otherwise I wouldn’t be sharing this story, right? That article generated just that year alone $150,000 in sales. Now sometimes people say to me, why aren’t you afraid you’ve now introduced them to the competition, which is silly because

30:21
it takes them about 0.48 seconds to know who your competitors are. And so you know and I know that consumer ignorance is no longer a viable sales and marketing strategy, right? Not with the digital age. They’re going to find out. And so if we automatically say to ourselves, look, they’re going to be informed. They’re going to be intelligent. I’m not going to treat them dumb. I’m going to treat them like intelligent human beings with the capacity to learn and understand and make smart decisions. When we do that, it gives us the ability to be way more honest, to say way more

30:50
Give way more information. mean it just The possibilities are endless because now there’s no there’s there’s nothing handcuffing us. There’s nothing holding us back It’s very very exciting and it’s very very fun So I just combined the final two reviews and best into one there But that’s an example of of how we did that and I’m telling you I’ve done that with so many companies to this day It just wins and it continues to win So my only concern with what you said was that you don’t include your own company

31:20
in the top five, for example. The problem is when people do searches, they might not even recognize that they’re on your site, right? And they just look through the straight five and then pick one among your top five and avoid your company altogether. Does that ever happen? Yeah, that could absolutely happen. And so if I was selling an item with e-commerce, right? An item on e-commerce, I would include in that list. Okay. But I would come out. Now it’s different with a swimming pool company, right? And you have to read the article to understand why it’s different.

31:51
It just doesn’t sound the same. I would come out and say though, now listen, we sell, we’ve, you know, it sounds something like this. Let’s just, I’m gonna choose a dumb one, toothbrushes, okay? I would say something like this, you know, here at Marxist Toothbrushes, we get asked all the time about other brands that we believe are good. And because we believe so much in educating our customers over just

32:19
having them buy from us, we’ve created this article, this video today, that’s going to give you an honest assessment of the top 10 brands that we’ve seen in the marketplace for soft bristle toothbrushes. Now keep in mind as you read this, two of these we sell. But of course we sell them because we believe in them so very much. although we include them in the top 10, we also include eight others that we don’t sell. And hopefully,

32:48
this is going to give you a great sense as to what is available in the marketplace and why we chose what we chose. Interesting. I suppose that if it’s something that you don’t sell, you might even be able to establish some sort of affiliate arrangement also in Stillmake. You can clearly do this with affiliates. And the other way that you do it, Steve, is with indirect industries, right? So in other words, let me give you an example. if I’m selling swimming pools, might

33:18
do something on swimming pool heaters. And the reason why I would want to do that is because if they’re looking for a heater, they might also be in the process of buying an in-ground swimming pool. They’re just looking for the heater for a set pool. You see what I’m saying? so it’s a smart play to indirectly do this. mean, there’s just lots of ways to do this. I mean, I’ve done this with, give me an example, let’s say, and this doesn’t necessarily apply to e-commerce, but it’s the same principle.

33:48
So let’s say you’re a pet sitter. And so you would want to do articles on or videos in both. It’s really always both, but on the best veterinarians in your area, right? Because now you’re giving, it’s great cred for them. You’re getting on their radar and people are searching for that. And if they’re looking for a veterinarian, there’s a good chance they need a pet sitter as well. You see what I’m saying? Yeah, absolutely.

34:14
So that cross pollination is really really effective with best stuff stuff and it’s still you know to this day man It’s just so effective obviously with any of those Preferably you want to put the year if you can because it definitely makes a difference in search engine results Okay, and then just adjust the year accordingly obviously right as the year as time passes Yeah, yeah, I mean just means I mean, you know because we’re in a what have you done like for me lately world? We just got to keep producing new content. Yeah, it’s necessarily a bad thing

34:44
Well let me ask you this. So we’re putting out all this content, but it might not necessarily rank anywhere and people might not necessarily be able to find it. And so what is your, how do you attack the problem of actually ranking and getting people to read these articles? Well everything we just talked about was a straight SEO play. I mean, it’s very bottom of the funnel based, major search, everybody that’s, every single client that I’ve had, we’ve

35:11
in the first year we never get less than 10x growth in terms of traffic. And I don’t even call it SEO, even though that’s essentially what you’re doing, because obviously Google’s obsession is that you specifically and relevantly answer the question better than anybody else. And so the thing about a lot of e-commerce shops is they don’t produce super quality content oftentimes. For example, I know you know this,

35:40
the number one, the average number one ranked page and SERPs is above a thousand words, right? And so whenever we have a client producing a piece of content and we’re vetting it out, unless it’s above 750 or more, that’s the, 750 words is a bare minimum acceptable number for any piece of content any of our clients produce, because we help train clients with content marketing, okay? So any lesson there, preferably we like the bar to start at a thousand words.

36:10
Now a lot of are like, holy freak, are you serious? Yes, that’s the marketplace. That’s the game we’re in because meat is good. This is what search engines want. You get all this stuff that everybody wants short, bite-sized. Not search, sorry, that ain’t how it works. We want meat and potatoes, And that’s why bigger, beefier is better. Not wasteful, not wasteful, but bigger, better, and beefier is better.

36:39
Yeah, I I would argue that it should be 1500 or even 2000 words plus, at least in my industry. You’re exactly right. You’re exactly right. And you know, I say 750, that’s the low bar of the low bars. Yeah. What is your take on the site design?

37:00
as opposed to just the straight content. Like does the site have to be beautiful? I mean what is your experience on that? Because a lot of people spend a lot of time and money designing a beautiful site. Yeah and then conversions are less. In ecommerce space for sure that’s the case. Yeah. Yeah it’s very very common. You know and this is because a lot of website designers are artsy fartsy and they’re not conversion based. And anybody that’s gone through a website redesign has probably seen that and experienced that.

37:29
you which is why we’ve got to be obsessive testers i mean all of us do and we never never sacrifice uh… come you know i’m gonna i’m gonna put conversions in u x together here because i think done right

37:44
great UX leads to conversions. It doesn’t hurt it, right? Because to your point earlier, your question about, if you have that Marcus, is it gonna potentially hurt conversions? I think incredible education increases conversions, right? It’s always been my experience. And so my point is, I think that always needs to be our primary focus and secondary focus is the visual side. That being said, I do think we have to be outrageously obsessive of this point about video.

38:14
I think most people should see themselves as media companies, pretty much everybody. if you’re, especially on your major products and services, if you don’t have a really robust video that truly says who it’s for and who it’s not for, that’s actually more important. Well then you’re missing the mark in terms of psychology. So Marcus, we covered a lot of stuff today and what I want to do is I kind of want to summarize it and kind of put it in a cohesive

38:43
content plan, so to speak, so that the listeners can come away with something that’s actionable. So if you wanted to just give a few actionable tips on how to just get started with what we talked about today, that’d be great. So one of the things that we do that’s been incredibly successful is we have what’s called a content matrix, right? So the content matrix is what you do. Let’s say you’ve got, I don’t know, 20 major products that you sell online or services. So with those 20, let’s create a chart or graph, if you will.

39:13
And at the top of the chart, you have each one of the major products that you sell. Now, that’s the top of the chart. Now, on the left side of the chart, the graph you’d see, put the big five. Put best, cost, problems, versus reviews and best. And then take each one of those and fill in all the cost questions that are involved with that particular product. Fill in all of

39:39
the comparison based questions, all the negative based questions, all those things that we’ve talked about. If you do this, and let’s say that you have 10 products that you sell, let’s just use 10. Well, it’s not just that you’re gonna have 50 pieces of content, you’re probably gonna have a couple hundred pieces of content that come out of it if you’re doing this the right way. Because just some versus alone, there’s probably a bunch of versus that you might do. And there’s a bunch of cost ones potentially that you might do. It just depends on how it’s said.

40:09
The content matrix works and within a couple hours of just really focus, you’re going to have 12 to 24 months potentially it could be of content to produce through text, through video. That’s very exciting. That’s very, very helpful. I think that’s one of the majors. I’d also urge anybody that’s

40:37
And this is not a straight e-commerce plate, but it does matter. In conjunction with video, which is such a big deal, I’ve been doing so much with this, clients and experimenting and just crazy stuff. We’ve consistently seen over and over again that putting a video next to a forum that people have to fill out a form on your site, like on a landing page, on average increases conversions around 80 to 90%.

41:04
But here’s the thing that a lot of companies will mess up is they won’t title the video. So let’s slap a video next to a form. That’s not good enough. What you want to do is the video has a title and the title should be something like this. Literally, should you fill out this form or see exactly what will happen if you fill out this form. Now, it’s really powerful when you have that titled. So the person comes on that landing page or whatever it is and

41:32
They’re trying to get their information for whatever reason. And they have a form. There’s four major fears that people have when they fill out forms. Number one, are you going to call me to death if you’re asking for my number? Number two, are you going to spam me to death if you’re asking for my email? Number three, what are you going to do with my information, privacy? And then number four, exactly what is this process going to look like if I fill out this form? So you want to address all four of those fears in this video. And you do it nice and easy and relaxed, right? So it would literally be something like this. I might say,

42:00
Okay, so you’re sitting there right now and you’re saying to yourself, should I fill out this form really? Are you guys gonna spam me? Are you gonna like email me and call me to death? All right, let’s talk about exactly what this is gonna look like. So then you explain it at the end of the video. It doesn’t have be long at all. At the end of the video you say, so hopefully that addresses your concerns. If you any questions, let us know. Otherwise, fill out the form. We can’t wait to talk with you soon. Unbelievable results. Generally, like I said, 80 to 90%, I’ve seen a bunch that were.

42:28
between 150, 200 % lift to conversions. So those are magical. You see very, very few companies doing that right now. It’s a major opportunity, Would you suggest doing this on like an e-commerce checkout page though? Absolutely. Absolutely. All stinking day long. And again, the beauty behind this guys is we can split test this stuff. So you don’t have to take my word for it. If you doubt it, split it. And then you’re like, oh yeah, dude, pool guy was right.

42:58
Test it because I’m happy to you know to there might be situations where it’s more effective 90 % of time But 10 % of time that’s okay. Let’s use it for the 90 So just to kind of reiterate what you said so in the checkout process you want to just kind of outline the forms that you will experience what the outcome is going to be and Reassure them that you’re not going to sell their information and that sort of thing. That’s right overcome those four major fears major conversion lifts, buddy Interesting. Okay. I’ve never thought to do that

43:28
at all. That’s why we’re talking bud. I know. Seriously, what else you got Marcus? I got lots of stuff. We got five minutes left or whatever. If got anything else, that’d be great. These have been awesome nuggets. Yeah, well and hopefully, everybody’s listening to this. Look, if you get the book they ask you answer, it’s on Amazon, Barnes & Noble, all the stuff. It was rated the number one marketing book in 2017 by Mashable and it really breaks all the big five down. It talks about this really, really well. All the principles

43:57
definitively apply to e-commerce. mean, it really, really does. know, one thing that I would suggest to people too to consider doing, if you are not using some of these simple personalized email video marketing tools by now, you are behind the eight ball for customer service and e-commerce. They are unfreaking believable. So an example of these tools would be GoVideo by Vidyard.

44:25
or Soapbox by Wistia, or there’s some others out there. as, you know, many people, when a purchase is made, they’ll send some automated, thank you. But even better, especially if it’s a, if they spend a bunch of money with you, if you create a quick personalized video that says, you know, hey Steve, you just went on the site and you purchased this, man, I’m so excited for you. I just want to thank you, but.

44:55
If you do that and they see the thumbnail of you holding up a car that says, thank you Steve for your purchase, and it comes to them the same day, they’re gonna be blown away. This is stuff that Amazon isn’t doing yet, right? And that is the power of personalized video. It’s free. If you go video right now by Vidyard is the company that makes it. It’s a free Chrome extension. And anybody that is not technical can learn how to do it in about 60 seconds. Everybody that’s listening is right now.

45:25
for that ultra-powerful customer service experience should be sending out personalized email videos. And it makes all the difference. And so just to be clear, this service, so I’m not familiar with the service, you can actually personalize a video and generate it on the fly? Yeah. Yeah. For your customer. OK. Yeah. Super, super fast. So it’s like, if I wanted to, and I might even do it after we’ve

45:52
we get off this, I might just send it to you directly, just because it is amazing. There’s two major problems with emails that we have. Number one, do they open it? Number two, do they consume it after it’s been opened? So those are the two major problems. So how do you do it? You got a subject line that says something like this, hey Steve, I made this video for you. Now, as soon as you see that, you have to open it. Psychologically, you don’t have a choice. You don’t have a choice.

46:22
Then when you see a thumbnail of a video and on that video I’ve got this little whiteboard or note that’s saying, hey Steve, I just wanted to thank you or whatever. Hey Steve, or whatever it says, or just Steve exclamation point. Once again, you can’t help but to click on the video and watch it. And the whole thing oftentimes will take me less time than actually writing out an email. And it’s so outrageously personalized and it’s just.

46:51
Different than what anybody else is doing again go video by video artists free Chrome extension guys get it right now unless you’re using some other type of personalized video Program I love it Marcus. Hey, I want to give you a chance to talk about your services and your books and all the other services that you have to offer Yeah, well, I’ve got an agency. It’s called impact brand and design impact BND Bravo Nancy David impact BND comm

47:19
is my agency but my personal site is marcusheridan.com and I speak all over the world and if you’ve got I know there’s a lot of soul-prenees here that don’t necessarily need a workshop but if you know it’s like if you’re thinking about somebody for a conference or whatever recommend me because this is what I do and I have a lot of fun with it and my obsession is the audience and their takeaways and hopefully that’s what

47:47
This audience has gotten today Steve. They’re like man, that’s a clear nugget. That’s a clear nugget. That’s a clear nugget. Not a bunch of fluff, not a bunch of hypothetical jargon. They’re like man, this is actionable and I can take it and apply it to my business tomorrow. That’s always my goal. Absolutely. And in fact, Marcus, I may not publish this episode and keep all these nuggets to myself. That’s awesome. But thanks a lot for coming on show, Marcus. Really appreciate your time. My pleasure. All right. Take care.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

436: The Disturbing Truth About ChatGPT And The Ugly Side Of AI

436: Do This NOW Or Else ChatGPT Will Disrupt Your Business And Your Career

This isn’t going to be a rah rah ChatGPT episode. Instead, I’m going to provide my thoughts on how AI will disrupt jobs and content businesses worldwide and what you can do to stay relevant in the next 5-10 years.

Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How ChatGPT is disrupting major industries
  • How to combat the impending flood of regurgitated content
  • What you must do now to stay relevant

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode and I’m going to be talking about AI and chat GPT. But this episode is not going to be about gushing about the features and how powerful it is. Instead, I’m going to talk about what you need to start doing right now in order to not go obsolete yourself. People are going to lose jobs because of chat GPT and companies are going to go out of business because of this and you need to prepare yourself now.

00:30
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and this is a small intimate event.

00:58
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to sellersummit.com for more info. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people will want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecom and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-G-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:56
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna talk about AI, chat GPT, and my thoughts on how AI is gonna disrupt this world. But specifically, I’m gonna talk about how AI can disrupt your business, your career, everything that you do to make money if you do not take these steps right now. Now, by now, you’ve probably all heard about chat GPT, and in case you haven’t, chat GPT is an artificial intelligence chat bot developed by OpenAI. Now, if you’re anything like my wife, you’re probably skeptical.

02:54
But after playing with it for the past week, I can say wholeheartedly that ChatGPT is gonna disrupt major industries and possibly even upend Google in the coming years. It’s seriously that big. It’s literally as big as when the internet got started or when Google got started or when the iPhone came out. No joke. Here are just some practical applications that I’ve tried using it for this past week. Now, first off, ChatGPT just puts out amazingly well-written content.

03:22
I actually recently used it to draft an email for my autoresponder sequence for Bumblebee linens and here’s what I asked it to do. I told it to write a brand story for Bumblebee linens, which is my online store that sells handkerchiefs and linens. And then I told Chad GPT to just mention that we started it because my wife cries a lot and we couldn’t find high quality hankies for our wedding anywhere. And then I told it that our value props so that you can add a monogram and a personal message and that we have the largest selection and we embroider everything in house. Now it took a couple of iterations of me teaching the robot.

03:53
But for example, I told it to write it in first person. I told it to make it a little bit more heartfelt. I told it to make the language a little bit more casual and informal. And this is what it came up with. Hi, my name is Jennifer, the owner of Bumble Bee Linens. And I started this store out of my passion for creating meaningful keepsakes and gifts. Now, the original idea behind Bumble Bee Linens began when I was engaged to be married. Now I’m the type of gal who cries all the time. So I wanted something to drive my tears of joy at the altar. As a young bride to be,

04:22
I spent countless hours searching for the perfect handkerchiefs for my own wedding, but no matter where I looked, I just couldn’t find anything that met my high standards for quality and design. That’s when I decided to take matters into my own hands and create my own collection of handkerchiefs. I poured my heart and soul into sourcing each one using the best fabrics and the most intricate embroidery techniques. I also learned how to embroider in order to add monograms and personal messages to our linens. At Bumble Bee Linens, we offer the largest selection of handkerchiefs and linens on the internet. Our collection includes a wide variety of styles and designs,

04:51
from traditional embroidery to modern prints. And you can customize our linens with a monogram or text of your choice. Because we embroider everything in-house in the US, we can offer fast turnaround times on personalized orders. I am truly grateful for the opportunity to share my passion for beautiful linens with others. I invite you to visit Bumblebee Linens and discover the beauty and significance of these special items for yourself. Thank you, Jennifer.

05:16
Pretty amazing, right? Here’s what’s even more amazing. ChatGPT can even write code. Now, I was recently writing code for my website, and it had this weird compilation error where it wasn’t really obvious what the problem was. So what I did is I cut and pasted the code into ChatGPT, asked it what was wrong, and it told me the answer. And in fact, you can even use ChatGPT to write your code for you. I had it code up something quick and dirty that would make images spin on the screen, and it actually output code that worked.

05:46
In fact, I saw a video on YouTube, I think, where a programmer had ChatGPT write code to track faces on video. This is nothing short of amazing. Anyway, so now that you have an idea of what ChatGPT can do, let’s talk about the implications and why it’s going to disrupt major industries. Right now, freelance writers are up in arms because ChatGPT does a pretty good job of writing articles. You know, and as a content creator who has writers, why pay 10 cents per word when you can have a robot write the post for you?

06:16
Here are some nefarious ways that ChatGPT is being used right now in the content space. Some people are taking an existing blog post written by a human, copying and pasting it into ChatGPT, and simply asking it to just rewrite the article in a different tone. For example, you could just take a New York Times post, ask ChatGPT to break it down into bullet points, and then ask it to generate an entire article covering these exact points in an authoritative tone. And this works surprisingly well.

06:46
Is this plagiarism? It’s definitely a gray area, but you can see why authors are furious over this. And it’s only a matter time before the web becomes cluttered with just a bunch of regurgitated junk. And in fact, arguably it already is. And Google has put out a statement saying that all AI content will be penalized. Artists all over the world are also angry because AI-generated images are being generated from the techniques of human artists. Recently, someone submitted an AI-generated piece of art

07:13
that actually won an art contest against humans. So is AI-generated art plagiarism, since it mimics techniques that were invented by humans? Again, this is another gray area. This past week, I used ChatGPD to write jokes, write scripts for certain sections of my YouTube videos. I even had it draft a heartfelt note to my wife, just for fun. And it takes a while to get it right, but the AI eventually outputs something that is pretty darn good. And what’s scary is that you can even have it create content in the style

07:43
of someone else. So for example, you can ask to write a joke about math in the style of Louis CK and it does a pretty good job. In terms of code, millions of people have been uploading code snippets and answering questions on the popular tech site Stack Overflow, which has flooded that site with regurgitated junk. Now are the lives of content creators, artists and software engineers in trouble of becoming obsolete? Well, the answer is yes and no.

08:11
So first off, AI is still a ways away from replacing humans. The content that it spits out is often inaccurate. So for example, in a post on strategicre.com, the author used ChatGPT for fun to help his daughter with her term paper on Thomas Hobbes. Now, even though the essay created by ChatGPT was written very well and in an authoritative tone, it was actually completely factually incorrect. And incidentally, education is honestly where I’m most scared about ChatGPT right now.

08:40
What if every kid starts using chat GPT to write essays and term papers? It is literally going to make our next generation incapable of thinking for themselves. Anyway, that’s a topic for another podcast probably. And the reason I think about it is because, you know, I have two kids and myself, but let’s fast forward five years when this technology becomes much better and more accurate. Are we all destined to become couch potatoes with screens over our eyes hanging out in the metaverse? Now to give you my point of view,

09:10
I want to tell you a couple stories based on my own experiences. Now, in the early part of my career, I was an electrical engineer in the Silicon Valley. And during the early part of the 21st century, there was actually a huge movement towards outsourcing engineering work to India, where you could literally say between five and five to 10 X on your costs. Now slowly, but surely companies in the Silicon Valley started moving their entire teams to India, entire engineering teams, I should say. And my company,

09:38
we nearly stopped hiring people in the US at that time. And we focused our efforts in building a team in Pune and Bangalore. Now people at my company were worried that we’d all be outsourced to cheaper labor overseas. But me, I was actually never worried about getting outsourced. And here’s why. Even though the engineers in India could do some of the work on my plate, I had the knowledge and the relationships in my company to get things done far faster than anyone in India. Now in the engineering world,

10:06
I’m pretty sure not many of you guys listening to this are engineers, but it’s actually rare that you can lock yourself in a room, code, and develop in silence. To get things done, you often have to communicate with your peers, work together, and a lot of times it’s give and take. So for example, I might say something like, hey man, I’ll get this part done for you quickly, but I need you to do this for me. Plus, because I was at headquarters, I could actually move much quicker than anyone in India. And furthermore, and this is not really to brag, but I simply put out better work.

10:36
Not because I was necessarily smarter, but because the communication was better. Now, when I started Bumblebee Linens back in 2007, it was extremely difficult to start an online store. There was no Shopify, no BigCommerce, no Amazon. If you wanted to shop, you had to jump through some hoops, be familiar with code to a certain extent, and integrate all of your own apps. Now today, companies like Shopify and Amazon make it way easier to get started. And today, you’ll find hundreds of…

11:03
thousands of independent shops selling random things online. Sellers from China routinely copy and rip off products and sell them at lower prices and there’s rampant competition. I’ve even had people start competing sites to Bumblebee linens. The one I can think of right off hand is called Hummingbird linens where they knocked off our site completely. But am I worried about the competition? Now the answer is yes to a certain extent, but I have confidence that I can adjust quickly and be a step ahead of the competition.

11:32
After all, I have a couple of things that my competitors do not. I have a strong following and a solid customer list to market to and people who are loyal to the brand. So what is the point in me telling you all this? After all, outsourcing to India and Chinese knockoffs isn’t exactly like AI, but it’s actually pretty close. The key point is that we are all humans and AI can’t take that away. And as humans, we all feel the need to connect with one another.

12:01
Now, at my day job as an engineering director, I wasn’t worried about getting replaced because I developed real human relationships with the people at my company. I had the necessary people skills to get things done far faster than employee tens of thousands of miles away. Now, even if the engineering staff over there could code better than me, which was possibly the case, they would never be able to replace the human aspects of my job. Now, how do you get a whole bunch of disparate groups in a company to work together? You got to take them out to eat, you got to do them favors.

12:29
You get them to like you and you kinda have to grease the wheels. Now in terms of e-commerce, it’s extremely difficult to replace your brand and the community that you’ve created. So for example, the other day I was looking at buying wireless microphones. am I gonna buy the cheap Chinese knockoffs that are half the price or am I gonna go with a Rode or a Schanheiser? I ended up spending 2X the cost to get the Rode microphone and not the cheap Chinese knockoffs. So overall,

12:59
Chat GPT is going to disrupt people who are either not great at their work to begin with, or people who aren’t making connections with real people. My buddy Jim Wang recently introduced me to the blog, strategery.com, which is a blog that I highly recommend that everyone check out. And if you read this guy’s writing, there’s no way in a million years that an AI robot will be able to replace his writing. Now for myself, I think I’m going to be okay. Not necessarily because my content is better than anyone else’s in particular.

13:27
but because of the real relationships that I’ve developed over the years with all of you who are listening to this podcast and all of you guys who read my blog or watch my YouTube videos. Everyone who I personally met at the Seller Summit, which my annual e-commerce event or every event that I’ve ever attended will continue to follow me because of our connection. So whether you’re a coder, a writer or a podcaster, it doesn’t really matter what you do. You’re a human with connections. And even if AI were to copy you,

13:56
They can’t copy the community that you’ve built up over time. All right, so how do you compete with AI as an e-commerce store owner or a content creator? Number one, you need to establish real human connections with your audience. If you run an e-commerce store, start taking phone calls, provide great customer service, put out videos, TikToks and blog posts to get people to follow you. And I would say of the three videos, probably the best medium, you know, out of blogging and podcasting.

14:26
Number two, don’t hide behind your computer all day. Actually go out and talk to people. Build a community. Recently, I’ve actually started going down my phone book and randomly texting people to reconnect. Take Zoom calls with people who follow you or buy from you. Create a group, whether it be Facebook, Discord, or Forum, where people can hang out and chat. So bottom line, in order to succeed in the AI world, you have to leverage your strengths as a human.

14:54
And since humans are the ones programming the bots, you’ll technically always be one step ahead, but you must adapt to the circumstances as they change. Recently, I was in a mastermind group meeting, and we were talking about AI. And one person was like, ah, you know, I’m always going to be one step ahead, and I know how to rank in Google compared to other people, so I’ll be OK. And my response to that was, what if Chat GPT replaces Google, and all of a sudden, people are just getting their answers without having to click on any links?

15:23
You’re going to be completely disrupted at that point. Anyway, I started out in my own journey as a blogger, but I’ve evolved to podcasting and YouTube because I feel that those mediums are better for establishing connections with others. Now in the world of e-commerce, I focus all my efforts on building an email and an SMS list. Your customer data is the lifeblood and the secret to longevity for any business. And for those of you guys selling on Amazon,

15:51
Selling on Amazon is just a short-term fix and just a place to generate cash flow. And in fact, the best comparison that I can think of for AI is how Amazon disrupted e-commerce in the past decade or so. Focus on being a real person and you’ll never go obsolete. By the way, this entire episode was written by AI. I’m just kidding. Anyway, now that you know what you need to know to stay ahead, make sure you start getting yourself out there, putting yourself out there.

16:20
And if you can, and if you had the courage, use video. Hope you enjoyed that episode, and I hope it provided you with some clarity on where the world is going and what you need to do to prepare. Next year is going to be crazy as this tech proliferates to different applications. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcuderjob.com slash episode 436. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person next year.

16:50
and this is kind of in the vein of this episode, so let’s meet up. Go to Sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now, when I talk about how I these tools on my blog,

17:19
And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

435: From 0 to 3.2M Subs On YouTube: How Philip Wang Grew WongFu Productions

435: Surprising Facts About Growing A YouTube Channel From A Seasoned Pro With Philip Wang Of WongFu Productions

Today I have a special guest on the show, Philip Wang Of WongFu Productions. If you’re Asian, you probably know exactly who Philip is and he’s one of the OG YouTubers on the Internet. The WongFu YouTube channel has over 3.2 million subscribers with billions of views.

WongFu’s films have been featured in a number of international film festivals like the LA Film Festival, the San Diego Film Festival, and the Cannes Film Festival.

In this episode, you’ll learn exactly how he grew his channel into a media empire.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Philip Wang and his partners started their YouTube channel
  • How to go viral on YouTube
  • Philip’s strategies and techniques for creating content

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Philip Wang of Wong Fu Productions. Now, if you’re Asian, you probably know exactly who this is, but in case you are not, Philip Wang started a YouTube channel a long time ago with two of his buddies, which has become a successful production company. His story just goes to show that if you’re willing to put content out there, good things will happen. And in this episode, we’ll learn exactly how he got started.

00:30
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:58
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. So go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:28
Now if you’re on an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience

01:54
based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows going to banding cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:19
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:40
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Phil Wang on the show. Now, Phil and his partners, Wesley Chan and Ted Fu, started Wong Fu Productions back in 2004, and their YouTube channel today has over 3.2 million subscribers with billions of views. And their films have been featured in a number of international film festivals, like the LA Film Festival, the San Diego Film Festival, and the Cannes Film Festival. Now here’s why Wong Fu is meaningful to me personally. Now, even though I’m older than Phil,

03:10
I feel like I grew up with Wong Fu, like the stories that he tells in his videos are like stories of my youth, especially the romance stories and the angst of growing up as an Asian American. And I actually binge watched a bunch of the older hits right before this interview. Now, most of you guys listening probably don’t know this, but I actually made a bunch of films with my friends with a Fisher Price PLX 2000 camera when I was young, and actually wanted to make films growing up, but decided to pursue engineering out of

03:39
practicality. Now, Phil did not pursue one of the Asian big three, engineering, law or medicine, and decided to pursue his passion in a way. Phil has paved the way and has given permission for Asians to go into the arts. Now my YouTube channel just hit a hundred K subs last week and I actually owe a small piece of that to Wong Fu. So welcome to show Phil. Oh my gosh. Thank you. Do I get my royalty checks? If you said you owe me, I’m just kidding. Thank you for the kind words, man.

04:09
We’ve been doing this for so long. I think like, you know, since we’re so deep into it, it’s kind of crazy to see like the ripple effects of what we were doing kind of just casually or just what we thought was just for fun in those early days. And just to see like the effects of it, you know, 20 years later, it’s really incredible. And I feel really grateful that we got to do what we did at a very specific period of time. I don’t know if we would be able to survive and if we were to start now. So

04:38
It was a very, very unique period of time for Asians and media, for social media, for digital content. Like it was, was, it was such a, such a strange time. I mean, you’re definitely changing lives. mean, I mean, you influenced me for one thing too. And Phil, it’s funny. I know you’re Chinese. How the heck actually did you not end up as an engineer, doctor or lawyer? Were your parents on board with this decision that you made long ago? Well, it helped that my sister

05:06
It was a doctor and pre-med. But you know, yeah, like my parents, you know, they immigrated from Taiwan, you know, after college and they pursued higher education here. And they went down, obviously, like they went a very more structured route of just trying to, you know, create a better life. And they were computer programmers. So I was around like engineering and just like the

05:34
the typical Asian American upbringing from an immigrant experience very early on. school was, yeah, academics was always very important. I did Kuman, I did so many extracurricular activities. My mom was a super mom. She worked full-time and still found ways to take me to piano lessons, violin lessons, dance lessons, and still have dinner cooked. So really fortunate. But yeah, when it came time to…

06:02
choose a major for college, I actually went into UC San Diego undeclared. And I guess, I don’t know, maybe my parents, maybe there was a little bit of the younger son mentality, like them just babying me a little bit, and my sister definitely shouldering a lot of that academic weight. But I went in undeclared, I had no idea what I wanted to do. I thought I should do business, you know, so I went to like econ, because I knew that actually I was not good at math, I already knew that.

06:31
I knew that I was not going Actually, I didn’t know that about you, Phil. Yeah, I’m terrible. I’m terrible, man. I didn’t even like in senior year when all my friends were taking like AP Calc, I took like a stats class because in senior year, was like, I can’t do this. Yeah, science I was not very good at. I was like, okay, maybe I think I’m a good talker. Maybe I can go into business or something. And then when I get to college and I take my first econ class, was…

07:01
find out that there’s so much math involved and I was like, all right, this sucks. So at that point, I got really lucky that I was already making videos just for fun. UC San Diego has just a bunch of like prereqs that you have, or sorry, yeah, prereqs that you have to take. So I was just doing that and then I was making videos for fun. And one of my friends was in visual arts and she’s like, why don’t you just do this? You’re making videos already just on your free time where you can get credit and you can actually make this your major. so I didn’t…

07:27
think there was never like this moment where I’m like, I’m going to be a director or like, I believe that I’m like, this is my path because as an Asian growing up in America, you don’t really see that. Yeah. Especially in the nineties, right? Like there was no one that I could say like, Oh, I it’s possible. Like it was only Jackie Chan and Jet Li, Chow and Fab, but those were all imports, right? So in America, I wasn’t like, Oh my God, there’s this director that I can be like, right? So it was very just happenstance. I was like, okay, I’ll just make that my major. And I,

07:57
what I told my parents at the time was, hey, entertainment is a business. So it’s like, if I go into this industry, it’s like I’m going into business. I’ll find a desk job somewhere. So even in my biggest dreams, you know, declaring visual arts as my major, I still saw myself as a desk job. that’s interesting. Like, you know, the Asian mentality where it’s like, yeah, there was, there was really, I didn’t have this dream that I felt was possible. Yeah.

08:26
Sounds like your mom is more supportive than mine. I actually just told her about my milestone last week and she was like, what? 100,000 people watch, what are you talking about? Why would 100,000 people want to even listen to you? It’s a learning curve for them. It’s funny that she’s feeling that now because now she should have enough examples of like, she’s probably watching YouTube herself, right? So she should know what’s out there. But when we were first starting, my mom was like, you got to get off the internet. You’re going to get sued, you’re going to get viruses.

08:56
upset about it. And my dad for a very long time, even after like the videos were going and we were, set up our business. My dad was like, Hey, you know, law school is also, you know, you you should go to law school. All you got to do is read. And I’m like, I’m sure it’s more than that dad, but he was pushing law school for a very long time on me. Yeah. Yeah. Did you ever have a job full-time job or was like one for your first thing? Right. I might.

09:21
My first job ever was at Target. I pushed carts in high school and I was a cashier and yeah, I was the guy that collected all the carts at the end of the day or throughout the day. So if anyone’s listening out there, if you only have one bag in your cart, just leave the cart in the store. Okay? Don’t bring the entire cart out for one bag. I’m actually very conscious of that myself. I always put it backwards, supposed to Thank you. Yes. And then in college, I worked at a boba shop for three years.

09:52
Also part-time and we can talk about that because that obviously we’ll get to that into my business now. So to answer your question, no, I actually have not had a full-time job. I’ve never had to like have a formal, formal interview. And I, that’s something that I do feel is a huge blessing and a huge privilege. You know, like not ever having to like do that at the same time, like it comes with different challenges and struggles also. I’ve been my own boss technically since the beginning, but

10:21
You share all the successes, you get all the successes 100 % on your own, but all the failures are also 100 % on you too. So it’s a different kind of level of stress and there’s no clocking in or out. There’s no benefits in the beginning. You just got to believe in what you’re doing and hope that there’s a light at the end of the tunnel. So let’s talk about the early days. How did you actually create such a large following on YouTube? And what was it like in the very beginning when money probably wasn’t coming in?

10:50
Yeah, no, for sure. There was. Yeah, that’s a good point. There was no money for many years in the the YouTube digital space. And the reason why I’d say digital space is because YouTube technically wasn’t even around when we first started. That’s how old I was. predate YouTube. didn’t know. Yeah, YouTube was 2005. And our first like video came out in like 2003. Like I was a freshman in college. And this was you. You’re of the right age. You remember like Evon’s world? Yeah, of course.

11:17
Break.com. This was the era that the videos that we were making were kind of coming out. We had a website we had to build with GeoCities. We had to buy server space. So when you asked how do we find success in the audience in the beginning, it wasn’t that conscious. I think you have to remind yourself at that time, even saying that you had an online video was like weird two words to put together. There was no expectation of building a brand online.

11:47
there was no formula, there was no expectation. That’s really what it came down to, to like say, hey, I need to get a bunch of views so that I can create a business. We were just doing it for fun. And so like, I think there was a little bit about it that was just novelty of just like, hey, here’s a new format that some young kids are taking advantage of or having fun with. And then the other aspect obviously is the fact that we were Asian, Asian-American students. And I think at that time, you know, there was even less,

12:17
you know, then then what we there was so much less so far less than what we see now of Asians on screen. And back then it was just only TV or movies. It’s not like you even had social media to see influencers or YouTubers. So I think seeing even us on a small 240p, you know, Windows Media Player file was already representation for like a lot of students. And we I always say we were at this crossing point of

12:44
of technology being available of like high speed internet and also like digital camcorders and just like, you know, culture just ready to consume, you know, digital content as well. And so we were, we were right there and our stuff just started getting passed around college campuses first because that’s the only, the only places that had high speed internet. So it’s all word of mouth. All word of mouth. All, all it started with like instant messenger, like

13:09
And we would just put it in our bio or our away message. Like this is old people talk right now. And we would just go down our buddy list and send it out to people. And we had a guest book and we’re like, oh my God, people are watching from Canada. People are watching from this other school. If you think about it, this was also when Facebook was only invite only, you know, like on the college. So it was cool just to see like our links get passed around and yeah, just a very different time. So was all word of mouth. And by the time we graduated, we had a pretty substantial following.

13:39
of just college students and, you know, the college students would share with their friends and family back at home. And when we graduated, we’re like, man, I think we should probably try to take this seriously. Like this is lightning in a bottle. We shouldn’t take this for granted. Let’s see how far we can take this. And again, this was still before YouTube had their first ads, you know, program. I remember in 2009, that’s when they had the beta version of their AdSense.

14:09
Google didn’t have ads for a very long time. It’s insane to think about that, right? And people were actually really upset when YouTubers started putting ads on their videos. They thought that they were selling out. People would say, oh, I’m clicking away if I see an ad. Now, it’s funny, fans get mad at YouTube for not giving them ads because they want them to support their content creators. So the culture really shifted in an incredible way to actually make this

14:39
an industry like it really matured over the like definitely in the 2010s. How did you survive? What is it like five years of not making money until? Yeah. So it’s funny. I mean, you have you have a you know, your e commerce, you know, guru here, right. So when we were first starting out, so we graduated in 2006. And yes, no money was coming in through our videos. So on a more like just trying to be stable way we did like

15:08
little commercials for local TV stations, like a few hundred bucks here and there. We did wedding videography for a couple of years. And this is like not like, nowadays if I say wedding videography, people are like, whoa, dude, that’s like thousands of dollars. No, this was like early days. Like when we were college students, we did one wedding video for like 500 bucks. so. Wow. Okay. That’s really inexpensive. That wouldn’t be unheard of in 2022. And we did like club.

15:35
videography. So if you ever went to like a nightclub and saw people with video cameras, like that’s, that was us for like a, for like a couple of years. But the, but the big turning point was actually when we realized that we were getting emails and people were leaving comments on like our guest book and videos that were saying, Hey, what’s this t-shirt that you guys are wearing in one of your videos? We had this one t-shirt that

15:59
It’s a pretty problematic t-shirt now if it came out now, but it basically in Mandarin said like, white people can’t read this. It said like buyer and can’t And it was just a funny t-shirt like back in the 2000s and everyone was like, where’d you get that? Where’d you get that? And it was just gifted to us by another fan. And I just wore it in a video and I’m like, oh my gosh, what if we design our own shirts and we sold them because we have all this viewership. Let’s at least parlay this audience into some type of goods or product, right?

16:28
And so we launched a merchandise line. I would say, I would say that we were probably one of like the first like YouTube channels to create merch and create a business around our merch. Was this print on demand or were you actually physically? We actually had inventory. So it was very scary. Yeah. We would print like hundreds and we would, and slowly in that business really matured as we learned more and more like, you know, of just like different quality, different, you know, price points.

16:57
fulfillment issues and it became like like that was actually like a very big part of our revenue stream for a very long time. Ted, who is still actually in e-commerce, like he really took over it and he got us to a point where we had a warehouse and we had a fulfillment center. But for a long time we were packing things in our living room. We were too. Yeah. And we would have to just buy like big orders from Uline, just boxes and we would take big shipments.

17:23
or big orders out to the post office, you know, and like, and go straight to the back, you know, and drop them off in the bin. And then we actually started getting into like toys, you know, like we were thought, okay, apparel is actually really, really difficult because you have to have like sizes, you get like returns, things like that. But if you have like products that are just like one size fits all, or just like, no, no size, you know, it’s just like, it’s just the product that you can sell. Like we actually really had found a lot of success through that. It was called Awkward Animals. And it was just like this plush line.

17:53
So that’s how the money first came in. then on top of that- still around by the way? I think it’s dormant right now. Ted is kind of in charge of that and he has like his own like e-commerce kind of a business. But on the Wang Fu side, so not the pleasures, but the Wang Fu side, are still doing merchandise, but it’s a little less of a focus now because other parts of our business have matured. But we also did like speaking engagements.

18:23
year after we graduated, made this feature film and the only way to watch it was if people booked us to go to their schools. So we toured like 20 plus universities in the first six months after graduating. And that was actually what really opened my eyes to see like, hey, this is something really special. We have people that are driving in six hours to watch our movie.

18:47
you know, in the middle of Virginia or Pennsylvania. that’s one it’s one thing to see like a web statistic of like, hey, thousands of people are watching. And there’s another to actually go out into Calgary, Alberta, the middle of Canada in the snow and see a line in the snow of people that just want to watch, you know, that they were craving and starving for like Asian faces and media. Like that’s how much they were willing to watch. And that’s when I was like, OK, you know, just fresh out of college. I’m like, we got it. We got to keep this going whatever way we can. When you were toying the colleges, were you charging?

19:16
people to watch or were you just? Yeah, we had, mean, yeah, so we, we nowadays we still, so we still do a speaking engagements and we have like, you know, upfront speaking fees and honorariums. It’s been like that for, for over a decade, but in the early days, like, you know, lot of these colleges and we were like, who are we? We were just like other college, we were just fresh out of college. We were basically their age. Um, we, we, we didn’t feel right saying like, you know, here’s our fee. So we did say, Hey, let’s just, let’s just sell tickets. We can split the profits and, um,

19:45
like some of the tickets were like $5 a pop, you know, and, it didn’t barely covered our travel. We like, would actually, we stayed in some people’s like, like, um, dorm room suites, the couches and stuff. was, it was, we slummed it out for a little bit. Like we were definitely paid our dues as like these, these, these starving artists for sure. I love it. It’s the twenties. It’s what they say. Like when you’re in your twenties, that’s the age where you, it’s acceptable to do these kind of like, you know, grungy things to make your business happen. Right. Yeah. Absolutely.

20:16
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:45
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:13
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:26
All right, well, okay, so we talked about like the past and when you got started, let’s say someone wants to get into what you’re doing today. You mentioned it would be a lot harder, but I’m just curious what your thoughts and what steps you would take for the people listening. Yeah, it’s a totally different game now. And in some ways, like it’s harder, in some ways it’s easier, right? The ways that it’s easier is that there’s ecosystems, there’s a culture of understanding of what you’re doing and what you’re offering that’s built into our DNA now, right?

21:56
when you go on your phone and any app, like people are ready to consume. People understand advertisements. People understand online courses. They understand e-commerce. They have their wallet already saved on their phone. I remember like back when everyone just still had desktops, right? This was before smartphones. We were on razor phones, okay? And I was like, it would be so cool if someday you could just put a quarter into your desktop or something, or you could scan your credit card just to watch one of our videos. Imagine if the technology for that existed. We would be millionaires.

22:25
And now that literally exists, you know, like it’s crazy, like what is already built into like the infrastructure of just digital content consumption, right? So that’s where it is quote unquote easier. Where it’s harder now is everyone can do it, right? Yeah. So there’s so much more noise. There’s so many copycats. There’s so many, there’s so many just people that are just trying to just get your attention and basically like maybe you can even call them scammers. There’s people that are just here for clickbait.

22:55
So it’s really hard to break through and get noticed, right? So that’s where I would say it would be a lot more difficult. no matter who I talk to, no matter whatever generation of content creation they came up in, like whether it was the 80s and it was just film and television, whether it’s the 2000s and early internet days or 2010s and new YouTubers, it’s still content is king, right? If your content is good, like,

23:24
that’s what will always rise to the top. You have to make good, helpful, meaningful content and it will for sure find an audience. Of course, if you want to find your niche, that’s the number one thing you should figure out is like, what can I offer this space or this industry that I’m trying to get into? What can I do differently? Or how can I package it differently? And you got to get creative, right? There is so much

23:54
I see on Instagram, so many people that are doing the same type of content, but every so often, I’ll find someone that’s doing it a little differently. And I’m like, wow, that’s genius. There’s a reason why I decided to follow you and not follow someone else. You decided to do your content a little differently. So you just gotta be creative. And I would also say, have patience. I think a lot of times we’re in this,

24:21
fast instant gratification kind of mentality that people aren’t willing to put in the work. I know it sounds like really old and grumpy, like, no one wants to This podcast started to sound like an old grumpy hour. But it’s true. It takes time to, and not just necessarily say that you can’t adjust and pivot quickly, but just know that what you’re doing and if you want to find success, it’s going to take time.

24:51
adapt quickly, but also understand that it’s a marathon, right? And that whatever your business you’re building, it’s going to take some time to really catch on, or you have to like, re-strategize, try things different ways. This is speaking super broadly. would obviously like- Well, you I always tell people don’t do something unless you plan on doing it for at least three to five years. That’s general in my- Yeah. And I don’t know if you would agree or disagree with me with this, because you brought up passion a little bit earlier, but like, I would also say like, don’t do something unless you’re

25:21
willing and ready to do it for free for a little bit too. And what I mean by that is not to say like, don’t like just give away your work and service. I’m saying like, you might be at a loss for a little bit, right? Or there’s gonna be some initial investment or sunk costs or things like that. And so you should be ready to at least like put in your own investment of sweat or your own capital to like say, I’m putting in this time so that I’m building something bigger in the future is all I’m saying.

25:48
I 100 % agree. Free is actually the way I make money. Like you give so much away for free that people just want to support you, right? It’s probably the same way that you guys did it. Actually, speaking of money, I’ve just noticed over the years since I’ve been following you for a long time that the number of views for your short films has just been decreasing over time. Like how do you guys make money? It can’t be AdSense. Yeah, that’s a great question. I’m smiling right now as you’re being very critical and Asian dad of me right now.

26:16
Hey, kiddo, your views are actually nothing to do with the quality, man. The quality is better than ever. No, so I mean, even when our even at the height of when our videos were like, you know, getting hundreds of thousands, millions of views, it was still not our main source of revenue. And this is why actually, like, I actually think I’m not a great person to talk to in terms of YouTuber success. People like I mean, yes, like they categorize me as a quote unquote YouTuber. But I think I think I’m actually a terrible YouTuber because

26:44
Um, our Wong Fu’s model, um, if you’ve been following has never been never really taken strategy out of what, uh, what YouTube, the algorithm, whatever YouTube has, has said, which is like, you know, daily, weekly, you know, scheduled content, um, you know, make it quick, make it short, now make it long, make it, you know, uh, whatever. We just always made what we were passionate about, what we thought we wanted to make. And, and that’s actually a testament to how great our fans have been and, and what our, our purpose.

27:13
as a channel has been, people were following our purpose. They weren’t following us for just some trendy thing. I think like, if we were trying to be a YouTuber, we would be doing things a lot differently. Our content would be a lot different. So because of that, we were never reliant on our AdSense because we didn’t make weekly videos that were getting millions of views. We weren’t trying to hop on the latest trend just to make sure we got in front of the algorithm. That was nothing we were doing. We were always…

27:42
using our audience and using our viewership to get other business revenue streams, whether it’s the merch, whether it’s the speaking engagements, whether it’s commercial brand deals, that’s what was more important to us to have quality, not quantity. think that’s like a super old adage, right? but that’s really what was driving WongFu and so is like, so now just to answer, I want, it’s great to address this because I actually don’t really talk about this, but yeah, our views are not anything close to what we were in like, you know, the earlier days.

28:12
or just like a few years ago, but we’ve actually been generating more revenue than before because we are now as a brand known as a production company, we have this built-in audience and we have this, again, quality that other platforms and brands or companies are coming to us. We’re doing more commercial shoots. We’re making, we’re doing productions for

28:37
other platforms. For example, we just did this huge campaign for Vicky, which is a Korean content platform. Yeah. just, and they want to do like, they want us to like make an entire like series for them. We we’re doing a web show for Netflix’s YouTube channel, which is called spill the boba tea, where I interview Asian American or Asian guests at my boba shop. And that’s its own budget too. So yeah, we basically diversified. And also what one thing that’s important to say too, is that

29:06
the early days of YouTube, everyone had more views. And the reason why is because if you think about it, that was the only place to watch video content. It’s kind of like a freeway. All the cars are on one freeway. So if you have a billboard, everyone’s going to see that billboard. But now as the industry, as digital content has sprawled out, and we’re not in just this one little urban area, it’s sprawled out now, there’s more freeways, there’s more avenues.

29:34
your billboard on that one freeway is not going to have as much traffic. Now you have to actually have billboards and you have to have content on all these other platforms, all these other freeways, right? And so our viewership across other social media channels is just as strong as ever was before too. just on YouTube, it’s just been diluted. That’s kind of what’s happened. Interesting. Well, I noticed your other channel, More Wong Fu, that’s more like the YouTube style. Right? A little bit. Yeah. And even that, we, like we’re…

30:02
We’re kind of like, ah, we’re kind of over this or maybe we’ll find another purpose. Like there was a period of time where second channels was a very YouTube strategy thing. And it’s like a little less necessary these days. That’s all. Like, so that’s us just trying to like kind of keep our eyes and ears open to just what, what like the culture and trends are. Yeah. I kind of like that channel too, cause it’s like more of a behind the scenes about how you guys are like as people, right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I think like that was another thing too. I think.

30:31
you know, when people, when we were first starting out, there were a lot of most, when you think of YouTube channels, you think of like actually like a personality, right? Even, yourself, right? And so we actually started off like not wanting to be in front of camera. Like we wanted our content, like we were, and that’s actually, think one reason why Wong Fu’s longevity has been what it is like this long is because it wasn’t so reliant on a single person continuing to make the same type of content.

31:00
because that can get old and that can get tiresome or boring and people lose interest. But because we have short films that have other actors or a variety of content or messages, people know Wong Fu maybe for something that I’m not even in. And I love that. Essentially we created a brand and an identity that’s not necessarily associated with me. Of course, the big fans will know me and Wes and the team if they want to go deeper.

31:29
but it’s the stories that I think can last forever. Yeah, I mean, I just love all the stories. And you’re right. I’ve actually come to follow a lot of the people you’ve had on these in your movies. Yeah. Like Keena Grannis, for example, like I listen to her music now. Yeah. I am curious, what are the economics like? Let’s just take Single by Thirty, which you guys did a while ago. Yeah. Like what are the economics? Like it was a real production. Right. You had actors and whatnot.

32:00
I vaguely remember you charged, like if you want to binge watch them, otherwise you get them for free. how did that make money? So, so with Sing by 30, that one was specifically for YouTube Red, which is now YouTube premium, but they were trying to basically, you know, in 2016, everyone was trying to make their Netflix play. This was like still when Amazon and Apple TV hadn’t even really started releasing anything. So everyone was just trying to make their own premium content. So YouTube actually paid us a fee to make this, this series.

32:29
And then they had a paywall for their own platform of YouTube Red or their own membership of YouTube Red. But we did take a page out of that and our own independent projects like for Yappy, for Dating After College, and even for some short films, we started experimenting with actually just charging quote unquote like ticket pricing. Kind of like what I joked about like in the beginning of like, when we had desktop and me imagining this technology, I wish people could just pay to watch. And now that exists, you we use Gumroad, we used

32:59
Indiegogo, used Vimeo Pro and actually had people. I think we got to a point in the maturity of our audience and our content where we’re like, hey, I think there’s a sector of or a higher tier of our fans that are in a position where they have expanded income. They want to see us shine and keep going. They’re willing to pay $10. They’re willing to treat us like as if it was like a movie ticket. And so

33:24
we did put some things behind paywalls so that people could watch for free. And if they were of this tier of fans, then we could basically, you know, utilize them and service them. And then for the rest of the fans and to also keep our brand and keep our engagement up, we released it for free maybe after a period or a certain window. So this is, it’s really nothing different from just like, you know, even just like old traditional media where you have a theatrical release.

33:52
then you have the home video release, then you have it for free licensed on TBS on, you know, on Saturday. So it’s just, we were just taking similar strategies, but just applying them to our YouTube channel. So maybe Single by 30 is not a good example, but like when you put out like a short film, I think you just released one relatively recently. It’s just like a singular, you know, one video. I mean, does that make money or is that just to basically build

34:20
It’s a little bit of both. Part of it is to recoup. at the very least, if you’re not losing money on your content, that’s already positive. But luckily, most of our stuff, we would actually make a profit on. It’s not enough to have us go be like a movie studio or whatever, but it’s enough for us to feel like, that wasn’t a loss and we can reinvest into the company. But like I said, most of our income and revenue right now is still from

34:49
you know, commercial gigs and branded deals and collaborating with other studios and other platforms and utilizing, you know, our talent and skill set. And that’s actually what I think that I would rather I’d rather make money that way than like, you know, just be like, aching for views and ads, you know, like, know, absolutely, absolutely. So is all of the deal flow inbound? Like, do you have are they just all coming to you for the most part?

35:19
Um, it’s a, it’s, would say it’s the majority is still coming to us. Uh, but I will, I will have to say like, yeah, there is still a lot of effort in terms of just me putting myself out there and networking with people, letting people know that Wong Fu is available to do things. Wong Fu is interested in collaborating with certain people. So you have to put yourself out there. Cause I remember there was actually a conversation that had with one producer one time where I was like, Hey, I’m totally down. Like, Oh, how come you guys didn’t call us for that? We would have been totally down to like, Whoa, I had.

35:48
I thought Wong Fu was just happy doing their own thing. Like now that I know that you guys are willing to collaborate, I’ll definitely give you guys a call. So a little bit of it is, like, you know, just almost like an agency. it’s Wong Fu has so many different facets and identities that have to kind of work together in order for us to just to, you know, make videos. It’s pretty interesting that a lot of people, yeah, don’t kind of see that back, you know, behind the scenes. And you’re acting yourself, right? Are you dabbling or?

36:17
I do, in Wong Fu stuff, I’ll do it as necessary. Like, you know, if they, if they need me to be in something or they need me to be the face of something outside and other people’s projects. I have like done auditions and stuff. I’m actually really terrible at auditioning. I mean, you did audition for Partner Trek, hear. Yeah, I did. You’re right. And I did terrible in it. And so yeah, like now if people, if, if people ask me to go cameo or something, I’ll do it. And if people ask me to audition, I’ll like, I’ll do it too. But.

36:47
Um, yeah, like acting is definitely not a primary. I don’t have this. I don’t have this, the, the, thick enough skin to, go do it. Yeah. Well, let’s switch gears now. I mean, you just had your first child and then you decided to launch two brick and mortar Boba shops. Yeah. Which is a lot of work. Yeah. Let’s talk about that. Um, well, we didn’t launch two at the same time we launched one and then, um, three years in, we were able to finally, uh,

37:15
open our second one and we’re in the works for our third one right now. yeah, I opened a cafe called Bo P’o Mo Fo Cafe. And for those that don’t know, Bo P’o Mo Fo are the phonetic alphabets of like Mandarin Chinese. And it’s just like, you when you went to Chinese school, you learned the Bo P’o Mo Fo is just like you learned the ABCs. So it’s like the ABCs, right? And that was actually like the inspo for like, you know, our identity as a cafe. We’re like, oh, this is kind of like, you know, our

37:44
a mix of Eastern, Western sensibilities. This is like, you know, I eat my traditional food at home, but then I go to school and I eat cafeteria tater tots and chicken sandwiches. it’s essentially like, yeah, like a fusion of like our bi-cultural upbringing here in America. originally we wanted to call it like, we were like, oh, it’s like kind of like ABC food, like American born Chinese. Like it’s like ABC cafe, but that’s such a boring name. like, oh my God, Bokumafua. It’s already taken too in Hawaii, right?

38:14
So yeah, yeah, there’s tons of ABCs, everything. But it all started with in like around 2016 where I was like, you know, like I, it’d be really cool. And honestly, I looking at like what Bart and Joe had done, like with their gyms and with like their, their products. I was like, I think I would, I think this was interesting. I would, I would like to explore starting a separate business and again, utilizing the audience into a more physical customer base, right? And

38:41
I mentioned earlier that I worked at a boba shop in college and just to really take it back and go deep into the meaning and why a boba shop versus Froyo or versus anything else. Boba is really meaningful to me in the sense that in the late 90s, early 2000s, like the special ASEAN era, for those that aren’t Asian, there was a very special time in the 90s and early 2000s where there was an Asian identity kind of movement.

39:11
Boba was just coming over to the States. And I remember going to my first Boba shop in 1999. It was in Berkeley. I grew up in Walnut Creek, but there’s this place like outside UC Berkeley. And I was like, this is so cool. This is like the first time I feel like I’m like in an Asian specific area. this is like Boba felt specifically Asian American culture. And I’m like, as a impressionable high schooler, was like, this is what cool Asians are doing. And so when I went to college, I was like,

39:40
I want to work at a boba shop because that’s where all the cool Asians hang out. That’s where can people watch other Asians and I can, you know, hang out with other Asian people. can, you know, uh, see cute Asian girls too, you know, like, you know, like crush on girls and stuff. And I can also, it unlocked his hospitality side of me too, where I liked talking to people. liked being, um, you know, in service in some sense too. And in college, I discovered that, you know, that little bit of a, I guess, um,

40:10
passion or it was growing. It was like a seed of like, hey, maybe someday I can actually have my own shop. And I imagine it like when I was like super, super old, but then, you know, like five years ago, I was like, Hey, like, what if I actually try to do this? I mean, my partner, we linked up and he was at a crossroads in his career too. And he’s like, Hey, let’s let’s do this together. We’re both first time owner operators and we got our asses kicked. Like it was, I didn’t hear this story. I mean, it’s just like,

40:39
You know, we thought like, you know, it would not, we thought it would be easy, but I think we just didn’t realize how much work it would be. Obviously we knew that owning a restaurant was going to be a lot of work, but I, but I think just like the incessant nature of just how many problems come up every day, you know, just having a physical store versus like an online presence is so different. Having staff that you have to like tend to and manage is it’s more like people management than it is even our product. That’s on many days, right?

41:09
And so, yeah, it was just us two and we probably could have had a bigger team when we first started out, but like, yeah, like we really grinded it out and we still are. But thankfully we’re now we’re getting more team members and more like leadership people around us that understand what we’re doing. But in the beginning, like people didn’t know what we were doing. Like they didn’t know if we would be good. They didn’t know if we would last. So even finding like a location was hard. No one wanted to give us a shot. We opened up in the San Gabriel, in San Gabriel where there’s

41:38
you know, dozens, hundreds of boba shops. like, you landlords were like, why do we need to give this to you? you know, so interesting. Yeah, was surprised. Yeah, it was really, really hard to even get started. mean, to me, renting to you would be a no brainer. think I think I’m proven in one area. But you know, as a as a business, I think a lot of people that I think that’s what was frustrating to me. I think I saw and I was trying to convince people guys, like, it’s going to be good. We’re going to be we’re going to have lines out the door. But

42:08
But people that are not as maybe savvy with what I’ve done online or with social media, that might not translate. mean, you are like, hey, look at look at me. No, I’m not that cocky. I was definitely was like trying to sell myself. I was like really trying hard to sell myself. was was it was like trying to convince people landlords. But but thankfully we lucked out with one spot and and it was like a restaurant that was on the way out.

42:38
And again, we put in a lot of money just to get it going. I bet. Yeah, I bet. This is a passion project for you, right? I mean, it’s not for the money. Per se. I think the funniest thing that I heard when we when I announced, you know, on social media that I was doing this, all the comments that were like, oh, my God, what a money grab for Phil. Really? Dude, I mean, there were several comments that were like, oh, my God, of course, Phil’s going to do this is such easy money, blah, blah. And I’m like,

43:08
No, this is not easy money. This is the hardest thing I’ve ever done. This is harder than Wong Fu. With Wong Fu, you know, like you make something and it’s like, there’s a wrap date, you dust your hands, you’re like, hey, that was great. Onto the next project. With Bopo, it’s every day and in theory for the rest of my life. You know, like it’s scary to think about it. I remember the first day of our grand opening of the first location, I sat up in bed and I’m like,

43:35
This life’s never gonna be the same again, because now this business is alive. I will never have a weekend again. I will never have a moment of silence where my phone’s not going off of some problem. yeah, people think that it’s like, I’m just there to collect a check. No, I haven’t collected very much from this yet, man. And I’m the owner and I’m there a lot serving drinks. Are you really? I didn’t know that. Okay. I’m there a lot, physically there a lot.

44:04
And we’re three and a half years in and I foresee it still being like this for a little while. But yeah, this is not easy money. To anyone that wants to open a brick and mortar, it might seem like very, very glamorous from the outside. Like, oh, it’s so cool. You have a physical space. have people coming through. Man, it’s really, really hard. Really, really think about if you find that hilarious that people are thinking this is a land grab. I mean, of all the things you could start, this is like the hardest money. Right?

44:30
I would say, yeah. It’s not like I got an NFT project guys. I’m not trying to sell you guys crypto. Sheesh. Actually, when you were describing BollPoll, I was just thinking about like, this is what having a kid is like. You’re never going to have a weekend free again. But guess what? I would say it’s even harder because you can’t give your store to a babysitter and just be like, all right, I’m leaving for a little bit. And also Yelp can’t review your baby. So people that

45:00
are just passing by that don’t know you, don’t care about you, can leave a review if they had a bad experience or even if they didn’t have a bad experience, but they’re just having a bad day and really negatively affect your business by leaving a bad review. Your baby doesn’t get that. So I, in the early days, I was really, really upset with Yelp just because it’s like, people had no idea how much work was going to it. And like people just like coming by so passively, just leaving like,

45:24
negativity is like, was that necessary? Do you guys know how this actually like really hurts people? You know, like we’re not doing this maliciously. Anyways, I don’t want to get. even get me started on Yale. yeah. All right. Well, last question, since I know you have to go pretty soon. You have all these projects, you have two locations, you have Wong Fu, you have a child, you recently got married. Like how do you balance all of that? I’ll be honest, I don’t think I balance it well. I don’t think I’m as graceful as, as I think I could or should be. And I’m trying.

45:53
to get better. I’m trying to set up systems and schedules and stuff. right now, on some days, I within like a 30 minute span, I feel like a, like a headless chicken, like I’m like, I’m jumping from one email to a text chain, to a phone call, to a zoom podcast interview, podcast interview. Literally, I’m jumping onto another call for Wong Fu after this. So the thing is, is I have to give full credit to the people that are making it possible, which is my teams, right? So

46:22
Wong Fu, definitely handed off a lot of responsibilities to a couple guys that I promoted into manager positions, Taylor and Benson, who now run a lot of, have a lot of responsibility of running that show. My co-founder, Eric for Bopo is incredible. And he does so much of like the, the operator duties to, make the, the, business run there and, our manager, Gene on the ground there when I’m not able to be there.

46:51
He’s there all the time. So those guys are amazing on the, with the kid coming. Yeah. That’s, mean, that just threw in a whole mess of, you know, messes and time. I have to, you know, I’m not going to act like a super dad. Like, you know, we, have had help from her mom and my mom who her mom’s in Boston. My mom’s in NorCal, but they fly in and they stay with us for a couple of weeks at a time. And they’ve just been kind of.

47:21
ping ponging back and forth. And that’s been a huge help. We literally have been having, you know, a stay in, you know, someone staying with us for the majority of this time. And it would not have been possible because Helen’s also full time, you know, owns her own business and she’s trying to balance that too, right? So both parents working, trying to keep these businesses alive. So I have to give credit, you know, to the village around me. Yeah. Oh, also I don’t take a moment to thank Helen also.

47:51
Yeah, Helen’s been great. Our moms have been great. Also, I just don’t, I don’t watch a lot of TV. I don’t have a lot of hobbies right now. Like once the kids down at night, that’s when I, that’s when like I put another like six, seven hours of work, you know? Wow. Okay. when I’m, that’s when I’m working on. Actually, I feel like a nine o’clock. I’m like, Oh my God, it’s, it’s early. Like I could do, I could do like catch up on emails. I get to write scripts. I get to brainstorm. That’s that. That’s actually when I do like my more of like the creative stuff. Like I’m like developing like, you know,

48:19
five different scripts right now. I have to like, basically like those things would be moving a lot faster if I had, we’re spending more time, but it’s moving slow because I’m balancing everything else. So, which is why I said I’m probably not as graceful as I could be, but I’m just trying to, you know, do as much as I can. I’m only creative for about three hours in the morning. I can’t do anything at night. I’m a vegetable. Yeah. want to get to that point. We’ll see. Well, right now I feel like there’s,

48:47
there’s too many things that people are relying on me for. So I just kind of feel like I have to deliver. Yeah. Cool. Hey, well, Phil, this was great. Thank you so much for coming on despite your hectic schedule. Where can people find you if they want to see your works or if they want to get in contact with you or hire you? Well, you can find me on Instagram, Wong Fu Phil, and my cafe is located in San Gabriel in Artesia. And that’s Bopomofo Cafe. B-O-P-O-M-O-F-O.

49:17
love to serve you and maybe I’ll actually be the one handing you your order. yeah, you can just DM me there, leave a comment and we’d love to meet. And Steve, it was great to meet you too. Congratulations on what you’re doing as well and taking control of your own career narrative. Thank you. I’m going to show my mom that statement coming from someone who has a big channel.

49:41
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’ve never watched one of Wong Fu Productions short films, go to their YouTube channel right now. Now I rarely get emotional when watching a film, but they just have a way of tugging at the heartstrings or making you laugh. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 435. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

50:08
SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postcook.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to hang out with you in person next year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. So go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequit.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

50:38
Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

434: The Sneaky Tricks Pro YouTubers Use To Grow Their Channel With Zach Mitchem

434: The Sneaky Tricks Pro YouTubers Use To Grow Their Channel With Zach Mitchem

Today I have my friend Zach Mitchem on the show. Zach runs a YouTube consultancy called We Are Video Makers and manages the YouTube channels for many famous creators with millions of subscribers.

As you guys probably know, I recently hit 100K subs on YouTube and it took me about 2.5 years to get there. But since then, Zach has been helping me with my channel and I have grown about 50k more subs in a span of just 2.5 months. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • Strategies to grow a successful YouTube channel
  • How to create engaging YouTube content
  • Fastest way to grow your subscriber count

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my friend Zach Mitchum on the show. Now as you guys probably know, I recently hit 100K subs on YouTube and it took me about 2.5 years to get there. But since then, Zach has been helping me with my channel and I’ve grown about 50K more subs in the span of just 2.5 months. So in this episode, we discuss the strategies to grow a successful YouTube channel fast.

00:28
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

00:54
And we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to SellersSummit.com.

01:24
Now I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Zach Mitchum on the show. Now, sometimes in life you just get lucky. I met Zach at the Sellin’ Scale Summit last week and we sat next to each other at Gary Vaynerchuk’s keynote speech. And that’s when I found out that Zach runs YouTube or helps out with YouTube for famous people like Evan Carmichael, who has a channel with millions of subs. And so this guy’s an expert at YouTube that you never know

02:54
you’re going to meet at whenever you attend one of these events. And what’s funny is I ended up chatting with Zach more than listening to Gary Vee, of all people. Now, Zach runs We Are Video Makers, which is a YouTube strategy consultant. And he’s also the chief social media officer for Seller Universe. And what I loved about meeting Zach was that he was just so open and honest with his knowledge. And I knew I had to have him on the show. So welcome, Zach. How you doing, man? I’m doing great. Thanks for the intro. And thanks for having me on. I’m

03:24
Super pumped. I love your channel all the things that you’re doing and really impressed by a lot of things you’re doing So I’m excited to dig into them a little bit. Cool. Thanks I would love to get your perspective from you know from someone who runs a lot of large YouTube channels But give us a quick backstory first like how did you get into YouTube? And why did I see you at the cell and scale summit of all places? Yeah Yeah, so quick quick version of the story is that I was actually trying to be a physician assistant believe it or not and I found a couple of

03:53
YouTube creators that it just looked fun what they’re doing. I like, this is really cool. So I reached out just wanted to learn more. Um, and the one person out of like the 10 I reached out to, it’s like, well, I’m actually about to quit my full-time job. You know, just making, you know, low to mid six figures doing international sales. like, how are you quitting your job at 50,000 subscribers? Like, well, you know, it’s replaced my income. So I’m just going all in. It’s like, this is crazy. And so got some exposure there, worked with some YouTubers that way. Uh, but it wasn’t really until pandemic hit where like I was studying, I was looking at it.

04:23
I like, I gotta go all in on this. Like the things that I’m doing now as a consultant, they’re okay, but YouTube is just going crazy. And so spent eight months really diving in, spending a lot on courses and getting mentored. And I just reached out to a couple of companies like, Hey, here’s a few things I feel like would help. And I honestly was just sending feedback cause they were local and wanted to help out like, Oh, what do you charge for your service? Like I hadn’t even thought of that so quickly, but together like a little pitch and a working part-time I was making more than.

04:51
the best full-time job I had before college. And so I was like, there’s something to this. And, um, I just did a good enough job that word of mouth. went from, you know, small businesses to larger YouTube creators, to marketing agencies and fortune 500 companies. And it just kind of kept going. Um, and eventually now, um, you know, you mentioned Evan Carmichael. we had him on a while ago and then we’ve really hit it off and just, he’s likes what I’m doing and, I can really use his wisdom, knowledge and all that good stuff. And so we’re, we’re working together now and helping.

05:21
Really my focus, want to help those who have really done well on podcasts do well on YouTube because you already have all the skills. You just need to know how YouTube works and get your message out to the world. And you asked why I was at selling scale. chief social media. So nothing to do with social media. was one talk about social media there though. I was really there to film, to get footage for our social media, to.

05:47
do some interviews. One of the things that we found was actually really helpful. And if you go to more conferences, this was a great thing. We walked the floor and just interviewed people at, you know, kind of lurking back, kind of not engaging as much. And we met probably some of the best connections that way, because we just said, Hey, why are you here? What are you looking for? And just interviewed and it’ll make amazing social media content. But more than that, the connection is there because we are genuinely interested in that person.

06:13
you know, if we could help, we wanted to offer help. If not, hopefully, some of those videos and reach out and help them. Yeah, absolutely. And how did so you actually went all in on this during the pandemic, which is 2020. Actually, I’m just curious how you landed some of the larger clients. Was it? Yeah. Was it a gradual process or? No, it was kind of just accidentally on purpose is the phrase I like to use. Okay. Worked with some smaller clients, and then I had some connections that just had, you know,

06:43
And we were starting with, you know, they had like two or 300 subscribers, helped them 1500, helped them 130,000, helped them 265, got them up to 300. And it just, it was huge jumps. And after that, was marketing agencies sent over some, it was a resume when we were moving to Denver to a marketing agency for a job and didn’t pan out that a couple of months later, like, Hey, we have some Fortune 500 accounts and we don’t have anyone that can handle them. Your resume kind of looked like it would work. Can we, you know,

07:12
do an interview, can you send an update resume? It’s like, I’ve just been word of mouth for the past year or so, so I have, I make a resume. But they’re like, can we just do a test? I’m like, yeah, absolutely. like, you’re literally the only person on the skill level we can find. When can we start? It’s like, nice. Right now, sure. So it’s been huge jumps, but it’s been So what I’m hoping to get out of you today, Zach, you’ve helped people with small channels and you’ve helped people with large channels. So let’s, I want to take it from both perspectives here. So let’s say you’re a brand new person on YouTube.

07:41
Yeah, zero subscribers. What would you recommend that they do to get like their first 10,000 subscribers? Yeah. Yeah. So the first 10,000 really is difficult because not that creating the content is difficult, usually, and this is why like working with people that have a podcast. Usually the hard part is figuring out what your message is, what it is that you want to share with the world. And you kind of go back and forth trying to figure it out. And a lot of that.

08:08
Not that it wastes time, but it just, makes the process a lot slower because one of the things you need to do is train YouTube. Hey, here’s my audience. Here are the people I’m talking to. And so it can continue to share your videos with those people. Cause if you look at your analytics, you know, you’ll see, there’s a place where you can see who subscribed, who’s not. And I don’t care how big or small you are. Most of the people watching your videos are not going to be subscribed. And that’s a good thing because it’s a new audience. And so you need to tell YouTube.

08:36
who that new audience is that you want it to show to. And if you’re creating a video on say e-commerce and then the next day you’re talking about relationships and then you’re talking about like if you’re all over the place YouTube’s confused. And as a big channel that’s okay because it has lots of data. You’ve had a lot of views, it kind of knows your audience and it can kind of find those overlaps. As a small channel you can’t. So you really need to focus in on what’s your message, create a lot of videos sharing that message, better at being on camera.

09:05
There’s kind of stages. That first 10,000, if you’re creating videos that are very search-based, you’re do better. As you get bigger, you wanna get away from those more. But how to do X, whatever it is that your message is, those are going to help because then YouTube knows we’re gonna catalog under this category. And maybe So you wanna be very specific and very niche-focused when you’re first starting out is what I’m hearing. Yeah, absolutely. And you are also recommending being search-based.

09:34
For a little bit. Yeah. That is definitely not where I want you to be, but it’s easier to grow at the start by search based, but you, really want, you want to get out of that place as quickly as possible, but it does help when you’re at zero. When you’re first starting, that can absolutely help. Okay. So walk me through like the search, the keyword research. Yeah. Yeah. So keyword research, there are a lot of tools out there that you can pay for that you can use. The easiest thing that I recommend you do is figure out what it is that you want to talk about.

10:04
go to YouTube and search that thing and try to find videos that have more views than subscribers. If you can find, it doesn’t matter, I don’t care if the channel has 1 million subscribers and it gets 1.5 million views, or if it has 1,000 subscribers and gets 2 or 3,000 views. If that video has more views than subscribers, it’s a good topic. It’s something that people aren’t able to find easily and use that title, a variation of that title, something similar. this will help you get suggested after that. But if it’s also a good search topic,

10:34
If you’re search and you can find it, um, you kind of hit both at the same time. So I added suggested in there. We probably should dive into that later, but keyword research. What’s your tool or choice tool of choice? I love to buddy, um, because of some of the other tools it has, but if you want the easiest to use keyword research, vidIQ is free. I would probably just use the free version of that. I do have the paid version, but I don’t think you need it, especially when you’re first starting. It’s funny. I have the paid version of vidIQ. I didn’t realize that there was a free version. Yeah. Yeah, there is it.

11:04
It’s okay. Both of the analytics that you get, like the scores and things and suggested tags, like the free version doesn’t give you, but you don’t have to have it, especially if you’re just getting started. Yeah, what I noticed is I do a lot of SEO work for my blog and I’ve noticed that the YouTube tools are just very different. They are. They are very much. The keywords are just very broad based. Yeah. And the volumes are ridiculous. They are. And if you compare Google and YouTube,

11:34
SEO a lot of times will be similar, but they’re going to be different. And part of the reason is Google is, is very SEO, very search-based. Like that is its thing. Google does not suggest to you, Hey, you probably want to, want to visit this website next. Like that, that would feel really weird to you. Whereas YouTube, even though it is the second largest search engine on the internet, 70 % of views come from suggested 70 % of the views come from it saying, Hey, we’ve, you know, analyzed all the videos you’ve watched and we think you’ll like this next.

12:03
And you appreciate that as you’re like, yeah, actually I like that. And you’ll watch it. Google doesn’t do that. that’s where you kind of see the differences there. when it comes, well, how do you rank for a keyword then? there any things that you can do to rank higher? Yeah, you can. The problem here, and I’m not saying you can’t do this, but the problem I’ve seen with search based channels is in fact, my first channel I ever grew, I let it die. I tried to let it die, but here’s the moral of the story is that

12:33
It’s search based and so it was slow to grow, but it’s slow to die as well. And so it’s just, it’s plugging it along. I’ve only posted four videos on there in past year. I’ve just kind of, like, I don’t have time for it and it still gets about 21,000 views every month. It’s got, it’s grown from 1800 subscribers to 2800 subscribers in a year without me doing anything. Like I was like, it’ll die. I’d like whatever it’s fine, but it’s grown because that search base is there. So that’s good. Um, but if

13:00
Like the videos that really grow the videos that in fact I had a video on that channel that made me $15,000 before I ever hit a thousand subscribers. And it was suggested. It was getting suggested to other people and that’s how it grew. So you can get ranked for these keywords, you know, making sure that when you’re doing that, that search that has low competition and high search volume, you know, low supply and high demand is a great way to get ranked that way. And as you get views, it’ll bump you up, but it’s, I wouldn’t focus on it.

13:29
It’s not as important as it used to be. Okay. So, but you recommend starting out on search to get some initial traffic. When do you start not paying attention to searches? Yeah, I would say, especially at the 10 K, you really just want to be all suggested as you’re beginning those first couple of videos, doing that search, the way I told you how to do that search will kind of hit both. If you focus solely on using tools like vidIQ, there’s morning fam, TubeBuddy, you’ll get away from the suggested a bit. Um, and so

13:59
when you’re looking for keywords, actually look on YouTube. And that way you’ll rank for keywords, but you are going to learn how to get suggested that way. it’s kind of this balancing act of you’re not starting where you want to be, but you’re learning a couple of skills that I’ll apply later. It’s the basic math that doesn’t really matter as much, but it’ll apply a little bit later. So how do you get mentioned in the suggested? Yeah. So there’s kind of a

14:26
journey with this. First, you want to get suggested on your own content. And like if you look at, know, in your analytics, you can see this, you’ll see where all the traffic’s coming from. You’ll see search, you’ll see browse, you’ll see external suggested. That’s what you want to look at. You want that to be as high as possible. You want it to be your number one source of traffic. And the first thing that you can do to get suggested on your own videos is actually to have thumbnails that are uniform thumbnails that if I see, you know, your thumbnail, Steve, like

14:56
I know it’s your thumbnail. I know that that’s a Steve video because if I like your channel, I’m going to click on that next. And so if you’re training YouTube that, you know, people don’t watch a video of yours after. So for example, um, you could tell people to leave in the video. You could not have uniform videos. So they are getting suggested, but they just don’t know what your video, if people’s behavior is not to watch another video of yours, you’re training YouTube to think.

15:23
people don’t watch multiple of these videos. Maybe it’s a terrible example, but how to unclog my toilet. I’m not gonna watch multiple videos on that topic. Hopefully I’m going to have my problem solved. So those types of channels, YouTube says, okay, they don’t watch multiple videos. If you can train people at the end of your video and you say, Hey, we covered this problem, but the next thing you want to do is actually do this. And here’s a video for that. And they go watch that you’re training YouTube to say, Hey, they watch multiple videos. We’re going to suggest down the side, you know, in their search.

15:53
more of these videos because we’re seeing they’re keeping people on much longer. Okay, so what you’re saying is towards the end of your video, end with like, hey, now that I just taught you this, there’s a lot more to it, go watch this video and you get people to just watch your videos for a long period of time. Yeah, absolutely. All right, and then I guess if you just do those two things, you’ll hit 10K. If you do that, you’re consistent with your content, you know, posting at least once a week and

16:22
I would say focus on one thing, make it 1 % better in your videos. Cause it is that most people don’t have a background in any kind of production or editing. so your first 50, 60 videos, they’re going to be terrible. Mine were, mine were awful. Like I show people sometimes like, man, I still cringe. It’s just, it’s really, really bad. So you’re learning all those things. Um, just be consistent, keep going with it. And you’ll see that once you start getting suggested growth, we’ll start picking up. Maybe that’s at a thousand subscribers. Maybe it’s at five, but.

16:51
it’ll start just climbing. And when that happens, you know, you’re teaching YouTube and you’ve told it that people stay on your videos and you’re doing at least a few things right to be able to get there. How do you get suggested under other people’s videos? Are there any tricks? There are, yeah, a couple of them. Kind of that similar that what I mentioned earlier, finding those videos that have more views than subscribers do that, but find a channel bigger than yours. And same thing, but

17:21
copy of their title. And I know that sounds weird, but you’re linking in YouTube’s mind, these two are the same thing. So let’s test them against each other. And as long as you’re talking about similar things, you don’t have to watch the video. You don’t have to like try to one up that video, right? But if it’s on a similar topic, the title’s the same, they’re linked together. And so other videos that are like that video will suggest your content. And hopefully like the goal is to get suggested behind that one video because it’s, getting a lot of views. It’s a bigger channel than yours as the potential to do it that way.

17:51
And so your goal is to get suggested after that one video. If you can do that, YouTube will suggest you after quite a few more. Do tags matter? They don’t. A lot of people want to say they do, but there there’s a very, very small percentage of time where they do. That is if something is commonly misspelled or a technical term. So if you’re doing some sort of medical video and there’s this.

18:17
Disease that is hard for the algorithm to understand putting something like that in it could help but aside from like things that are commonly misspelled or Like you would think that the algorithm is not really gonna understand when it hears it. It doesn’t really do much Okay, so don’t spend too much time on now throw a couple in there It’s not gonna hurt but it’s also it’s not worth your time to like really meticulously choose which tags go in there. Okay

18:46
Let’s say you want to grow your channel as fast as possible. And I know you work with these large YouTubers who just put out insane amounts of content. What is like a strategy assuming like speed is your main goal? Yeah, so the more content you can post, the better up to one per day. I wouldn’t post any more than one per day because if you see the browse traffic, that’s actually YouTube will have one of your videos in people’s homepages or other places where it’s being suggested.

19:15
post too soon, it’s going to kick that video out and you don’t want YouTube to do that. So say no more than seven a day, but honestly, the best play right now, this wasn’t six months ago. I wouldn’t have said this best play right now is our plus long videos. Um, they do take a little while to take off. Um, give it 60 days before you’re really looking at the analytics, but YouTube can play a lot more ads.

19:43
They can watch a lot longer, getting a lot more watch time and people are building a connection with you better. So if I watch a two minute video, I may or may not watch another video from someone else. But if I watch a two hour video and I watch the whole thing, I’m likely coming back to that channel. And so it does a lot of things right that way. It is harder in some respects to make an hour long video that is that engaging. But if you created, and this is not going to be realistic for a lot of people. If you created an hour long video, seven days a week, every single day.

20:13
Give it four, five, six months and you’re gonna see some crazy, crazy growth. Again, that’s not easy to do and you do need to pay attention to improving things, improving your intro, your thumbnails, all that stuff. But that’s what I’m listening to this probably have podcasts and that’s easy way to hit an hour. But how would you launch like a podcast like channel? Yeah, no, I love that question. So the thing about podcasts is you already have the content, you already have the audience, you already have so much right.

20:43
that you just need to make it work in video form. And so, I mean, one that is going to include recording the video, because I think a lot of people do record the video, but they just pull the audio. They want to be able to see who they’re talking to, but they don’t use it. And so just start using the video one. You do have to make it a little different though, because on a podcast, people are used to the ad at the beginning. you know, getting into it a little slower. Introduce maybe…

21:10
catching people up, introducing things. On YouTube, you really can’t do that. There are a couple of ways you can do this. I’ll give you one example. You can pull a clip from near the end and put it at the beginning, 15 seconds, 20 seconds, coming soon, kind of like a gold nugget, like everyone needs to hear this. Have that, and then really, really quickly, as fast as you possibly can, make sure there’s any context given, but you get right into the value of the interview. So you do have to change things a bit.

21:39
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

22:09
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

22:37
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:49
Let me ask you this, Zach, before we started talking, I gave you like a quick 10, 15 second intro. Is that too much talking for an intro? I don’t think so. One thing I want you to do is go watch a YouTube video and then come back and watch that video. Do you feel like you would click off if you lost? I noticed that the more I watch YouTube videos, the more I’m realizing.

23:13
people are doing what worked well in 2016 where it’s like, hey, I’m gonna hook you and then I’m gonna explain the video and then I’m hook you. Like it’s just getting, it’s taking too long to get in the value. If you’re into the value between 30 seconds and a minute on an hour long video, you’re doing well. Like that’s absolutely just fine. The thing you don’t wanna do is you’re not getting into value until minute 30, two, three minutes. just, wanna make sure people know they’re on the right video.

23:38
because on a podcast, know I’m on the right podcast. I like your show. You are my Tuesday show, whatever it is, right? YouTube, it’s I’m trying to answer a question or get a specific type of value. And so if you’re taking too long to make me understand, I’m going to get that from this video. I’m going to leave. And people are willing to watch an hour long video. Yeah. A couple of not clients that I work with, but a couple of clients that someone in a group that I’m in with Evan works with.

24:06
their fastest growing segments, like eight hour videos and they’re just demolishing. Yeah. And the thing here is your ad revenue goes way, way up because on an eight minute video, you might get a couple of ads. You’re going to make very, very little per video. And if you get a million views, this is not accurate data, but let’s, call it 20 grand on an eight hour video. You are 10 times that because of the length and you’re, it’s going to vary based on your.

24:35
watch duration a lot of different things that way but you can’t get on an eight minute video even if everyone’s watching the entire video at a hundred percent you can’t even get close to the watch time of eight hour video so yeah YouTube loves loves those long videos. imply then like I should put together all my videos in a compilation that’s eight hours long? I would say one thing you could do is do mashups so if you have all of your videos and you have people that talk on similar topics absolutely if you

25:03
you have the bandwidth to do that? Yeah. fact, one of the things we do is we offer services to help with creating mashups because they do well. Now, there are certain ways you want to do that and lengths and things like that, but that is a very, good strategy. Do you recommend putting that on your same channel that’s already successful or a separate channel for those long ones? So the question here is, is it the same audience? So for you,

25:30
what I know of your YouTube channel and your podcast. And we talked about it when we were not listening to Gary V. It sounds like the same audience. sounds like shorter videos are the, I’m going to solve a very specific issue for you. But the long version is let’s sit down and chat through my experiences on this. Let’s chat through it. Like let’s really dive into some of these things that you’re not going to get the same value out of an eight minute video. But if you just want your specific answer, those are great. And you’re going to have a big

26:00
portion of your audience is like, I want to spend more time with you. Like I really want to get value from you because you are my guy for this thing. And so those hour long videos for some of the audience is going to do well. And for the ones that doesn’t, it’s going to, that’s why it takes 60 days or so. It’s going to find an audience that really resonates with that video. You know, what’s funny is I’ve been trying to keep my videos under like 14 minutes. Yeah. But it sounds like after talking to you, I shouldn’t hold back. Like if my video is like 20 minutes, 25 minutes.

26:30
Yeah. Yeah. I would say don’t make, don’t make a 10 minute video, 25 minute video, just cause the length, like you need the value there. Sure. Don’t take a 25 minute video and say, well, it’s gotta be under six. Like there’s you’re cutting out so much of the value there and your connection with the audience. So absolutely. If some of these, want to go longer, absolutely do it. There are, there are benefits to having shorter videos. They do better immediately. Like if you want views now, those shorter videos are going to perform better. Now we can test.

27:00
more and get more data more quickly. But they’re not going to convert as well into people that are clients or people that go into your email list or courses or things like that. People that watch those longer videos, they’re trusting you. They’re I don’t know if you’ve read Daniel Priestley’s The Keepers of Influence, but he says seven hours of interaction and 11 touch points. Right. You watch seven videos, pretty much there and they’ll hop into your course or whatever it is that you’re. It’s funny that you say that because like the longer videos weren’t performing that well.

27:29
for me like the first couple days. But actually I look back now, some of them have taken off like after months. But that’s why I started doing shorter ones. So I guess I just had to be a little bit more patient then. Yeah, yeah, and it’s short tail and long tail. You have marketing and sales and then you have brand awareness. What’s the goal here? And so if you want short term views, you want like those quick hits, shorts, those can work. Like you can get views and subscribers that way. I don’t.

27:56
I’m not a big fan of them, especially in education or thought leadership space. Like it’s really hard. just gonna ask you about that. yeah, shorts, I know like some of the people that are in my mastermind group have taken off just by making shorts along with their long form video. Like subscribers just like up and to the right. You just mentioned that you don’t like them. I wanna get your thoughts on that. Yeah, absolutely. And they are, it’s more hit or miss, I feel like because some people, I know creators on TikTok.

28:25
several groups and helping a lot of them try to get on YouTube. Millions of subscribers are followers on TikTok and their YouTube short, which is the same video they got hundreds of thousands or millions of views gets two views. And they’re like, what is going on? And it’s different algorithms. It’s different audience. YouTube is their shorts algorithm is changing as well as like I used to like it when it first came out, when you had to put like hashtag shorts, like back in, I it was like 20.

28:54
Maybe 2020 loved it because it might did well. They don’t anymore. Some of them do really, really well. Some of them do really terrible. So you can, it can be a part of your strategy. It absolutely can. But the mindset of someone watching a short 30 second video nine times out of 10, probably more is not, I want to go watch an hour long video. And that’s really where you want the people. And so you can get subscribers, you can get views, but what’s the goal? Is that converting into.

29:23
whatever result you’re actually looking for rather than just a band-aid metric. For some people it will, it absolutely will. But I think more often than not, it’s not going to and you need a good way to measure that. Actually, that was my next one. How do you measure that? How do you measure the impact of shorts? Yeah. So shorts, one thing I would look at is if you’re gaining subscribers from, you know, you’re posting lot of shorts, getting a lot of views. If your subscribers are going up, your views and watch time hours should also go up. Not just the view count.

29:53
but watch time hours. So if they’re converting well over to watching an hour long video, you’re going to get a lot more views, like long views, hour, half hour, whatever the videos are. Maybe they only watch your shorter videos. And so maybe that is helpful. So you see a large bump in subscribers and a small bump in hours. And that can work. I actually did a video on my channel looking at Alex Hermosy’s strategy. just like surface level on his channel. His

30:20
top five videos. So I took his top 30 in different lengths because each length has a different like competitive watch time percentage. So I won’t get too technical here, but looking at this top 30 videos, his shorts, I believe had seven and a half million views with his top five shorts, but it had like 6 % of total watch time based on metrics that I’m guessing at because I don’t, I don’t have his actual data.

30:48
His top five hour long videos, which he only has five on the entire channel, was 55 % of his top 30 videos for watch time. So if he would make a couple more longer videos, even just one a month, I think he’d do a lot better. He’s, I mean, he’s killing it, but like the strategy here is that you need, you need both. I don’t think you have to have shorts. If you’re in education and thought leadership space, go and test them. It’s not going to hurt, but I don’t think she’ll Actually, I was going to ask you, like, if you were going to do shorts, would you

31:16
put them on a separate channel or on the same channel, assuming they’re kind of like the same topics. Yeah. So really depends on the person. Really depends on the goal. I think if you want to really like if you have a TikTok channel and you’ve created a ton of short content, make a separate channel and just post those like crazy because you only want to post one a day. So if you’re trying to post two, three times a week with your normal length videos, whether that’s hour, six minute, whatever that is, you don’t want to post a short within that 24 hours. So you’re only going to post a few shorts.

31:46
Um, so go, go create a shorts channel post. I’m post three times a day. It’s figure out what the data says. Um, but that’s not hurting your longer videos. advising people to put things on a separate channel, that won’t help your main channel then. Right. A little bit. The data is not great there though. I honestly, and that’s why I don’t love it because if you’re posting one, two or three shorts a week where like, if you only have four videos a week, you’re like, I’m not doing any more than let’s call it three. I’m not doing any more than three videos a week.

32:15
Post four shorts a week, that’s great. You’re getting a video out every single day, which is just fine. But if you’re like, really wanna double down on shorts, posting two shorts a day on top of your normal videos, that is going to hurt those views. So I wouldn’t do that. So basically you’re saying only one video per day on any given channel. I wouldn’t post any more than that. You know what’s funny? Something you said earlier, like a video, if you post another video even the next day, it’ll knock that other one out of the browse, right?

32:45
It can, yeah. that’s, won’t always, sometimes it’ll stick in there for part of your audience, but YouTube’s cycling through those. And so you’re risking a short kicking out an hour long video. I would rather someone watch for an hour than 30 seconds. So, um, you’ll see browse for a little while really take off and really help some videos and then you’ll see it die off. And sometimes later it’ll come back and you’ll get a lot of views that way. But YouTube just kind of not exactly sure how it decides how to cycle this, but it’ll, it’ll cycle those videos through browse.

33:15
Does that imply then that you shouldn’t post too many videos? because don’t you want a video to stay in the browse for a while before you post the next video? You can, there’s strategies that way. The data, if you’re posting once a week, the data is really, really good that going to two times a week is going to, depends on your channel, but it can double the ad revenue that you’re bringing in. So. Really? Okay. So, and really depends on.

33:42
Again, how big your channel is, what niche you are, a few different things. But generally speaking, I would say, you know, posting two, three times a week is where most people want to be. Okay. So let’s say you, you already on a schedule to just post one long form video per week. Would you recommend posting shorts the other days on that same channel? Or would you like, would you post six shorts and one long form video, or would you post like three shorts and one long form video to give that one long form video?

34:11
a better chance. That’s a good question. I think that one I would. It’s going to come down again to the goal of the person like who’s editing the video. How much are you paying for these these shorts? If money is not the issue and your money is not the issue. No, he’s not the issue. would honestly I would test both. think the problem is not every niche performs the same. Like if you go to the short shelf right now, you’re going to see a lot of bigger channels getting more views. You’ll see some of the smaller ones sprinkled in, but it’s not like Tick Tock where

34:40
It’s not the big people getting all the views. They do pop through, but it’s a really, really even spread. Whereas YouTube, they’ve proven that these bigger channels get more views. And so we’re going to give a little bit more, you know, show time or shelf time for those bigger channels. So I, I just, I feel like people get more frustrated than anything with shorts because a combination of, you know, shorter six, 10, 15 minutes on long videos with shorts, nobody has good data.

35:10
I mean, Evan’s testing, nobody has really good data on that. That shows that it’s beneficial. So at least that I’m aware of. Can you share with me like what a large YouTuber like Evan, I think he has millions of subs, right? Pretty sure he has millions. Can you just give me some insight on how he runs his stuff? I’m sure he puts out a ton of content every day. How much content is he putting out at what frequency? Yeah, so he, I don’t know.

35:38
every working because I’m not part of that team, but he’s he’s walked me through it. Sure. You know, he’s putting on about 20 videos a day. He has many channels, many channels. So this is not one channel. Right. The thing with his is he has I’m trying to remember how many honesty, like 30 people on his team, and they’re always running tests. And so I think he has like four people dedicated to A B testing thumbnails and.

36:04
Trying to find a template that beats his current template and when that happens they go and they update all of the videos to that new template and so, know with Honey, 20,000 plus videos. I don’t know how many videos he has at this point like that once you find a template that wins seven out of ten times and you have to go update everything that is That’s full-time job for a whole lot. You’re talking about like redesigning thumbnails and titles Yep, the entire library entire library. Yep. So

36:33
One of the beautiful things and one of the things that I do help do clients is that, you know, we use a different software. TubeBuddy does have a software where you can A-B test thumbnails. And so the goal thing I would encourage everyone to do because you can revitalize an old video with a new thumbnail. You know, a thumbnail is 70 % of getting someone to click the titles. is important. That’s why earlier we were like, well, how do you rank? like, that’s like a 30%, 30, 70, instead of, you know, close to 80, 20, but you want to focus on the thumbnail. And so.

37:02
The thing that we’ve seen is you can double or triple click through rates if you get a better thumbnail, if you figure out the principles that work well for your channel. But again, to get suggested on your own content and to have that congruency, people need to know what your thumbnails look like. And so if you find a template that’s 250 % more click through rate, you know, so 2 % to 5%, you need to update everything to that.

37:28
so that it looks similar. People that have watched before might be a little confused, but likely it’s not that different. And if it’s winning seven out of 10 times, you know your viewers like that better. So. Can you give me an idea of what a decent click-through rate is? Yes and no. Okay. mean, in the niche that I’m in, for example. Yeah. So the hard thing here is that it’s all relative to the amount of impressions the video is getting. So.

37:56
If you have a double digit click through rate, I’m worried because that means likely you’re not getting a ton of impressions. It’s doing really well with your audience is generally what that’s telling me. So if you have 13 % click through rate, you’re to go look and probably your views are down. Your impressions are down. It’s showing it to your audience who’s already subscribed. The subscriber to not subscriber ratio is going to be higher for subscribed likely on that video than your average. But if you’re at 1%, I’m also concerned because that’s, that’s pretty low.

38:26
I would say generally like three to six percent is where you want to be, it three percent’s not necessarily better than six because I’ll take three percent with two million impressions over six percent with a hundred thousand impressions. So the more impressions you get, your click through rates going to go lower because YouTube is finding new audiences, but it’s art, maybe a little more art than science when it comes to that, because there’s a lot of variables that go into that. OK, well, that’s good. Three to six.

38:55
general range, anything higher than that, which means you’re probably not reaching as many people. Anything lower than that, maybe there’s a problem. And it’s funny, you mentioned the thumbnail as being the main driver and not the title. So does that imply then, then that anything that’s clickbaity should go in the thumbnail? Clickbait, I feel like there’s a really big negative connotation with clickbait because it’s like, oh, I’m gonna…

39:24
I’m going to hook you in and just not deliver good click bait is finding the best, most interesting part or something that you can provide and then delivering on whatever that promised. And so you see some of these expressive faces and thumbnails. And part of that reason is those tend to work. Um, you know, you see, you probably see a lot of people doing screenshots from the video and putting that, and it’s not this Polish. not the LinkedIn photo. Those tend to do better. And so it depends on your niche, what’s going to work well.

39:53
but you do, your brain can process a photo. It’s like 20 times faster than it processes words. And so if you have too many words on your thumbnail, people aren’t able to process and know what the video is about. And then they’re not gonna read your title because you haven’t hooked them in. So if you have a thumbnail, three to five words, it looks engaging. It’s showing them something that’s going to be in the video enough that I’m gonna read your title. That’s the whole goal. And that’s why the thumbnail is more important because I’m never gonna look at your title.

40:22
until I’ve looked at your thumbnail first. And if you don’t pass the thumbnail test, I’m scrolling past to the next video. Okay. Okay. And then I would imagine all these larger YouTubers that you work with spending an inordinate amount of time on the thumbnail and the title. Sounds like. Yes and no. I think once you figure out that template, you copy it and you go with it. If you find your click through rates, it’s odd, too high, too low.

40:48
Something’s off. And so we want to test that. We want to do AB tests. We want to look at the video, see what’s going on. Maybe, maybe your intro was just abnormally poor. Like, like there could be things going on there. would say focusing on it more than the title. Yes. Significant more emphasis placed there more time and investment. Um, but he really want to be AB testing. would say create two thumbnails for every single video and always, always, always AB test because you might have something that works. Keep, keep your style now.

41:17
but try to find one that beats it and always focus on that. Whereas titles, you can do A-B tests with titles and that is a good strategy, but I wouldn’t do that until you’ve done that with the thumbnail first. When you’re talking about templates, what exactly do you mean? So, you know, one example is Evan’s style where he has, you know, person on the right side, zoomed in on the face, you know, three to six words and emphasized certain portions of the words, different like,

41:45
You’ll see if you go look at channels, they look similar to themselves. And so they have this format of what, you know, that channel’s template looks like. If you look at yours, yours is the same. You have not all of them are exactly, but they’re similar. And that’s what I call the template is your setup. Yeah. Okay. And then how far back can you change a thumbnail and have it make a difference? All the way back. Really? So I should go in my like,

42:14
videos that haven’t gotten views in a long time and just update them is what you’re saying. Yeah, absolutely. The best, fastest, easiest way to resurrect an old video, new thumbnail. OK. And let’s say you launched your latest video and it sucks. How soon do you make changes? Yeah, so I would not change anything until at least seven days. The first seven, I mean, you’re maybe you’re emailing people about it. You’re announcing on social media.

42:42
YouTube’s testing with your audience, first seven days don’t even think about it. If you’re a smaller channel, maybe the first couple of weeks, don’t even think about it. It’s really gonna depend on how many impressions and views that gets. One of the things you’ll see in TubeBuddy is it’ll say run the test for 14 days or run it till statistically significant. Always run it until statistically significant because that means it knows with pretty good confidence which one’s going to work. Sometimes for bigger channels, two or three days.

43:12
Smaller channels, that could be months. yeah. So if you’re like updating an older videos thumbnail that doesn’t get that many views, that’s split cast to tape forever. It could. Yeah, absolutely. And I think the nice thing there, if bigger channel, older videos, likely you’re going to see a bump in those views. And so, you know, that’s that’s where someone like me comes in and it’s like, hey, here are the most important ones to focus on. Let’s let’s A B test these and and go through that. So but it’s you’ll be surprised.

43:42
at what working on your thumbnails can do for your channel. So does changing your thumbnail get YouTube to display those videos again for a little bit? Typically, it’s still testing old videos, it’s just slow. And so if it sees a bump in how many people click on it, it’s like, oh, something’s changed here, let’s test it again. Still higher. And the more momentum it gets, the more it gets tested. And so…

44:09
Like if for whatever reason people just decided to click your video more because maybe there’s a world event that makes it relevant, YouTube will show up more. It’ll take off. That’s not super likely for most videos, but changing a thumbnail can do that because it’s always testing the videos. YouTube videos live forever. That’s the beauty. Podcast, you kind of have to build your own thing. You got to push people there. know YouTube does it for you. So that’s what I love about YouTube.

44:36
I mean, I have videos that have been around for like years and they’re still getting a lot of views. I don’t have to do anything. I don’t even know how they’re, I guess I should look at the stats, but presumably a lot of it is search. Well, and it’s usually if it’s still doing well for a long time after suggested it’s a big part of that. I do have videos that it is just search and you want to try to move them over to suggest it because it’ll, it’ll go bigger. But yeah, like usually the best performing videos to really go to top 10.

45:04
for channels over a year old, I would be shocked if you didn’t have one of your oldest videos somewhere in that top 10. When you say move over to suggested, you’re implying just like a new title and thumbnail. Usually, yeah, updating thumbnail, A, B testing that you can do title. Sometimes your title really was terrible. If you’re getting a lot of search volume, though, one thing to know is that it will recategorize it. So I had a video that was doing incredibly well with search and I was trying to get it to suggestion and

45:33
Yeah, I was like, okay, let’s just see what this does. Cause it’s my channel. I’ve destroyed my channel. My channel’s the crash test of me. So, but I was like, okay, instead of thumbnail, let’s change the title and see what happens. uncategorized it. got way less views and it just, wasn’t great. I did change it back. And so it started picking back up again, which is the beauty. It used to be a lot harder for you to do that, but it picked up views again and then kind of died. it really, the thumbnail, it’s not going to affect any search.

46:03
volume, but it will get you more suggested. I’m always paranoid about making changes like in Google land for the blog, like you change like the title. mean, that could drastically affect. Yeah. Uh, I mean, SEO is everything in blog land. I guess that’s the main difference. I think that’s the hard thing because I, I’ve been doing this for a while. And when I first started, there was no YouTube, like you could not find YouTube strategy jobs. Now on LinkedIn, I see hundreds of YouTube and podcasts related to work that I could fulfill, but it’s, you know,

46:33
And I should reach out and be like, Hey, I’m on contract. But the thing here is that it’s so different. People who know Google SEO. In fact, I worked with a company like, Oh, I know Google. It’s fine. I’m like, but your channel’s not doing fine. And you can see when I came on and when I left, like it, it follows that because it’s not the same. Like it feels, it looks the same, but it’s not.

46:55
What I’ve found actually is attractive titles always trumps SEO in terms of use. But what I do is I might insert the keyword at the very end, like in parentheses or something, just so Google can index it. You have your description there. Put those keywords in that description. Make sure they’re there. If you really want to put them in the title, if it makes sense to you, go ahead. But you’re right where it’s your title is again, the more you want to suggest, the more art is than science. The science is let’s get this.

47:25
suggest like keyword research. The art here is like you’re talking about something and you want to introduce it in a way that peaks curiosity doesn’t give the answer away, but still lets them know what the video is about. And that’s, that’s not an easy thing to do. So titles are important. It is that 30%. Um, but I feel like most people, unless you have a team really doing a lot of this, focusing on the thumbnail is going to give you more bang.

47:51
So let’s wrap this up. We’ve talked about a lot of different things. Okay, brand new channel. You said start with search just to get some initial traffic and then move over to suggested. You’re suggesting long videos if you can over an hour. And then when does it make sense to do shorts? So again, this is contextual for the topic. If you’re saying like how to fix a watch, how to fix a toilet, like it’s better not be an

48:20
It’s got to be short like sure if you’re reviewing products make them, you know as long as needed but as short as possible 15 minute review on a $2,000 camera. That’s great. You don’t want an hour-long video But if you’re in the education space, you’re in the podcast thought leadership, you’re you’re bringing a message Longer is better. So it depends on your niche. I don’t think everyone should create that but if you have a message to share, absolutely

48:46
And then the shorts, guess, haven’t been around long enough, but you’re saying it just, can’t hurt to do shorts and those people can lead to longer term subscribers. Yeah. Yeah. Just know that it’s a different skillset. It’s like the difference between creating a Tik Tok video and a YouTube video. You know, we have shorts now, so it’s not quite the best comparison, but it’s a different audience. They’re looking for different things, different mindset. What mindset are you in when you’re watching a Tik Tok? What mindset are you in when you’re watching a short? Like it’s, it’s different. So it’s not going to hurt.

49:15
but just know you’re now taking on another skillset. Don’t have any expectations for it. Data shows it can help grow, but it also shows it’s probably more of a vanity metric than actually getting people to do the thing you want them to do. But test it for yourself. Some people really are going to crush it with shorts, but I’ve seen that to be more the exception than the rule. Interesting, yeah. So I can tell you from my experience of selling courses, a lot of people say they found me through TikTok.

49:43
And then they came to my site and they just started consuming all the content like TikTok plus YouTube and whatnot. So I do think it’s good from a top of funnel standpoint because you get like masses of people, but I mean, the quality isn’t as good, obviously. Yeah. Well, I’m in a group of 60 coach creators for TikTok. The thing with TikTok is it’s a different platform. So if I’m on TikTok, there’s this expectation. But if I’m on YouTube watching shorts,

50:14
I’m a different type of content consumer. If I’m on YouTube watching one hour videos, I can’t watch one hour videos on TikTok. And so it is a different pool, so to speak. So it can work. they, I mean, they’re making five figures a month selling courses and coaching and things like that. Most of these people in this group, so that can work. It’s just, if you’re on YouTube and you’re avoiding long form videos, likely you’re the, I only want short content on TikTok and I only want short content anywhere else. Right. Yeah.

50:43
There’s just so many changes right now. guess it’s hard to predict. But shorts don’t make any money either from ads, right? They’re going to, starting 2023. I think you’ll see that it’s not as significant as YouTube AdSense. My goal for AdSense on YouTube is for it to pay for your team. I want that to pay for everyone working on your social, your editor, like everything, and for you to able to scale.

51:09
I don’t think shorts are gonna make a huge dent in that. might if you’re getting millions of views. Nobody knows what that’s gonna look like quite yet, but I don’t see it being able to even touch what an hour long video AdSense can do. Yeah, but it should help you get that gold plaque. It can. It absolutely can. And one thing here is the silver plaque, the gold plaque, it’s amazing. Like that is great goal.

51:36
But is that your goal? If that’s your goal, you want to make different content. You want to be more general. You want to do things that more people are going to want to watch. If you’re trying to sell a course, if you’re to build a clientele, be okay with like, I’ve made, you know, tens of thousands of dollars with a channel that has like 2k subscribers. that’s what your goal. Yeah. I mean, I, I just realized I’m kind of limiting myself reach wise by just talking more on e-commerce topics. And if I just talked about like personal development or something, it could be a lot bigger, but you’re right.

52:07
It’s this battle between ego versus what works, right? So Zach, this is very helpful, So happy that I met you at selling scale. I should go to more events because every time I go to an event, I always meet someone cool. And how lucky was it that I was sitting next to you at a Gary Vee? I mean, I guess I have to go watch Gary Vee again now. Yeah. We missed like half of it. Yeah, exactly. But I’d rather talk to you actually than listen.

52:36
appreciate that. Zach, if anyone wants to reach you for your services or find you, where can they find you? Yeah, so LinkedIn at Zach Mitchum is probably the easiest way to find me. You can find my YouTube channel. Like I said, it’s Crash Test channel. So there’s good stuff on there. Just don’t don’t judge my results based on that because it’s Tesla. Thanks. We are video makers. We can find me there. But on LinkedIn, I share my best tips. I have a newsletter on there and you can get on my email list. So let’s start there.

53:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now just to give you an update on my YouTube channel, last month I made $29,000 on just AdSense ads alone. So from a content perspective, I would say that blogging and YouTube are excellent channels to make money online if you can get through the slog. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 434. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023.

53:34
I really want to hang out with you guys in person next year, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

54:02
Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

433: How A Partnership Nightmare Destroyed A $10M Blog With Jeff Rose

433: Partnerships Gone Wrong And How Content Creation Has Evolved With Jeff Rose

Today I have my good friend Jeff Rose back on the show after 7 years and a lot has changed since we last spoke. His partners have changed, his strategies have changed and the content business has changed.

Jeff runs the popular blog GoodFinancialCents.com, a popular YouTube Channel called Wealth Hacker that has 380K subscribers and a portfolio of other websites in the finance space.

In this episode, we have a candid discussion about his failed partnerships and what it takes to make money with content today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to be successful in content creation
  • Why Jeff’s partnerships failed and how to prevent this from happening to you
  • The best content medium to make money today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Critter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. The day I my good friend and mastermind buddy, Jeff Rose, back on the show after seven years and a lot has changed. His partners have changed, the content game has changed, and we’re going to discuss how to be successful in content creation today. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year

00:29
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, and we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance.

00:57
Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food, and help each other with our businesses. The Sello Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. This is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:25
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source in my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash steve and try it for free.

01:55
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T-I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my buddy Jeff Rose back on the show. He was actually last on the podcast in episode 25. And he was actually one of my coveted first guests that I had when I actually launched my entire podcast. I think this was back in 2014, I want to say. He owns the popular blog, Good Financial Sense. He has a popular YouTube channel called Wealth Hacker that has 380,000 subscribers.

02:54
And he’s got all sorts of other projects going on that I can’t really keep track of. so Jeff is a good friend. He’s actually my mastermind group and we’re going to talk about how his businesses have evolved over the years. We’re going to talk about partnerships, uh, some of the successes and failures and learning lessons, Steve learning lessons, learning lessons, learning lessons, what it takes to make money with content today. So how’s it going, Jeff? Glad to have you back. man. Episode guess 25. I feel so special.

03:24
Yeah, first year. I mean, I didn’t have you back on since I don’t know if that says anything, but I think you asked me several times. I’m like, that’s what it was. That’s why I didn’t have you back. So it’s been holy crap. Seven years that long like the obviously I didn’t ruin your podcast. So that’s good. I feel I don’t feel guilty about that. So you’re doing something right. Awesome. So are you still running good financial sense?

03:52
Yeah. So good financial sense is my personal finance blog that I started back in 2008. Lord. the grandfather of blogging. OG, right? OG. Yeah. And for those that I’m sure I mentioned on that first podcast, but for those that don’t know the story, you really quickly that the blog was started as a marketing tool for my financial planning practice. was a practicing financial advisor for 16 years.

04:18
uh, went independent and like, man, get to market myself differently. So I didn’t know, I didn’t know what that meant. And then I discovered what a blog was. And this is before my space Facebook, all that fun stuff. And that’s what I did. And then, um, ended up meeting a fellow friend in this mastermind group you mentioned, uh, things Ryan Ganaugh, and he was actually the first online person that I talked in real life. And it was that conversation that we were both deployed to Iraq. He was in the air force. I was in the army national guard. So we had that common bond.

04:49
And he confided in me how much he was making from his websites. And it’s one of these stores I’ll never forget because I was driving. This is beforehand, free driving. And when he shared with me how much he was making, I about ran off the road because at that time I’d been blogging for about a year and had some success like getting some clients and stuff, but I didn’t even know. I didn’t know that making money from a website was a thing. And when he shared like how much he was making, I was then determined to figure it out.

05:16
And that led to my first Google assets check of like $152. And then it just grew from there. I didn’t know that Ryan, maybe I just wasn’t listening or paying attention back in episode 25. I didn’t know Ryan was the start of it all. Yeah, it was. And I mean, the funny thing, the cool thing about that whole story was like, this was going back to 2009.

05:38
And we talked on the phone and then we met at different conferences and at this point in time. So Ryan used to live, I think a suburbs of Chicago for a while. I used to live in the Southern part of Illinois. Well, now Ryan is actually my neighbor. He moved to Nashville area and literally lives down the road. Like I just walked by his house this morning when I took my puppies on a walk. that’s where so come full circle. It’s just kind of funny. That’s awesome. That’s awesome. Hey, you know, I was going to ask you, since you’re on like practically every medium possible, if you were to start lower again, what would you do?

06:08
blog, YouTube, podcast, TikTok? I would, I would definitely do YouTube. Um, and I guess I would do TikTok even though I’m not on TikTok, but I think you to any sort of video, I believe, um, let’s just think YouTube you’re allow, it allows you to showcase yourself as an expert. You know, if you can talk about it also look confident as you’re talking about it. But, I would also have a blog, some sort of,

06:36
content to drive people back to. see a lot of podcasters, YouTubers that are had success in those platforms. And then now we’re like, well, how do I keep people engaged? Um, but yeah, I think YouTube, just whenever I made, I think like three different stints on YouTube, like the initial, like, Oh, I’m going to start YouTube channel. And then I know what I was doing. And then three years later, I did it again and had some success. Then I tried it again and completely bombed. And the fourth attempt is when I had.

07:04
I felt like really good growth up until like the COVID stretch. But man, like once, once you kind of get in YouTube’s good graces, man, all of sudden people, it was funny because like I’ve been blogging for gosh, like 15 years and all of a sudden like people on YouTube are like just discovering me for the first time and they’re like, oh wow, like you’re an expert. I’m like, yeah, I know I’ve been doing this for over a decade, you know, but it’s just because just another platform that allows people to discover you. And if you hit the algorithm right, I mean, you can reach a lot of people pretty quick.

07:34
I’m always a fan of any Google property because I feel like you just write something once or produce something once and then you get traffic for life, right? Compared to like Facebook and Instagram and to a certain extent TikTok, guess, where you produce one thing and you got to, it goes away after like a day and then you got to produce something again. It’s more like a hamster.

07:55
All right, so I want to talk about the good stuff now. So let’s let’s let’s catch us up on good financial sense since the last time we had talked. I know that you’ve had a couple of partnerships over the years, and I thought it’d be just interesting for the listeners to understand what happened with your businesses and what lessons you learned in the process of having different partnerships over the years. Yeah. Lesson learned. Let’s catch up. Like what happened? Like so I actually don’t even know the story.

08:24
So why did you even bother taking on a partner? You were going great by yourself for the longest time. Yeah. So basically what happened was I, you know, had the financial planning practice. Uh, that was, mean, that thing was growing. It was great. Then I had good financial sense. Also had like a companion life insurance site and going back, I’m going to say like 2015, 14, 15, I tried hiring a few different contractors to help with the affiliate side of things. Um, yeah.

08:53
A lot of hits and misses. And at that point in time, I grew both sites making around 16,000, I think 16,500 was kind of like where I reached that peak. I ended up discovering or getting introduced to a guy, SEO guy who like looked at the sites. He’s like, dude, you should be making at least, at least six figures a month based off of your domain authority, uh, all these things. Right. And I remember him telling me this. like, yeah, right. I didn’t believe it.

09:21
And, uh, he believed it so much that he made this, uh, this offer that basically said, listen, you know, this 16 five will be our base. Anything over and above that, like if you want to work together, like we’ll split it, uh, 50 50 and, and I’ll put in all the work. Like, so it’s like, okay, I get to keep everything that I’m making right now and anything over that, you know, we’re going to split. Like it was really one of those deals that how could I say no? Cause I knew at that point in time I’d reached.

09:50
My capacity on how to grow to a further point. Cause I, I liked writing. love content creation SEO. I like it to an extent, but as far as like affiliate management, all that crap, like I just, that just sucks the life out of me. So we started working together and we didn’t have any official partnership at that time. It was just a handshake agreement. Oh, really? I didn’t know that. Okay. Yeah, that was so everything was like in good faith and.

10:19
After it took around six months and we went from 16, five, like the 25,000 and then the 30,000. And I recall it was probably about a year, about a year and a half. We finally hit that $100,000 a month. And it was pretty quick looking back. mean, it happened really quick and all of sudden, bam, we’re there. And I think together we’d, uh, I think we were making.

10:47
140, 150 a month was like our peak. And that’s awesome. Right. Like, and I’m at this point, I am literally doing nothing with the site. Like I would come up with ideas every once in a while. Uh, he had an agency, so he was handling the SEO. He was handling the content as far as like content ideas. I think I was still doing the podcast at the time. Um, maybe a little bit of video, but it really like, I wasn’t doing much of anything.

11:17
move on with the story. Can you kind of tell me what he was doing? Yeah, so a lot of it was kind of site reorganization. So like I had all this content and just kind of basically restructuring the site so that Google could easily crawl the site and make sense of what it was. So there was a lot like that was a huge undertaking. Appropriate backlinks, you know, internal linking was a big thing. And just like identifying like, hey, so we are trying to rank for

11:46
Let’s say we used to run for best life insurance companies as an example. So you’d kind of have like that parent mother post. And then from there you’d have review posts of all the different insurance companies. And just the way that those were written, how they were linked, that that’s what his team was doing. They’re also all SEO, these games, all SEO. And also they started reaching out to different affiliate partners and getting bumps. And like there was one time, I think Lending Club and that used to be a,

12:16
One of our top affiliates, you know, I was making, if I remember it was like $40. And then he worked out a deal where we ended up getting like up to 75 bucks or a hundred dollars. Wow. You know, and these are just like simple phone calls, right? Like phone calls that I wouldn’t have made just because I, I wasn’t in it in the weeds enough to know like, man, we’re driving a lot of conversion. Let’s ask for more. And we did. So like all of sudden, you know, we start getting bumps and increases like that.

12:41
Uh, he worked out deal. were getting life insurance leads and, he was finding buyers for these leads, uh, and then talking to other insurance affiliates, you know, getting a, let’s go this route. Let’s do this route. And just kept trying to find different ways to increase. Um, and also did a lot of on page optimization. So I remember there was one, one post that like, I think we made like $500 a month from this one article and just by

13:08
tweaking the way the layout, adding the affiliate at a certain spot. You know, we went from making $500 on that article to the next month. made like $5,000. Okay. So, mean, there was, so it was a lot, you know, and he was, he was in the weeds, you know, on the site and just like, would just text me, you know, random hours of the day, like, Hey, I found this. And, uh, it was like a lot of fun. You know, we had a lot of fun growing it. And, um, so all this like,

13:37
You know, it went from like, gosh, we’ll never get to a hundred thousand to not only did we get there now, now we’re like, where, can we grow this thing? You how can we scale this? And so that’s, that is where, uh, I wasn’t the fun, the fun ended, but that’s when, uh, that’s when the shift started to happen. Let me ask you a couple of questions before you go on. Uh, I know you had a bunch of courses along the way.

14:04
Was that split as well or is that not even counted in his revenue? So if there was one, one of the things that I didn’t enjoy about the way that we were working together was he was all about SEO, a hundred percent SEO affiliates. And like he didn’t want, he didn’t care about growing an email list. Um, he didn’t even care about courses that much. And so anything that was to potentially promote like a course or

14:32
grow that email list. Like he was, I mean, his point of view was like, man, SEO is working. Let’s not do anything to rock the boat. Okay. And, so that whole, yeah, messaging, I was like, man, I don’t want to break anything. Everything is working. So the only course at that time I was doing a course for financial advisors and that was nothing was even on the blog about that. So that was the one that I was doing on the side, but once again, it had really nothing to do with.

15:02
GFC. Okay. All right. So things are going great. You’re making $140,000 a month. That’s a lot of money. lot of money. And like I said, I had a financial planning practice. I was grossing between about $400,000 a year. So I mean, between the two, like things are very good in the Rose household. And at some point, we got contacted by another outfit that wanted to initially buy us out.

15:30
And like the offer was like 10 million. I was like, no, like I’m, I’m good. You know, like I had no, no reason to sell. I still loved what I did and what we were doing. And once we declined that offer, they ended up wanting to fly in and meet with us. And this point in time, I had moved to the Nashville area, was living in Illinois, moved to Nashville. And after, um, actually at that point meeting with them, they, we had a.

15:57
auto insurance page that we were ranking, not number one, but like two or three. And that article I believe was making us around $5,000 a month. Um, so not too bad. So this, this outfit that was interested in buying us out initially, completely strategic move, which I totally love, like, I love how they did this. They offered to lease that page from us. So just that one URL and they were willing to pay $15,000 a month.

16:26
Uh, basically had take any leads, any traffic from that one page. So they put all their ads, all that stuff on there. So whenever they came to meet with us, um, because when we say, Hey, we’re not interested in selling, then they were interested in possibly buying like a minority stake. They should, they shared with us like that page that they were leasing out, uh, for 15 grand. They actually made 45,000 from that page. Wow. Okay. So it’s like.

16:56
We’re making five, they’re paid as 15, but they were making 45,000. And that’s when it was just that idea of like, Oh, okay. We only know what we know. Um, is there some sort of proprietary, you know, knowledge experience, uh, that they have connections that could potentially row the site that much more. And.

17:24
So whenever we started just like kind of doing the math and just thinking about what it would take to scale to the next level, I didn’t really care about selling, you know, minority state to get a check, although that was enticing at the time, but it was also, it was looked at, man, this is a potential very like a strategic partnership. And so there was like a nice slide deck that said that we could go from like we were 150.

17:52
We would be up to like 400 a month within six months and then 1.2 mil within a year of us starting to work together. A month. A month. Correct. Yeah. 1.2 mil a month. Crazy. We’ll have that slide deck. I don’t want to ruin the ending or anything, but the 1.2 mil a month never happened. Wait, you saved that to the end. People are going to stop listening right My My bad.

18:17
I promise you there’s other good stuff worth hanging onto for the, you’re interested in partnerships and whatnot to do. But, um, but I will say that. So yes. So slide deck, see these numbers, knowing that the page that they’re leasing from us is making nine, nine times more than what we’re making. That’s like, yeah. Um, let’s, let’s, let’s talk, you know, let’s talk about, you know, working together in some capacity and,

18:46
That’s when we started to do that. But in order, in order for them, and they only, they, they wanted to have obviously some skin in the game. So they wanted to buy a minority stake and there was a percentage that they were interested in. But at this point in time, re rewinding, we’re just as a reminder, I don’t have a formal partnership with my current partner. Everything is a handshake agreement. Um, so that at that point I have to make.

19:14
Uh, some very important decisions on how to handle this and what the choice I ended up making was I ended up giving my partner, uh, 45 % equity. And looking back, I don’t regret that. I still don’t. I feel like I grew it to where it was, uh, together we grew it to 150 a month and I felt like that he earned it. Right. But the, but the agreement also was.

19:44
I’m going to give you this, give you the equity, like then it’s on you to continue to do SEO. So it wasn’t like, Hey, you’re going to get this as like all the sweat equity you put into it. That’s part of it. But also, you know, you have to continue to maintain that ongoing until we ended up selling. So that was the other part of it. that on paper at that point or no? That was.

20:13
gosh, was that on paper? don’t By the way, real quick, I have to know. So this person that you worked with and you gave 45 % to, before you guys started working together, were you guys good friends? Like, did you know that you could trust this guy or was it some kind of random guy that you’d met? How we initially met was through another online contact of mine. And initially when he contacted me, he reached out to me because at that time he had three kids, he was working his butt off, like constantly stressed, and he reached out this-

20:42
mutual acquaintance of ours and say, man, like, I’m just stressed. Like, you know, just need some help. He’s like, Oh, you need to talk to Jeff Rose. Cause all I know is like, Jeff is a family guy and he’s always taking these free days. Um, you know, always taking time off and like, just need to talk to him. So initially when he reached out, it was kind of like this mentoring coaching thing. And then when I told him about the website, that’s when he SEO guy goes on Semrush or HREV and starts looking at it. And then it’s just like, Oh, wow. Yeah. So.

21:12
But over that time, like we didn’t like spend family time together, but like we talked often, you know, he came to Illinois, he drove to visit me a few times. Like I went to his place and Anderson met with his, his team. like we had a lot of interaction. Uh, over that five year period. Yeah. I mean, there was so many opportunities that looking back, like, I mean, he, yeah, I had no reason not to trust him. Got it. Okay.

21:40
So, so far, everything’s still going great. It sounds like, then you give him is, is, yeah, is going great. And, um, we go pretty quickly, 150 to 200, 200 to 400, uh, a month and everything is just awesome. And then I’ll call him the OG partner. That’s like the easiest way, not the, new, the new outfit, but the OG partner. He, and I’m like, we’re paying, you know, distribution into the business, all that good stuff. And then he starts asking me.

22:10
to contribute over and above what I was already committed to doing. And I’m thinking, man, we’re making a lot of money. Yeah. Like I’m, I’m okay reinvesting back into the business. Um, you know, I ran it by my wife and there was something about it that she didn’t feel comfortable with. Uh, man, for any men listening to this, like listen to your wives, like they, they do have some discernment. Yeah. They might not understand like basic business principles.

22:39
But man, like they get character and there was just something about it that she didn’t feel comfortable with. So she encouraged me to dig, push, um, and just remember like, this is your, this is your site. You know, like you gave him equity of your site. Um, you can ask some questions. So the question that I asked was where

23:06
What are we investing our money into right now? Or where are we spending our money right now? That was the question. And the response that I got was, it doesn’t matter. We’re making money. In a roundabout way, I don’t have time to share everything that’s going on.

23:27
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

23:57
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

24:25
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

24:38
So you didn’t know what your expenses were at this point? Like you were really hands off. I had no clue. Like I knew that he was growing his team. I knew that we had, uh, he had new hires like his, when we started working together, it was him, another partner and two employees. So there’s four of them at this point. If I’m trying remember exactly, there was probably around 10 to 15 people at his agency.

25:08
But the checks are keeping coming into your account, right? Oh my gosh. Yeah. Like that. I still can, all the checks would come through me first and then I would then pay out, you know, distributions on, top of that. So I was, I had controlled the checkbook. Like I said, we went from around 16, five to one 50. Now we’re like three to 400 a month. Okay. It’s, know, like it was hard to not question anything. Um, so like,

25:38
I was making so much that I’m like, obviously I don’t need all that money. So yeah, reinvesting back into the site. at this, around this time too, I still have the text message just saved. You know, he really, he was very ambitious that we were looking at a hundred, a hundred million dollar exit. Like that was the number that he felt that we could get. And there was like some other sites that sold, you know, that you could definitely, it wasn’t unrealistic, you know, to think that.

26:05
So when he’s asking me to reinvest, like I almost felt like in a weird way, I felt guilty by saying no, right? Because all this work that he’s doing. But then I didn’t say no. Initially, I just said, Hey, well, I would just like to know where are we spending our money? You know, is it on SEO? Is it on content? Like what’s the strategy? You know, if we’re going to grow this thing to a hundred million exit, like how do we know where to invest our money? Like what’s working, you know, like

26:35
I felt like very simple questions, you know, that a partner could ask his other partner of a business that I gave the equity to, but I got, I got the run around, you know, and then he finally, um, he finally gave me a spreadsheet of like the employees, their salaries. And then my wife started doing a little bit of digging and it was like,

27:02
He’s even on the actual salaries is like, just went on glass door to find like what the, the range of what a graphic designer makes. And it was just like, it was, he didn’t know that was a thing, man. Like he, he didn’t know how much he was, how much his team, how much he was spending on the site. Uh, also during this time he took on other sites in the space, which he did ask my permission on a few of them.

27:31
And say, Hey, are you okay if I’m working with so-and-so? And I’m like, yeah, I am. Like they’re a good friend. and like we were interesting, right? Like personal finance bloggers, like if we’re in this, like this mastermind, many of us have sites, they’re all competing against each other. But yet like we’ve all been willing to share like what’s working. So like that, wasn’t, uh, extraordinary for him to ask that. And for me to say, yeah, I would love, you know, if he’s ranking number one on number two, great. If I’m one, he’s too great. Like we’re all happy with that.

28:00
But then like, then there was another site that he took on that he didn’t tell me until after the fact. Um, and that was another red flag. But then when it came down to his unwillingness to share how much he was spending, um, I’ll never forget this man. Like I had, it was the first of a few very hard conversations I had to have with him. And basically letting him know that I would not be.

28:30
I would not be reinvesting anymore back into the site other than the amount that I agreed to. And I’m sure my heart rate was like a 160 having this conversation. And so I let him know, and that was like, I’m going to say in the fall of whatever year that was. Before you get the punchline, I just need to know some numbers here. So reinvest, you were making 400K a month. Were you talking about reinvesting most of that or just a small portion of that? Yeah. So like I,

28:58
I don’t remember exactly how much, but he was asking me to like throw in an extra like 25 to 50 K a month. Okay. So you were still making 150 K a month even after all that. Okay. Still plenty of money by, by any means. Okay. Yeah. Oh, absolutely. And like, and it wasn’t that I couldn’t afford it. Like I was, I was more than willing to do it, but I was never presented with here is where that w here’s what that money is going to do. Right.

29:27
Got it. was no, there was zero strategy. Like there was zero transparency. It was a, I remember it was a, if I know if I’m going to invest X and I’m going to get X in return, does it really matter what I’m investing into? Like that it was like, yeah, it does. Cause I want to know, like I want to know what, where we’re spending our money. And if it works, it works. If not, then like, mean,

29:56
You’re not an independent contractor. You’re not a consultant. Like you’re a partner. This is what partners do. Yeah. So once again, things are great and

30:10
After I informed him that I would not be contributing any more than I’d already agreed to within three months, three to four months of that, he informed me that he wanted out.

30:26
And that’s when I was like, what? What, what do you mean you want out? Like I just gave you equity. You just got a big fat check for the equity. We’re making the most money we’ve ever made. Like you’re still making more money, even after selling the equity and getting a smaller payout. you’re, you’re still making more than you ever had. I have texts from you like a few months ago saying we’re going to exit for a hundred million. And you want to get out now? Like it.

30:54
It just, something just felt completely off. then, and I kept asking him, kept asking him, and I never actually didn’t get a straight answer. don’t think technically I’ve never got a straight answer. Um, and it, it, it, it sucked. And at that point I was just, I was, I was angry. I was hurt. But at that point I didn’t want to let him out because going back, so these new partners.

31:23
I didn’t really know them that well. Um, I just met them. Like I was more concerned about them, screwing me over then than him. So whenever it’s like, just, you’re the one that, you know, he helped kind of facilitate like them coming in and like he had at that point had a better relationship with them. Like I don’t only met them a few times. So it’s like, kind like he set us up and then he’s, he’s out and everything just felt so off to us.

31:50
So finally I got on a call with the new partner and talked to CEO and that, definitely helped. Um, but initially it was like, I wasn’t going to let him out. And that was because once again, I didn’t give you equity for the work you did up until then it was that, and that you’re going to continue to perform until this thing, until we sell. So it’s like, you’re getting, you just got your money. Now you’re out. Like, no, like you still got to do the SEO. Like that’s why, and then that, that part was in.

32:19
the contract. So that that was written in that he will continue to perform SEO services until a liquidation event. So I think I maybe answered you wrongly earlier, but that was written into the contract. What does it mean to be out? Like he wanted you to buy him out? He be buy him out. Anybody buy him out. He’s going to sell anybody. He just wanted out. Right. Are you going to tell us why? I honestly like I still don’t.

32:49
I still don’t know. Really? Okay. Wow. All I, all I know is, that when I decided that I was not going to pay him any more than I agreed to, he then lost another friend of mine, lost his business, like the contract that he was paying. Um, and all of a sudden that’s when it was like a house of cards. So I just, I can only speculate. I know that he was getting into real estate.

33:18
pretty heavily, like the building that he was in, it was like a coworking space that they had renovated. And I believe that he just overextended himself. So he was asking, this is my theory. He was asking money from me not to reinvest back into business. It was to make payments on all these different investments properties that he was in. whenever he lost that from me, it lost his other person.

33:48
He began to lose, basically lost his business. Like it went, it unraveled really quick. So what, uh, so what happened then? How did you deal with this? Um, it sucked, man, because like we had this relationship where, mean, we would text, we would call. Um, and then we ended up having a face to face where he flew in, we met Nashville, the CEO of the new partner flew in. And like, I had this complete vision of like,

34:17
I’m just asking you to do SEO, like what you enjoy doing, what you love doing. I’ll, we’ll handle the affiliate side. I’ll handle content direction. Like I had it all mapped out. Like here’s our strategy. And the response still was, I don’t get it. I don’t get it. Like what’s not to get? Like you’re doing SEO. Like that’s what you’ve been doing for the last five years. Like that’s all you have to do. Like, and I could just, he wasn’t, it wasn’t the same guy.

34:44
You know, it just felt like I was talking to a complete stranger and my wife was there too. And she’s like, Oh man, I don’t know. I don’t know what’s going on. And even he had a, partner that also was. He was in the site too. Like they had worked together for a while. He was an older guy and then talking to him and he even shared, he’s like, honestly, he’s like, I don’t know what’s going on. Um, there’s obviously something, but I, I, I don’t know. Um, so at that point, the reality of, okay.

35:14
Do we really want him in because he’s, he’s not there and something’s going on. Uh, so it went from like not letting him out to, okay, now we’ll let you out. Uh, so we began this process and at this point in time, we all we’re dealing with attorneys. Like we’re not even talking anymore. And this went on for almost nine months, went from like January up until like August. And remember his whole tune at this point was like, he wants out, he wants out, doesn’t want to do anymore.

35:43
And then we have all the paperwork drawn up. All he has to do is sign. And then it becomes like, Oh no, I changed my mind. I want back in. I’m ready to grow this thing. Like, what do you mean? Like for the last nine months after paying, after telling us that you don’t want any, don’t want this at all. You want out, no interest. I’ve already paid an attorney a lot of money to have all this drawn up. Not to mention like all the calls and everything to get this set up. And, uh, like it doesn’t work that way, man.

36:13
Like doesn’t work. Like you want it out, like you’re out. And so then from like August up until January of the following year was when he finally signed everything. And the unfortunate outcome of all that is for that 13 months or so of us, like trying to keep them in, trying to get them out. the, the site wasn’t, didn’t have the same attention to detail like that. He was once giving.

36:42
Um, so we revenue after hitting a high in, uh, yeah, after hitting a high, I remember after hitting a high, like I’m almost like, it was just over $400,000 within three months. I don’t know this is the same year, but I know like COVID also had a, had a, had a bit of a play as well factor. We ended up having like the lowest month that we’d had in like the previous three years. So imagine like the emotional roller coaster of hitting a record high.

37:11
All-time high, three months, 90 days later, having the worst month in the last three years. Like would have lost it. Yeah, I almost did. I mean, it was almost this, what the, what just happened? Um, and I know what happened. It was like, it just wasn’t being cared for. Um, so that was, that was it, you know, and, um, he is, he was, he got bought out because he waited.

37:41
because he balked at that first time, uh, the amount that he ended up getting was a lot less than what he would have got because revenues continue to trend downward. Um, like I still don’t know what the play was. I don’t know what he was trying to do then. It completely backfired and, um, yeah. And last I’ve heard, um, I finally did hear from him and want to be sensitive. Like, let me just say this, man. Like I went through a phase where I, I mean, all the roller coasters, right? Like.

38:11
What I went from what the, know what, who are you? What are you doing? Uh, then I blamed him. I had so much resentment towards him and anger towards him. And then finally, just like having to truly forgive him, um, knowing that there’s something going on that he didn’t feel comfortable sharing. Uh, obviously he was, uh, not in a, in a good emotional spot. And I had to get to a point where I had to forgive him.

38:40
And I did, you know, I prayed for him and his family and he had three kids. And, um, and that just to get to peace, you know, for me, um, because I was like, I blame myself a lot. Like I blame myself for allowing it to happen. Um, but like, also had to forgive myself. Like looking back, like I didn’t have any reason to question five year track record. Yeah. All time, you know, hitting these record highs, no inkling like

39:09
meeting like his team and like his sister worked with him and, uh, he just had a lot of similar relationships with people that I knew that trusted him as well. I mean, it was one of those, like we were all shocked. Um, so he literally went from having this agency with like over 25 employees who completely losing the entire agency. Um, and just recently I learned that he is divorced. Uh, he lost his family, uh, lost everything.

39:38
Uh, and so getting out, like, just looked back and I thought, man, if I would have like forced him to stay in, like it could have brought me down too. So getting him out when we did, uh, truly was a blessing, but it took me a long while to get to that. See now that I heard the whole story, which I’d never heard before, uh, I don’t know how, what I would have done differently. I mean, it seems like, what did you learn from?

40:07
from all of this actually? Yeah, man, that’s a great question. I you would have done it all over again, right? I mean, everything was great. You went from 16.5 to 400K. Yeah. I guess if I would have done it differently, you know, like going back to, I went through this coaching program called Strategic Coach and I will say if there’s anything, I kind of had this persona of, look at me. You know, I am,

40:35
Outsourcing, I’m delegating, I’m operating my unique ability, passive income. Uh, but looking back, I could have been more involved with the team. Um, I could have at least had like monthly calls, weekly calls, uh, just to understand more, like, what are we doing? Um, so that I could ask just better questions, like, cause right now in the process of building out my own team, like, I don’t want to do all these things, right. But I want to have a.

41:05
decent enough understanding in the event that something’s not getting done the way that it should, that I feel confident. But like, I was so far removed that anytime that I would ask any question, like I almost feel like I didn’t have a voice to ask a question because I was like, oh no, we’re doing this. We got this. Like, don’t worry, blah, blah, blah. know, SEO, I know SEO obviously look at my track record. So I, and it was great.

41:34
Like when I, when I’m literally sitting back collecting checks, doing nothing, that, was the case. Um, but I definitely wish that I would have been a little bit more involved, just, um, have a better understanding. It’s probably the only thing that I would have changed. But, uh, because like I had, like had at one time, gosh, I think there was probably at least like five or six different people, maybe more that were working on the site. And, um, you know, just to have that, like to them, it was, I’ll say his side, but like it was my side, but he was the one that was like,

42:03
the voice, you know, that the point of contact. So we didn’t have a lot of contact. So I think. Yeah, I just would like to have been more involved in the process. You know, what’s funny about this about your story is. I actually get terrified. When I don’t know where the money is coming from. Like collecting checks would actually make me lose sleep at night for doing nothing. And maybe it’s just like because I’m paranoid.

42:29
But at this point you weren’t controlling your site, right? Which means he had full login and admin access to your site, right? Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. And maybe just to give another, another piece of the, the, of the puzzle is, and like, I’ve shared this with you, our, youngest son, um, who has some behavioral things that we’ve been working through during this period, like, uh, moving to Nashville, like that was one of the reasons we moved. was other reasons, but one of the other reasons we moved was because

42:59
We needed to find him help that we were not getting in Illinois. We went through three different therapists, moved to Nashville, found somebody nine months going nowhere. And it, he needed help. Like our family was on the brink of destruction. So I also use that time of like, you know, looking back, him doing what he did allowed me that time to find the help that my son needed, um, which we ended up during this whole stretch we did.

43:28
You we ended up finding therapists for him and like, he’s made huge strides. So like, that’s the other part that I sometimes forget when I get angry at myself. It like, Oh yeah. Like it wasn’t like you were in this perfect spot. Like you were in this utopia. Everything was great. Like on the business side. Yeah. But man, like at home, like there was a lot of struggle getting him help. Um, which we did. And, you know, so I look back and like, gosh, like I could be angry at him, but also like,

43:57
during that stress that allowed me to be present with my son and my wife and my kids to get help my family needed. So anyway, that’s another piece that sometimes I forget and looking back like, gosh, like I’m so glad that I had that time. mean, I don’t know if I would have done anything differently. So let me ask you this for everyone who’s listening out there, there’s actually another partnership, which I presume was that new one that that didn’t go as well as you would have liked either. mean, it was that the same situation.

44:27
Cause it’s working. It’s almost like are all partnerships like destined to change at some point? Yeah. You know, it’s like, I’ve really tried to like compare this like to marriage, right? Cause like, know, you get married, no kids, you know, it’s like the honeymoon phase, like you’re having sex like every other day, you know, you’re, you’re going out to eat all the time. Uh, and then you have a kid and everything changes and you have another kid and maybe another kid.

44:55
And you know, your marriage, like it changes, you know, like the things that you do for fun, your interests, like all that changes. Um, so the thing that I’m with a partnership is like things evolve, things change. And, know, we had, I feel like I had everything for the most part in order in the contract, but I think one thing I would, I would.

45:19
takeaway is, you know, each year at least maybe every other year is like reviewing that contract and just asking those hard questions. Like what if, you know, what if something happens hard to do that when things are good. Yeah. But, that’s, you know, looking back, that’s if there’s anything that I would change with that. Um, but I think the biggest lesson that I’m learning now, because with the new partner, we’ve been together almost three years now, actually over three years now. And then I’m in the process of actually

45:49
buying them out. So all of this whole partnership thing of having partners, uh, now is actually, I’m taking it all back over to become the sole owner again. And, and I’m sure you’ve heard this time and time again, you know, no one, no one is ever going to love your baby as much as you do. And that’s basically what I have learned. Like initially I felt like that first partner did. Yeah. I feel like he did. And then all of sudden it’s like, you’re

46:18
You had a good looking kid, but like, want more, I want more kids like this one. So I’m going go out and find others. And now he, so he wanted that. So he didn’t have that same attraction, you know, that I did like for my baby. So now, and that’s, that’s what I’ve experienced with the current partner. It’s just, um, they don’t have the same love also too. They have other things that they have in their business that are growing exponentially and working out very well. So I get it. Like that’s where I would spend my time if I were them. So I can’t be angry for that.

46:47
Was it going back to like GFC is my thing. You know, I launched it back in 08. I still own it. I’m so passionate about it. And I get to reinvest my time and energy back into it. Um, and try to impact as many people as I can. Like that was the marketing tool was, was there, but also behind that was like this deep desire, um, having a financial background where my, my dad died, you he passed away, had a heart attack. Uh, when he died, he had a negative net worth.

47:15
Like he actually owed more than he was worth. And just like, when I think about that, like, gosh, like that’s what a sad way to go, you know, just knowing. Cause like I, I always tell people like he had a heart attack, but man, like if his death, his true cause of death was the stress that he had from all his credit card debt and having to manage trying to take a cash advance on this card to make the minimum payment on this one. mean, every single month he was stressed out about that. And.

47:44
I didn’t want that. I want to prevent other people from encountering that. want my kids to have to go through that. So it’s like going back to just the mission of wanting to help people. And if that means that, cause right now, mean, full transparencies. So the site is making about 50, about 50,000 a month right now. It’s a lot. Yeah. I mean, it’s like, I will, it’s, I say that and like, there’s this, like, I’m grateful for that, but there’s still that little.

48:13
hard means to think, yeah, but you remember when you’re making 400,000, remember when you’re making 150? Yeah. Yeah. I can, yeah, I can see that. the truth is, that, uh, you know, and like, still, I sold my punch plan practice. So I’m still getting like paid off from that each month. Like, you know, I have YouTube, I had like, that’s just one piece of it. It’s the bigger, the biggest piece, but it’s still a piece. I still do brand deals. So mean, like it’s, I, it’s, it’s one of those. Yeah. Like I’m grateful. It’s like,

48:42
Even though the revenues drop, like our lifestyle hasn’t changed. just stopped buying a Jordan one sneakers. like, I’m just not buying as many as I used to. Um, but as far as like family vacations, eating out, you know, we’re still living the exact same life that we were a couple of years ago, you know, and that hasn’t changed. You know, my wife doesn’t work. I’m not looking at getting my securities license to start.

49:10
you know, financial planning again, like everything is great. But obviously I have to, I do have to do some work now, so it’s not sitting back and doing nothing. But let me ask you this, since we’re on this topic, how much is enough for you? mean, anyone can live on $50,000 a month, especially in Nashville. It’s not like you’re in the Bay area California or anything like that. Real estate prices, man. Like, you know, they got, they

49:39
No, I mean, that’s that that is truly something. So this whole thing, and I mean, if you want to get really transparent, like I went through a I don’t know why it didn’t happen until recently, but I went through a stage of anxiety and depression. And these are words that are have never been in my vocabulary. Right. Because I just I just got shit done.

50:08
And, you know, military background, you just get shit done. And I think it was a culminate when, when I started to realize that the new partnership two and a half years into it, isn’t working out the way that I hope. And not that it was being mismanaged or I was being taken advantage of, wasn’t anything like that. just, it just wasn’t working out. It all of a sudden, like everything just started coming back of like the first partnership, the OG partner. And I got to the point where like, just.

50:37
I didn’t know what to do. Like I didn’t know the, the outcome because looking even up until recently, like I still haven’t been hands on, you know, with the site as far as like SEO and just, you know, some of the basics. So I, uh, had to do a lot of work, uh, working with the therapist and just getting through it. And what I was able to identify was I had so much fear.

51:05
that I was not allowing myself to feel. Um, which makes sense, right? Military background, like, know, I’m deployed to Iraq, you know, when, we ever got shot at or had like a roadside bomb go off, like you joke about it. Like it’s like, Oh, if you get shot at like, at least it wasn’t RPG, you know, like a rocket launcher, you just got a sniper like shoot at you. No big deal. Um, so here I am. Like I wasn’t able to process.

51:32
being afraid like, oh, I’m afraid that I might lose this business. I’m afraid that this partnership is going to work out. And have to hire my own team, which I’ve never done before, like this scale. So I was able to finally identify what that was. Like that was such a huge, huge release. And, and now in all that process as well, like to answer your question, like how much is enough to be honest, like what I’m making now is enough. Like it’s more than enough. And even if I,

52:02
If even that got cut in half, it would still be enough. I probably would have to really kind of budget a little bit maybe. think I don’t think so. Well, Mandy, he does like to shop. know, I mean, and we have four kids. That’s true. That’s true. Going to college. But no, I mean, honestly, like it would be more than enough. But there’s still like that part of me that it’s just that that excitement. feel like some some entrepreneurs are motivated by at least it’s that can I do it? You know, can we grow?

52:32
Sure. But also can I grow it without forgetting what the core mission is to help people? Because if I’m growing it just to grow it and actually something to kind of tie this all in, didn’t, my partner, the OG partner never told this to me. I learned this from one of his, uh, soon to be former employees and he, this is what he told them. He told him that he, his target, he was chasing, he wanted a $50 million net.

53:03
He never told me that. Um, that’s what he told him. And like, looking back, I’m like, I mean, I had asked this question and was like, why? You know, it is going back to like the a hundred million dollar exit. Like I got so attached to that number. Like, Oh, I want to get back there. I was like doing everything I could try to get back there and it just wasn’t working. And I finally realized like, what am I doing? Like, why, why do I need a hundred million dollar exit? Why do I need $400,000 a month? Like for what?

53:33
What is that going to do? Like I could buy every single Jordan one sneaker in the world, uh, even build another house, the store mall, but like, that’s not going to give me that fulfillment, the happiness. Like, so really just learning gratitude, contentment and just getting there. So it’s been like, look back, man, like I’m, it was a hard journey, but I, I’ve become such a better person for it. Uh, there’s a lot of growing spiritually, emotionally through this entire process and I’m

54:02
grateful that I get to work on my side again and truly impact hundreds, hundreds of thousands maybe. Hey, that’s like 50 times more than I’m impacting here. But yeah, it’s like, truly is a blessing to be where I’m at today. Yeah. I mean, I can’t wait for you to get all your channels back up at full strength again, because you’re like made for video. I said that earlier, but Jeff, dude, thanks for being so transparent on the show today. Really appreciate having you as a friend over the years.

54:31
And just for sharing everything, mean, this was quite a journey that you’ve been on. And I’m almost positive that everyone who’s listening here will be able to take something out of it.

54:44
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jeff’s story is a cautionary tale when it comes to partnerships and I sincerely hope that you enjoyed how candid Jeff was about his story. More information about this episode go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 433. And once again I want to thank Postscript which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

55:14
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now I also want to hang out with you in person next year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to Sellersummit.com and pick up your ticket. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterDob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’s sending the course right away.

55:44
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

432: The Curse That All Successful Entrepreneurs Have With Mike Jackness

432: The Curse That All Successful Entrepreneurs Have With Mike Jackness

Today I have my friend Mike Jackness back on the show to talk about a sensitive topic that is rarely discussed.

Can successful entrepreneurs live a balanced life? Do you have to make sacrifices in order to make money in business?

In this episode, we discuss the brutal truth about success and the curse that all entrepreneurs have. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The brutal truth about success in business
  • The secret weapon for entrepreneurs to live a balanced life
  • The curse that all of the successful entrepreneurs have

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Mike Jackness back on the show for like the fifth or sixth time. And most of you know who he is already, but in this episode, we recorded this before Mike and I spoke at the Helium 10 event sale in Skull in Las Vegas. And the topic in a nutshell is can successful people live balanced lives? Or do you need to go all in in order to be successful?

00:27
Now Mike and I are polar opposites in terms of personality here, so it’s an interesting debate. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:54
It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store, and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful.

01:21
Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony

01:51
And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:16
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I got Mike Jackness. We’re hanging out at his home in Vegas, prepping our talk for Sellin’ Scale, the Helium 10 event. And I thought we’d give you guys a little preview about what we’re talking about, even though this episode is going to take place after we actually give the actual talk. since most of you guys cannot attend the conference, I thought we’d give you a little preview. And what we’re talking about, the title of the talk is The Brutal Truth About Success in Business. And can you have it all, basically?

02:46
So let’s give an intro, Mike. Who are you, Mike? You’ve been on the episode, you’ve been on the show like multiple times, but just in case people don’t know who you are. My name is Mike Jackness. I would consider you to be a friend, but you might not think the same. We’ve hung out quite a bit between e-commerce field events and Selvish Summit and just other things in e-commerce. And yeah, I’ve always enjoyed you and your family and look forward to hanging out whenever you come to Vegas or pass cross.

03:17
When I was first talking to the organizer of this conference, I was discussing just, I’m kind of sick of talking about the same old thing. When you go speak at these conferences, you and I speak at a lot of events and it’s kind of the same stuff where you’re you’re talking about building a listing for Amazon or inventory logistics or PPC advertising. the thing that I was talking to her about, she’s like, what would you go see at these events and what is it that intrigued you? I’m like, look, honestly,

03:47
You don’t have to sound egotistical in any way because I don’t feel like I know everything by any stretch of the imagination, but allow the same basic to intermediate stuff as covered. And when you’re running a business for seven years in this space, it’s hard to find the real gold nuggets that are going to really make a difference. And I was like, why don’t we talk about something that is outside all the basics, the things that people never talk about, the actual struggles that entrepreneurs go through because there’s a lot of, think,

04:15
the population that thinks of being an entrepreneur is glamorous and it comes with all these benefits. And it does in a lot of ways. I certainly wouldn’t have it any other way, but there are a lot of struggles that come along with being an entrepreneur as well. And we start talking about that. And I don’t know exactly how the conversation led to it, but the Ford-Burner theory came up. when she, excuse me, when she agreed to do that topic, I thought to ask you to come to do it with me, because you’re the one that actually introduced me to it in the first place. And it’s…

04:45
been instrumental in kind of changing the trajectory of my life. So it’s funny about this is she asked me to talk initially and I thought I was gonna do a singular talk and then you emailed me and say, hey, you wanna do this talk? And I was like, I don’t wanna do two talks. And so we’ll see how interesting it is actually. We haven’t actually gone on stage yet. I think it’s gonna be difficult. It’s what I hope will happen if it changes even just like one person’s life or their perception of something or helps somebody.

05:14
in any way, then I think it’ll be worth it versus trying to cater to the whole room. Like I typically do want to talk, you stress a lot about, again, trying to make sure the tactics or the material is beneficial to everybody. You everyone that will be in that room will be coming to it with a different perspective and a different part of their journey in life. some people approach entrepreneurship way different. You and I are actually quite different, which is interesting. We’re like opposite. Yeah. Yeah. And so I think that

05:43
Having that kind co-talk with the two different perspectives is good. But there’s some particular struggles with being an entrepreneur. It’s a lonely island at the top. Everyone comes to you to answer every question, but you don’t have that same resource. And one of the things that’s been helpful for me is I’ve worked on meeting people like you and being a mastermind, making sure that I am surrounded by those people.

06:13
first getting started, you’re not gonna have any of that. It’s impossible. You’re just trying to figure out how to keep the lights on and keep the wheels on the bus. And so it’s taken me many years to develop those friendships. And then even when you know people, it’s years and years before you really feel comfortable confiding in them and talking about the things that really matter. I think there’s other things that kinda come along with it as well. I think that, we talked about this a bit, it’s gonna be in our talk, that society kinda

06:44
helps shine a light on this problem or magnify the problem even more because if you’re working hard, you’re deemed to be successful. If you’re an entrepreneur, you’re making money. Those things come with this badge of success. But it can be just as toxic as other bad diseases that we have in society from alcoholism to drug addiction to gambling or other things that normally people would never group.

07:10
entrepreneurs are working hard in that same group. I think, least from my perspective, the thing that’s been hard for me to learn is that it can be equally as toxic. Yeah. So the public knows Mike as seven figure entrepreneur, host of the Econ Group podcast. You’ve had successful exits in the past. I thought I’d just ask you about some of the stuff that we’ve discussed together in private that we don’t really share publicly. I’ll share my story after you share yours, but

07:39
And for the people that don’t know you that well, like you are like an all or nothing type of guy. am. am. Like when you do something, it’s pedal to the metal and you don’t do anything else. And I sometimes look at you and I’m like, man, like I could not do that. It looks miserable actually. Well, it is. And that’s the problem, you know, but I think, um, you know, you’re because it’s an addictive type of personality or thing that comes along with it. You know, it kind of builds on itself and makes you want to do more of it. It’s kind of the environment that I grew up in.

08:09
And when we talked about the Fort Burner theory, like I always kind of knew that it was hurting my life in other ways, but I didn’t really fully understand it or have the aha moment. We were having a conversation one day. was… Maybe we should define what the Fort Burner theory is. Yeah, let’s do that. So you want to do No, go for it. for it. Well, I’ll set up what the hell it kind of came to be then. So mean, you and me and Scott Volker and Greg Mercer were doing a five minute pitch and we…

08:37
we’re getting ready to do the finale and we were just kind of sitting around drinking a couple of beers, talking about life and you brought up the four burner theory and just kind of, know, non-strollingly casually we’re talking about this thing of like the ideas that there’s four burners in life. You have your work burner, which is kind of the first one we always talk about since it’s an entrepreneurial podcast. You have your health, you have your family and your friends. And those are kind of the four burners in life. Obviously there’s other like anecdotal things that happen, but like these are the four main.

09:05
And it’s really a solid thing. you think about it, it’s hard to even come up with a fifth burner or other thing if you think about it. Like almost everything falls in those four categories. And the theory basically is that it has to equal 100%. So the burners, whatever total, has to equal 100%. And entrepreneurs tend to start to crank up that work burner, which means you crank up the work burner 10 degrees. You have to take 10 degrees off of the other ones in some capacity.

09:34
everybody will start to degrade one of the burners first. Everyone’s different, right? So for me, it’s health. It’s always health is the first one because it affects me and only me. And I tend to think about other people before myself and will continue to fuel the friends or family burner and degrade my health first. That makes me sound terrible because I degrade the friends, which means that I think about myself first before my friends.

10:02
I mean, I don’t know that that makes you terrible in any way. mean, in a lot of ways, you know, just talking to other people. mean, think that thinking about yourself first is important. You know, you can think about yourself to a point where you’re yourself first to where it’s selfish and you’re just a bad person. But I’ve known you for a long time. That’s the furthest way that I would define you as. Right. I mean, think that thinking about yourself is important. And oftentimes one doesn’t think about themselves enough or put themselves first, especially

10:31
like a busy mother or something like that where like you’re constantly thinking about your kids first and They come last I see this a lot, know It’s it amazes me like just to see what parents especially moms in particular can can do you know? where they come up with this bandwidth to do all this stuff And so at some point it’s important to think about yourself You got to think about your health and you got to think about your well-being because if you don’t then you know at some point You’re just not going to be here and you’re not doing any of those people that you care about a favor

11:01
if you’re sick or dead. I think it’s important to talk about the second part of that theory, which is in order to be successful in any discipline, you got to turn off at least one burner. And if you want to be super successful, you turn off two. And if you want to be like Elon Musk, you turn off three, basically. I mean, there is some credibility to this, no doubt. This is something I’ve thought a lot about certainly since we’ve discussed this theory and just in general, because there was a time in my life

11:31
where I I come from background, like I know I’m not gonna be the smartest person in the room. I didn’t go to college. I barely even really made it of high school. It was very much like I’m going to win because I’m going to work harder than you. It was kind of my theory, right? It’s just like I’m gonna be more intense, I’m gonna work harder. And again, because I think society kind of looks at that as success. And certainly that was the household that I grew up in, entrepreneur type household.

11:59
that was kind of ingrained. so I was able to be quote unquote more successful, at least my day job and all the things that I did, than people that were way smarter than me. And so I think that there is something to that. Like I do think, if you’re in an early stage of a startup or you’re doing certain types of businesses, you have to devote that kind of energy into it to be successful. I think it’s hard to imagine some of the things that I’ve done, some of the things that became ultimately very successful.

12:29
becoming successful in any other way. But you have to also be aware that you can’t fly that close to the sun and work that hard for unlimited amounts of time. At some point it catches up with you. You can only ignore your health for so long before you’re sick or you’re fat or you’re out of shape or whatever. You can only ignore your family for so long before your wife wants a divorce or your kids don’t even know who you are anymore. You can only ignore your friends so long

12:59
and tell them you’re not going to come over for dinner or go to a game or a concert for so long before they stop calling you. I mean, at some point this stuff adds up. And any short amount of time for a month or two, you’ll barely notice the bump on the road. Your friends will still call you. Your family will still love you. But you do this for a decade and eventually there’s going to be repercussions. And so there are repercussions in Eli’s life. I he has a reputation of…

13:28
you not being around, you know, and yeah, you know, first kids are doing work while the kids are there. So, you know, I enjoy driving his cars and I probably will get his internet at some point and probably his solar panels. And I appreciate the contributions that he’s made to the world. But at some point, you know, I think that there’s there’s repercussions to that. Oh, absolutely. And here’s the thing, at least that I got caught up in is you hear all these people in the media like killing it.

13:58
And there’s this perception that if you do something well and fast, then you’re like amazing. And I thought I’d just use my own example here with the CNBC thing. I know a lot of you guys listening saw my CNBC special. And what’s funny about that is we filmed that special right after one of the most stressful points in our business. It was 2020. Our revenue wasn’t even that good because we sell wedding stuff. No one was getting married.

14:27
hotels and airlines are our second actual biggest customer. No one was flying, no one was staying in hotels. And then CNBC wanted us to do the special and they wanted to use the 2020 numbers because it was 2021. And we’re like, that’s like our worst year ever. Not to mention our most stressful year. Like Jen and I were like, oh my God, know, we lost like 60 % of our business overnight. It was in March, March 23rd or something crazy like that. And what was also funny about filming that was there’s this one scene.

14:56
where we’re all sitting around the breakfast table and then like my kids have waffles and like, and then we call them down. They kind of marched down all happy and have breakfast. I mean, that was like totally staged. I mean, you could tell it was staged, but this is really staged because in the mornings, like I’m yelling at them, like get, get up, get down, make your own breakfast and then get out of there, get ready. And I’m just constantly yelling at them until they get out the door. But anyways, my point is, that.

15:21
A lot of these stories that you hear online about like even entrepreneurs killing it, whatever, there’s always another story. There’s this other story of someone who was in my mastermind group hit like $10 million by scaling. And then if you read the article, it was amazing, but they suffered so much profit in order to hit that point. And he was like, it wasn’t reflecting the article, but when we were talking about in the mastermind, he was like, that was the most stressful period. I will never do that again. We ended up only making like $90,000 out of that.

15:49
But we hit that number because I wanted to hit the $10 million mark, right? And it’s all ego. Yeah. mean, my partner, Dave, that I do the podcast with has this saying of revenue is vanity and profit is sanity. Pretty similar thought process. I mean, it’s hard to run a business. It’s hard to make money. It’s hard to have a very profitable business. It’s hard to do it. It’s even more difficult in the field that we’ve chosen.

16:17
as time goes by because there’s more and more people getting into it. There is margin erosion from every angle. This is just a typical life cycle. I’ve seen this story before. I’m in my mid-40s. I’ve been an entrepreneur for 20 years. I’ve been in multiple businesses and in different niches and things. And I’ve seen this life cycle play out. And it’s something that I’m pretty hyper aware of. The first time around, you don’t realize that, again, because I just didn’t really

16:46
kind of go to college and think about or read about these market cycles and understand me. I know what’s there, but like it just wasn’t really as obvious to me as- You don’t learn that stuff in college, by the way. I figured you learned something there. I don’t know. You don’t learn anything in college, except you make a lot of friends. I do think I learned how to bridge the becoming an adult, which I think is also important. But yeah, anyway, I I think that it’s, and I don’t want to-

17:14
sound ridiculous, but it’s actually easy to put up numbers in the space that we’re in. You can just lose money and overspend on ads. can pull any lever you want and start, you can be a seven figure seller, can be an eight figure seller. What’s hard is being a six figure profit business or seven figure profit business, this is where the real challenge and nuance in running a business comes in. And it’s difficult because things are moving all over the place at all times.

17:43
You’re running your business kind of where the puck is, like the whole Green Gwiche thing and like not where the puck necessarily is going, because you don’t know what the unknowns are of where the puck is going. But like you talk about COVID, like how do you anticipate something like that? You can’t just plan for sales being lower. You have to have the proper amount of inventory based on the previous facts that you had. You have to do it based on what shipping rates were at that time and what Amazon’s fees are at that time or what your 3PL’s fees were or what your cost of goods were or what the terrorists were at that time, all these different things.

18:13
A lot of things in e-commerce have a three, six, or even 12-month kind of lag because you’re buying inventory and making decisions way far in advance. And a lot of time, the decisions that you made under a really solid basis of facts at the time turn out to be improper decisions by time the inventory is actually sold. And so there’s just a lot of challenges that kind of creep into that. I think it’s important to not chase these revenue numbers just to say, hey, I’m a seven-figure seller or eight-figure seller.

18:42
It’s easy for me to say that now. I feel like a bit of a hypocrite because I certainly went through those same thought processes. that too, actually. I think it’s easier to get sucked into. It’s interesting because a lot of the communities that we aspire to be a part of, something like you have a class in the community, we have one ourselves. The way that we met each other was through a mutual community e-commerce field. These all have these target numbers you have to hit to be a part of, right? Like e-commerce field is a seven figure seller thing.

19:12
You want to hit it to be in these communities and then feel like you belong and not like that you’re an imposter syndrome business or whatever. There’s just a lot of moving parts of this. I it’s kind of is away from the Fort Burner theory conversation, but important nonetheless. And so the thing that I’ve really thought about a lot lately is doing things for me and living the life that I want to live and not just looking to hit the ego strings that are

19:41
I’ve never really been a big ego type person, it’s never been a part of my thing, but it’s also very difficult, almost impossible in society to completely avoid. Because you’re still around people, you’re still around peers and you still want to feel like you belong there, even if you aren’t necessarily bragging about your numbers, you still want to feel like you belong in the room. And it’s difficult to deal with Being in a mastermind group is especially challenging, especially if you’re in one where everyone’s just killing it all around you, And you’re like, hey, why am not?

20:09
Why am I not achieving those same numbers? And then you start going a little nuts. What’s happened to me? I mean, it is difficult.

20:23
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:53
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:21
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:34
Luckily, I learned some of these lessons earlier on. I certainly in my past life, doing some of affiliate marketing stuff where people are making tons of money, there’s always someone that’s going to make more than you, right? And I’ve been fortunate enough to be around people that have introduced me to things to read that have really helped with this. One was a study that’s really fascinating about, you know, there’s a certain point where all you worry about is money, right? Like if you’re not making enough money, like all you’re worried about is money. You’re just trying to pay your…

22:02
electric bill, your gas bill, your car payment, your mortgage payment, medical bills, put food on the table, whatever it is. But once you’re above that certain number, in different areas it’s a different number, but somewhere between $80,000 and let’s just say $150,000, depending on geographically where you are in the United States or other parts of the world, every dollar past that has a very quick diminishing return in terms of happiness. Because now you’re no longer worried about money, you’re worried about

22:30
like keeping up with the Joneses type stuff, right? mean, like, and it just becomes, it can become very toxic. And so, and no matter what, no matter who, unless you’re Elon Musk, there’s literally one person in the world that is the richest person. Everybody else is like, but he lives like a pauper. He does. And actually a lot of these guys do like, I mean, Warren Buffett’s similar. Yeah.

22:53
I think Elon, I’ve read some stuff recently where he like saw a stuff and he’s like living in like a tiny house or something. is, that’s correct. Yeah, I read that really interesting. Like actually at the SpaceX facility, because he like basically lives on property. And so, I mean, the thing that I’ve really come to realize is that, you know, we’ve just become minimalist. And so like we’ve downsized our home, we’ve downsized, like when I travel, I travel with just the backpack. My wife and I traveled in a…

23:20
in a van around the country for a couple of years. I find that actually by having less things, I’m just happier. But I think it’s difficult to read a lot of the stuff in a book. think you have to experience a lot of these things yourself. when I first, I grew up relatively poor. I don’t want to make it ridiculous. I there’s people that had it way worse than I did, but utilities got turned off.

23:49
several times as a kid, know, my parents are always struggling to kind of deal with things. It was always like right on the edge. And there were times where things were better because they mean they were entrepreneurs as well. So there was like good years and bad years. But we didn’t take lavish vacations or have things, right? It was just kind of, we had just enough. And so like, I think it’s human nature when you first run into money to want to go spend it and go do these things that you think are going to be the things that are going to make the difference and making you happy.

24:19
But the reality is it doesn’t. I you can go on a $2,000 vacation and have just as much joy and happiness as a $20,000 vacation. Or you can just go camping. Or you can just go camping, which I also have done quite a bit of, and that’s free. But again, I think you have to experience these different things. mean, again, what ends up happening is like, the difference between the $2,000 and $20,000 vacation is not 10 times better.

24:48
1.6 times better or whatever. There’s diminishing returns on the dollars you get on your return for what you’re spending. And so, you know, we manage to spend a lot less money by like, I don’t wear any jewelry. I don’t have any, I have an Apple watch, which rarely gets used. I have a wedding ring and that’s like basically it. My wife and I share one car. You know, we don’t have a lot of expensive things laying around and we don’t have multiple homes and all the things that get people in trouble.

25:18
And again, you’re just showing off. You don’t need seven cars in the driveway. You don’t need 10 vacation homes. I found that, because we actually did buy some rental properties at one point, which we’ve gotten rid of, because I’ve tried to shed stuff. It’s just way easier and more convenient to just go Airbnb when you want to go on vacation. I mean, here’s always been my philosophy in life. I avoid lifestyle creep wherever possible. Like, I don’t fly first class, even though I could.

25:45
Actually, I didn’t tell you this, my wife actually booked me on First Class back from FinCon. Just experience it, just experience it. It actually was nothing, it was domestic First Class, it was nothing. In fact, it was definitely not worth the points. But anyway, my point is like, I lose sleep at night when I think that in a catastrophe, how am I gonna make ends meet and that sort of thing. So every less dollar that I spend actually makes me sleep better at 100%. Yeah, everyone has like their little thing, it’s funny you mentioned First Class.

26:13
haven’t flown and coached on a flight that’s more than three hours in a long time. But one of the things that we get as e-commerce entrepreneurs is like buckets of airline miles. miles, that’s great. Yeah. So we just flew to Europe in first class for three of us and lay flat awesome seats. I don’t know, there’s interesting things in life that bring me outsized joy. And that actually is one of them. Of flying? Flying in first class. really is just like a disproportional.

26:42
I would never pay for it with cash, but with the points, it’s a disproportional enjoyment for me. There’s two components of it. Number one, I don’t sit still very well. know that’s just familiar to me. It’s very difficult. I have a legitimately very difficult time sitting just on an airplane crunched in in a coach seat. It’s just a physical thing. It’s very, very difficult for me.

27:09
And as you said, like the domestic first class, like I don’t want to downplay it because it’s better. I’d rather be in that seat than in a coach seat and feeling more cramped. But the next level up, like the experience stuff, I love. Like there’s been some things that I bought with points. My favorite one is Singapore Airlines. They have these like suites on the plane where like you have your own And it’s amazing.

27:31
And so like that thing, that type of thing for me, like that’s an experience more than just… Well, as long as it’s not the norm. It’s not the norm. It’s like I’m using miles and it’s certainly not the norm. Like, I mean, it’s, I try to make it the norm when I fly to Asia once a year, but like I’m not paying $30,000 or whatever the hell that seat is in cash. I just have the points, right? I mean, and you could argue that those are worth money too. And, you know, could fly in business or in premium economy and, and, have more points for future, you know, but…

28:00
The thing that I’ve realized, about your limos is they become actually worth less money over time. They’re slowly making them worth less. And again, for me, I look forward to the flight than the actual being at the I’m not downplaying first guy. For me, that was just the first example that came to my head. But I’ll give you another example. All of our friends right now are remodeling their house and their kitchens. Jen’s like, hey, we should remodel actually. You don’t even cook. Right?

28:26
And then I talked to my kids, hey, are you happy with the house? Oh, hey, we’re really happy with the house. Like we had memories in this house and whatever. So anyway, I just try not, like even my equipment actually isn’t that great for everything that I do. I just tend not to upgrade things. It’s just, I don’t want to get used to luxury. Cause then that elevates the amount of money I have to spend every single I, again, just feel fortunate to have learned some of these lessons earlier in life. I mean, in the affiliate industry that I was in,

28:56
If people were making hundreds of thousands of dollars a month, in some cases a million dollars a month. And I have this story this one time where this guy drove a Ferrari or a Lamborghini into a pool, like just to show that they could like, it was like Brewster’s millions. Like it was like literally living in the, I don’t know if you’ve ever seen this movie. I did, yeah, yeah. He’s gotta spend. He’s gotta spend the money. was like literally like that’s how these guys work. Like everything that we did. And some of it was neat just to be around, cause like I got to go to some.

29:23
events or parties like I got a trip to the Super Bowl one year on them and you’re just being around it. It’s like it’s kind of neat just seeing like how people party at that level and just being a fly on the wall almost but also like disgusting to me in so many ways because it’s just like it’s just gross excessiveness. know, it’s like it just at some point, you know, I remember like walking out of the I mean, I was really drunk this this one particular night at the Super Bowl party shocking. Yeah, I know shocking.

29:51
And I’m like, I gotta go, buddy. he’s like, we have a, I forgot the number, but it was like some six figure minimum spend we have to make at this bar. And it was like 20 of us. I’m like, this blew my mind. I’m like, what? like, yeah, it’s like each bottle of champagne’s like, you know, five, $6,000. come in with like sparklers and stuff and J.Lo’s there. And I was just like, what is happening right now? And like, this is like how, again, people wanna be seen there. And you know, this was before social media at the time and I have it once. But like, it’s a very slippery slope to like.

30:21
you’re around these people, you wanna show off to them, and the excess never ends. There is literally no upper limit to it. You’ll never be happy. And so at some point if you can just be happy with what you got and live a life way below your means, you’ll probably be happier. I think the secret to that is making new friends.

30:47
who are the same level as you. Because I always do stuff that my friends do. If I hang out with people who eat like crap, I eat like crap. If I’m hanging around someone motivated like you, every time you tell me what you’re working on, I’m like, oh crap, I gotta go back and do this now too. Because it’s motivating. It’s who you hang out with. There’s a saying about the sum of the 10 people, closest people you hang out with or whatever that is. And I do think that there’s a lot to that. I have some friends who are lazy that make me kind of lazy when I’m hanging out with them and some that are

31:17
But then there’s days where I’m like, you thinking about that lazy friend, know, quote unquote lazy friend who isn’t working as many hours or whatever. He’s just way happier. You know, it’s just you see the, a wide variety of it. And so I don’t know, like I think that, you know, there’s like anything in life, there isn’t any one exact right answer or any, and there’s a different, you know, set of things for different circumstances in your life and things going on and, know, whatever. But in general, I’m…

31:45
much happier with less and trying to like not show off. It’s why I just like stop posting on social media. You know, don’t, people don’t need to see and know about everything that I’m doing. Every meal that I’m eating, every vacation I go on, every thing I go do. Cause like the tenants, when you do that, like then you want to do more of it. Cause like there’s a dopamine hit when you get likes or comments or whatever. Right. And so like just trying to avoid the things that do that. There’s also a really good book that I read called the psychology of money that talks about a lot of the stuff in there that I really wish that somebody would hand to me.

32:15
10 years earlier, when I read the book, a mutual friend actually gave me the book and I was reading through it just thinking, man, these are all the things I learned the hard way. But a lot of people never learn a lot of these lessons, which is, again, because it’s in your day-to-day life, the tendency is to want to, especially someone competitive like me, to one up somebody and show off. But I think the reason, ultimately, even though we are very different, we talked about in business, you and I are very similar in that neither one of us is a show off type of person.

32:44
We’re never bragging about how much money we’ve made or trying to go do the most ridiculous thing. We’re just happy hanging out and doing stuff or whatever. I think that that’s probably the thing that we actually have in common that makes us friends. Can we circle back to the four burners? Why did you find that conversation so profound? I’ve always wanted to know. Yeah, I think that I was struggling in a lot of things in my life at that moment. I wasn’t super healthy.

33:12
My relationship with my wife wasn’t as strong as I’d like it to be. I was really stressed out and just never, again, just couldn’t quite put my finger on it. It’s just one of these things you go through life and go, every day you wake up and you just kind of do the same thing. It’s like you’re the hamster on the wheel. Just living life the way that you, the only way that you know how. And certainly had lived that way for a long time. But again, knew that there were some, some extrinsic issues that were happening.

33:42
And when you mentioned it, I was just like, I was about to use the F-bomb there. was like, heck, you’re right. And this is obvious, like that I have cranked this work burner to an extreme and it’s affected these other three areas. And I need to consciously go do something about this. And I did. mean, there was some pretty, you can’t make massive changes like overnight.

34:09
that are things that you’ve laid your life out in this manner that’s taken years to get to. You can’t just snap your fingers and the next day have everything be different. But when I went home, I was like, this is what I need to do over the next six, 12, 18, 24 months to make some big changes. And I did. And happier that I’ve been in a very long time because of lot of this. I I still work. Business is still very important to me. I do find stress in work, but I also find time to make sure that

34:39
We go on vacations, I spend time with my wife, that I am taking better care of myself, that I spend time with my friends and have a more rounded life. And I found that my business actually benefits more than anything from those set of circumstances than just working longer. Because like, yeah, you can be sitting at the computer, quote unquote, working. It doesn’t mean you’re super productive. Right. That’s true. Fourteen hours a day.

35:09
I set up systems and things to make my time leverage way better and make every hour that I work as productive as it can be. And I found through that that I need fewer hours total. Okay, now you got me curious. What are these systems? Well, mean, just hiring the right people, putting in SOPs.

35:33
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

36:02
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

36:30
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

36:47
I think it’s things like hiring the right people, having systems. I do everything that I can on a daily basis to only be working on things that only I can work on. That’s probably the biggest thing. I’ve really tried… You can’t do this for everything, but I’ve tried to stop doing… As a friend, I’m not answering customer support emails. That’s probably a good thing. It is a good thing. That’s another whole story. You probably know the background to some of these.

37:16
That’s just a for instance, right? And so, you know, I try to hire people, put them in place, let them have the autonomy to just do the job. You know, there’s a lot of things in your business, the task has to get done. It might literally have a thousand different ways to get to the same outcome. Only one of those is the way that you would have done it. The other 999 are just as acceptable. Let them just go do one of those other ways. Or maybe they’ll only do it.

37:45
80 or 90 % as good as you. It’s still better than you trying to do everything. But here’s the thing, there’s a lot of things that people will do that’ll be 150 % better than you or 200 % better than you because their expertise is better. They might be a better graphic designer, a better accountant, or a better number cruncher or whatever it might be. And so you can put people in place that actually will do a better job than you in a lot of aspects of your business. You just gotta learn to let go. And so a lot of it was learning to let go and letting people just do their thing.

38:16
And so it’s helped quite a bit. And we just were recording this on the eve basically of me coming back from a three week trip where I barely touched my work. I never charged my laptop. I brought my laptop with me. I was gonna not bring it just as a point of not bringing it. At the last second I brought it because my CPA was like, need you to sign these tax forms while you’re gone. He couldn’t get them done before we left because there were…

38:46
business we own mutually. were some hiccups. He’s like, you’re going to have to sign these while you’re gone. And so I brought the laptop actually mostly just for that. But I was like, you know what? I’m not going to charge this damn thing. I’m going to only have one charge. And I came back and it was still like 50 something percent. I barely touched the laptop. I had a 150 minute internet package on the cruise, a 10 day cruise, and that was it. The last cruise we went on, I had unlimited minutes.

39:16
you’re working like in every, you know, between like every opportunity between meals or on sea days or whatever, I just let it go. You know, I just mean, again, it’s not that it’s not important to me. It’s important to me to make sure that I recharge my battery so it’s actually, you know, it’s healthier for the business. So those are things that I’ve done since that conversation to, you know, it’s been four years. Has it been that long now? Yeah, I guess it has. Three, four years.

39:44
You always forget that I I think things are wildly different in my life since that conversation. And again, it didn’t happen overnight, but I came back, I’m like, know what, first of we got to sell at least one thing, get something off our plate. And now I’m really going to take it to the extreme. I’ve been thinking even more about it. Over and above the four burner theory, just some of the other things that you’ll read about, like the one thing or essentialism or just getting involved in too much crap is…

40:12
know, a site is another problem besides just working too much as being involved in too many things. You do a bunch of things okay, never doing anything as good as it can be. I know you got a pretty big team. Like for me, it’s always been a struggle because I don’t actually want a team. I find that humans in the long run tend to be unreliable. And so I resort to computers, which is why I like to code all these little things. There’s a lot to be said for doing that as well, right? mean, like any…

40:41
Anything that makes it more efficient, hell of a people about doing that. I’ve been forced into hiring people because of just the scope. Like I said, I got too many things. Yeah, you got a lot of things. That’s When I came back after that conversation, like how am I going to solve this problem? There’s no piece of software that was going to solve the situation that I was in. Yeah.

41:04
Yeah, it’s funny because you got all these things going on. I’ve always only had like a couple things, although it’s kind of gotten a little bit out of control lately because we were just talking about this. Yeah. And so I got to cut back. I tend not to have shiny object syndrome, but whenever I take something on, I plan on sticking with it for at least three to five years and I make sure there’s room in my schedule for that. But I also like to look at my calendar and say, oh, I got nothing for the next couple of days. So it’s been a struggle in that respect.

41:34
There’s other things that I’ve learned about where like just having nothing in your calendar is super healthy. know, just deep, deep work is a great book about this where you’re just having time to sit down with a notebook with nobody around, quiet time, scheduled planning time. Like that’s the thing that like, these are the things that I’m going to work on moving forward. You know, this is now separate from the four burner theory, but just other things where you know, life hack type stuff where, you know, I really come to realize like,

42:02
my life and the business kind of runs me, I don’t run it because there’s so much going on. And so like, I’m just going from meeting to meeting to meeting. And even though, again, I’m not over cranking the work burner, and I feel like I’m working efficiently, like I’ve never really had the time to think and do the things I think that have made me the most successful in the past. like usually, the things that I’ve had a couple of really, what I would consider to be very successful businesses, and those all were born in a moment.

42:32
or in moments of having lots of time to think about it. You’re sitting down, you’re tinkering with an idea, doing lots of research, playing out what you wanna do. It’s just you in a room kind of tinker and then you kind of realize you have something. And I haven’t had time to do any of that type of work or thinking for years, like literally years. It’s just because again, there’s just so much going on and I’m going to work every day and…

43:00
checking the boxes and removing the needle and we’re progressing and things are going well, but I think that we could have outsized returns if I can reduce the number of things and have more time to think about how to innovate more and how to really hit the next big success. I never read that book that you’re talking about, but those are my Fridays essentially. I actually don’t do anything except think and just have lunch with my wife. It’s actually my favorite day of the week.

43:31
I’ve been doing that becoming that for us as well. We’ve been, and I have been talking about kind of like having a three-day weekend moving forward. I’m going to try, we tried a little bit before we went on this trip and I didn’t block off the next few Fridays. I’ve been gone for a while. I just feel like I need to catch up. But the way that my schedule works, Monday through Thursday are my busiest days because of our Filipino team. Like that’s where we have most of our employees. Right. And so my Friday is their Saturday.

44:01
And so there’s really nothing that really scheduled. And a lot of the other means that gets stuck on my Friday or just like a random podcast recording or this time or the other. And so I think what I’m gonna do intentionally starting mid delayed October again through the rest of the year is just block off Friday. It doesn’t mean that I won’t work or do anything. just, you know, the opportunity to go out and have lunch or like we went and got like foot massages one day and got dumplings and just kind of like, know, but like.

44:29
In those moments, I’m thinking about things that actually, on the surface, again, this is where society is kind of weird. It’s like, you’re being lazy, took the day off or whatever. But actually, it might be the most productive thing for you. It might be the best thing for you and your business. Again, one of the hard lessons for me to really realize is that there’s a saying, busy is the new stoop, but think that was a Warren Buffett quote as well, which is- Oh, is that right? Okay.

44:58
I like that quote. Or maybe that’s Bill Gates. It’s someone at that level. you’re just sitting there being busy. It’s like the new stupid. you’re just sitting there. Are you really, again, are you really being productive? It’s impossible. The answer is no. There’s no human being that can be 100 % productive in front of a computer for 12, 14, 16 hours a day. Like you might be sitting there and being busy and, you know.

45:24
And so these are just the other things that’ll be fun to do a follow-up, maybe the next talk of two years from now. We’ll some of these things and see how these progress. But the four burner theory really helped because again, now I feel like we’re more focused on our health. We’ve been eating better. COVID really kind of screwed up some of the exercise. I was playing a lot of tennis before COVID. You and I both were playing a lot. And that screwed some of that up. certainly spent more time with my wife, spent more time going on vacation.

45:53
having a proper vacation, spending more time with friends. I feel like we have a very well-rounded life now. I turn off the computer at six or seven o’clock at night, and that’s it. And it’s a little bit later because of time change with the Philippines. So I tend to start a little bit later in the morning and work till six or seven because that’s there five or six o’clock at night, sorry, seven to 10 o’clock in the morning, so I apologize. But then, you know, I…

46:22
turn off my computer, turn off my phone for the most part, and then we’re out at friends doing things, at dinner doing things, and not just sitting at home working more at night. Like having a second, I used to joke back in the days when we owned Color, we had like two shifts. We would like work all darn day at the office, come home and eat dinner. We didn’t really go out and do much of anything, but friends or anything, because we were working so much, have dinner and then like start with the China team and the Philippines team and work a second job.

46:50
basically at night in the same business. like, again, it led to burnout and a lot of other things. And so it’s it’s not sustainable. know, it just, and maybe again, if you’re just starting and you know, or you are like, there’s lot of people listening to podcasts and maybe are looking for a side hustle right now. You know, they’re working a full-time job. They’re looking to be like your wife and eventually quit the job. Yeah. For those periods of time, you might have to really crank up the work burner and sacrifice those other things in the short term because you still have a full-time job commitment and you’re trying to start a business that’s going to…

47:18
eventually supplement your income and allow you to leave that, if you’re in that situation, yeah, you’re probably going have to go through that for a while. But I think the danger is to continue that for a long period of time or not being on the same page as the other people in your life about it. Because oftentimes it might be something that’s a goal or a desire for you and you don’t think about all the repercussions of the people, how it’s going to affect everyone around you. My wife is certainly not the entrepreneur that I am.

47:46
You know, like she works in the business and does a great job and we have a great relationship. But like, I can’t project and make her want to work 12, 16 hours a day for money or for a business, right? I mean, so you gotta make sure that, you know, everyone around you understands the repercussions as well. And if you got kids, they’re certainly never gonna understand it. Yeah, definitely. I mean, that’s been my biggest problem. I have an ego and I have all these successful friends. Whenever I talk to them, I want to do more.

48:16
And then I just got to remember like, don’t even, like I’m so cheap that I don’t even spend like half the money that I make. So I just have to sit back and remember why I did all this stuff in the first place. And then usually my wife helps me dial it down. But you’re right for a while, my ambitions, I was placing on Jen and she was miserable. Right. So. And your wife, you your spouse or whatever will, you know, I think that’s a part of, you’re in love with somebody and you care for them.

48:44
And so there’s a lot of things that you do in marriage or in a long-term relationship that you may not want to do, right? I mean, it’s just to make the other person happy. And you can do some of these things some of the time. Like you might go see a movie that you don’t like or go to a concert or something or whatever, endure short amounts of things. like a business is like another level. if the other person really isn’t fully committed and that’s something that’s more your ambition and your goal.

49:15
they can really hurt your relationship, which certainly was something that took me a long time to kind of figure out. Yeah, so I just want to end this episode just by saying, like, if you go into business, just make sure going into it that you know what you want to get out of it. And anything more is just gravy, but you should just stick to your core and not let things get out of hand. It’s going to be hard to do that, I think, at a practical level.

49:41
But if you just keep in mind what your original goal was, it makes things a hell of a lot easier. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I’m trying to track down the replay of our sell and scale talk, if it even exists, but I hope you found our conversation useful. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 432. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:11
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog,

50:41
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and ascended the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

431: The Dark Side Of Entrepreneurship And How To Build A Business You Love With Jadah Sellner

431: The Dark Side Of Entrepreneurship And How To Build A Business You Love With Jadah Sellner

Today I have my friend Jadah Sellner back on the podcast. The last time I had Jadah on the show, she and I discussed how she created Simple Green Smoothies with her partner Jen Hansard.

But since then, Jadah has exited that company and is now on a mission to help others build sustainable small businesses without burning out. In this episode, you’ll learn how to build a business you love.

What You’ll Learn

  • The dark side of entrepreneurship
  • How to create a business that suit your life
  • How to apply Jadah’s love method to business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Critter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Jada Selner on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the dark side of entrepreneurship, how to know when to move on and how to create a business that suits your life. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue.

00:28
Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent.

00:53
Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider.

01:23
Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:50
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my friend Jada Sellner back on the show. Jada was last on episode 90, back in 2015, when we talked about her business, Simple Green Smoothies, which was a crazy popular site teaching people how to eat healthier. But she’s since sold that business in 2016, I believe, for a seven figure sum and is now an accomplished author, mentor, speaker, podcaster, and business coach. And she’s spoken on large stages like TED and the World Domination Summit.

02:49
and her business was even featured in Oprah Magazine. in our last interview, we actually didn’t talk too much about Jada’s early entrepreneurial career because we had her partner on, but she’s had it rough trying to juggle business, young children while being in debt at the same time. But she was resilient, overcame it all, and now she’s on a mission to help others build sustainable small businesses without burning out using her love method, which I believe we’ll probably be talking

03:16
this interview. So welcome back to the show, Jada. How are doing today? I’m happy to be here, Steve. And I love that we just realized we both live in the San Francisco Bay area, which is amazing. You’re about probably 50 minutes away. Hey, Jada, catch us up from the first interview. I am very curious why you decided to sell Simple Green Smoothies because it was wildly successful. Yeah. So I think that’s a really great question. And there’s something that I’ve been defining as

03:44
entrepreneurial golden handcuffs. You know, we have the golden handcuffs within our nine to five, but then also we can create that within our own businesses. And something for me, when we had our first big launch in 2013, we had $86,000 in 10 days, life-changing. My husband quit his job during that time. And it was very pivotal moment, but I have always considered myself a walking billboard for good.

04:13
So the same thing with green smoothies, I started drinking green smoothies, feeling really like a proud mama, getting my kid to drink spinach and kale. I knew that I had to tell everyone about it. And then once I got to that place of reaching the masses, you we were able to serve over a million people and getting them to fall in love with kale and spinach. We were building also a profitable business and I wanted to tell everyone about that. Like being a walking billboard for good, I got more excited about talking about

04:42
behind the scenes of business growth and how do you build a business doing something that you love while also being able to raise a family at the same time, which is not always easy, kind of balancing those as well as with your health. And so that year when we had that big launch, I already had my eyes set on wanting to help other entrepreneurs. So, I think when we get certain levels of success, we wanna help other people behind us.

05:11
And so I became very torn because I was doing a lot of speaking. I was on a lot of podcasts, interviews, and I just wanted to help more and more people in sharing the behind the scenes strategies of how we were able to build from a place of love. But I was straddling between one foot in the simple green smoothies world, one foot in the business world. And I remember in that year writing a future vision, which is this is, I have actually had these questions inside my upcoming book.

05:37
but being able to answer these questions about what do I really want for my company, for my personal life, my relationships, the contribution I wanna make in the world. And I wrote that in 2013 and then I just put it away, like put it where I couldn’t see it. But as I was getting ready to sell my half of the company and I wasn’t sure, cause everyone was like, what are you doing? You’re crazy. Don’t do this. And I was like, but my heart was just calling me in a new direction where my passion was.

06:06
It didn’t feel like a lot of work. And I pulled that out at the beginning of 2016 and I actually read it to my business partner, Jen Hansard. And I think in that moment, she really got it. And I remembered of like, right, it had nothing to do with growing simple green smoothies. was about helping women entrepreneurs build world-changing businesses with their kids by their side. And so I was kind of dabbling with coaching on the side. And that’s when I knew when I read that of, Oh,

06:36
this is where I’m being called to go next. And it didn’t make sense on paper, but for me, it made sense inside my heart. My husband was like, what are you doing? Well, know, my friend who helped me actually start an Instagram account with Simple Green Smoothies like, no, don’t do it. And I remember asking my friend and business mentor, Jonathan Fields, the host of Good Life Project. I was like, am I crazy for leaving? And he was like, you’re

07:05
asking the wrong question. And the question is, can magic strike twice? And the answer is yes. And in that moment, I got chills and I was like, this is about me. This isn’t about the company. It isn’t about, you know, we had a traditionally published book. We had another second book deal on the table that I co-wrote that book proposal. So I felt like I was shopping for a house with my soon to be ex-husband. Like, okay, we’re going to buy this house and I’m not going to live in it.

07:34
And I knew it, like I knew when I was writing that book proposal that I didn’t want to write a book about the thing that I didn’t want to be known for anymore. So it was definitely a lot of identity crisis and how do I do both? And my heart was just really calling me in another direction. And it was really challenging and hard to make that leap and that exit for sure. I’m just kind of curious, did the business have anything to do with your relationship with your ex-husband during that period?

08:04
Did it, oh wait, not my ex-husband. Wait. I’m like. thought you said ex-husband, sorry. I was using an analogy of like shopping as if I was going to be, you know, like if I, I’m not, we’ve been married for 17 years. Got it, okay. I love you baby. All right, so here’s one thing that I found interesting about what you just told me. In 2013, you wrote down your intentions for the business. I think that’s rare. Like how did you know to do that?

08:32
and actually put it down on paper for later. Yeah. So I participated in a two day mastermind actually with Jonathan Fields and he shared these prompts and questions with us to write it down. And I remember even in my mastermind hot seat, I’m like, I want to write about how to help mom entrepreneurs. But I was also like, I need to grow simple green smoothies business and take this, you everyone’s like, you’re sitting on a golden egg. They just put all of your attention here. So I think that that’s something that’s very helpful is being

09:01
part of structured experiences where you can step away from your day-to-day responsibilities and actually think about what it is you really want. Because oftentimes as business owners, we get so caught in the weeds of the day-to-day that we’re just laser focused what’s right in front of us. And that’s what I think is so powerful about having coaches or mentors or people in our lives to help us kind of look at the bigger picture. And I always say, you you can’t read the label from inside the jar.

09:29
So it was one of those moments of just carving out dedicated time to do that. Of course you can do this on your own, but if you’re like me, I’m a bit of a button seat learner, where sometimes I have to pay to like show up to do the deeper work that is not so strategic or so growth oriented or, you know, making more money. So that stuff that we think is a little bit more.

09:52
intentional, a little bit, maybe it feels a little in the clouds, a little woo. You’re like, this is not going to help me grow my business, but having clarity about what you want in your life and in your business is one of the most important things that you can do, especially that you’re growing and building on a strong foundation of like, this is actually what I want to do instead of building a business on something you feel I have to do or I should do. And that was where I was torn in my own business of like,

10:19
I should do this. This is the smart thing to do, but it’s not always like the most loving thing to do for yourself and your own evolution in life. That’s actually similar to my story. When the business started taking off, I just wanted to grow, grow and grow it, but it caused a lot of stress. And then one day my wife came to me and said, Hey, we don’t even spend this money that we’re making. Why are we stressing out trying to make more of it when everything is all good? And then things changed after that. I did not have the foresight to jot down everything on a piece of paper.

10:49
Yeah, well, I’m curious about that for you. What was your answer to that of having that stress when she asked you that question? Well, for some reason, I remember this one year we were about to hit seven figures. It was so close, but it would be a stretch. So we like strained ourselves sending out emails and whatnot. We didn’t even have the capacity to handle that volume of orders. So we ended up just staying up late night, you know, packing orders and doing all this stuff. And we hit the goal.

11:19
And then the next year, we’re like, okay, what’s our new goal? And it just didn’t make any sense. And it was really all for ego. think. Right? In the Yes. This is exactly what I talk about in my book. is that right? Okay. Which is that we are constantly moving the goalpost. And we, know, one of the reasons why we build such meaningful businesses is we’re showing up to serve our community. And then all of a sudden we start focusing on the metrics of, okay,

11:48
six figures, that’ll be enough. And then my wife can quit her job, my husband can quit his job and then we’ll be happy. And then we just keep adding more and kind of letting that carrot stick dangle. And that’s kind of part of the hustle culture where we’re going, going, we’re pushing, we’re compromising our health, our relationships at the cost of reaching this metric, this goal. And for me, what I’ve learned is to extend the timeline. It’s like, yes, we’ll do that, but burnout is not an option. So what do we need to do?

12:18
oh, we want to make seven figures by this year, but based on our capacity, based on our health and our relationships, we actually need to slow down. And that’s something I’m like, give yourself permission to be a slow cooker and not a pressure cooker. You you get the same results. It just takes eight hours instead of an hour. And so I think that piece is really important for us to look at how we’re kind of looking at metrics and our goals and what’s the cost or the expense for that.

12:45
not just from a numbers perspective, but from our well-being too. I actually don’t set monetary goals at all anymore. That’s awesome. Everything is just, if I do something this way, eventually it’ll happen. I know it will. I have confidence. Just kind of like my YouTube channel. It just recently hit 100K and I knew even in the early going when it wasn’t getting any viewers, I knew if I just consistently put stuff out without any pressure, it would eventually happen. Yeah. would happen after two and a half years. That’s amazing. Did you have an original?

13:14
100k goal for YouTube at one point because I want the plaque again. It’s ego. But what was the timeline that you gave yourself originally? Well, see, I don’t start anything these days unless I’m going to follow through with it for at least three to five years. Yeah, I love that. And I, I’ve adopted that same mentality of like the three to five years. It’s with the future vision. It’s always three years in the future because they say you, you overestimate

13:42
what you underestimate what you can accomplish in three years, but you overestimate what you can accomplish in a year. So we’re trying to put three years, three plus years of work into one year. And it’s, you can do it, but there’s a cost to that versus extending that timeline. And for me, I’m like, don’t put a timeline on your dreams. We can just do that at a pace that works for us and that is sustainable. So I’m curious with Simple Green Smoothies, when you sold it, was that life changing money where you didn’t have to work anymore?

14:11
No, no, it wasn’t life changing money. And I can’t just do two contracts and things I can’t share. I’m curious what your mentality was, right? Yeah, yeah, it was definitely a good sum of money that allowed me to kind of reposition and realign and build my business, my next business up. The thing is, I already had my personal brand was already like a multiple six figure business. So I was kind of building that. Okay, on the side.

14:38
as I was building Simple Green Smoothies, I still showed up for my responsibilities, but I talk about heart projects and cash projects where your cast project for me, that was Simple Green Smoothies at the time. And I would use the money that I was getting from there to reinvest into this, at that time, my side project, my heart project. And I would, every Monday from two to 4 p.m., this is when I’ll work on this business. And every quarter, I would just test different things.

15:04
to see what do I actually wanna do on the other side of leaving this company? What am I actually excited about? What do people wanna learn from me? And so that, so that definitely gave us a great cushion to rebuild, but I was already making money from my, at that time it was just a heart project, but now it is my cash project and also a heart project at the same time. I love that. We have similar stories. So my day job was actually my cash project.

15:30
Yeah, yeah. Everything else was was the passion project. Yeah, that’s cool. So what are you up to right now? So how does jada Selnar.com? How do you generate money? Yeah, so all of for me, I do coaching and retreats and masterminds. And I always say I coach mostly women and a few good men behind the scenes are really aligned with building a business in a sustainable way and thinking about how does their whole life

15:57
integrate with their business growth, too. So we’re talking about our wellbeing, our mental health, our relationships with our kids and with our partners and those pieces. But everything I do comes into those categories of I do one-on-one coaching, I do group coaching, I lead retreats to step away from your day to day. And then also masterminds, which I know I’m sure you know about masterminds.

16:22
And I remember having my first mastermind partner before even Simple Green Smoothies was a business. It’s like one of those things that I think is so important and one of the most affordable ways that you can actually grow into the next level of what you’re building and creating. So I’ve been teaching this class for 11 years now. And one thing that I’ve just come to learn is that business is all mental for a lot of beginners. So I’m just curious about your love method and

16:51
how you teach like the mindset stuff. Yeah, so I completely agree with a lot of the things that get in the way are ourselves and how we’re thinking about growing and a big thing for women especially is navigating how to take care of their family as well as their business growth and redefining their ambition. I have one client who says that she’s a blogger or a mom first and a blogger second, even though she has a highly profitable blog and so

17:19
kind of looking at that mindset from that perspective and inside the love method. So it’s L-O-V-E. So there’s four categories in there. L is for lead, which is about leading from the inside out, getting clear on what it is that you want to create and build and building from that place. So taking care of yourself, your loved ones, your community, your customers, your clients and that. Then there’s optimize. And this is about really leveraging your time and your energy and your capacity and really thinking about,

17:49
based on the amount of hours I have in a day, what can I actually accomplish? And also what are the energizing things that I can be doing? And what are the more draining things I can get off my plate and being able to have that support in place. And then V is visualize. And that’s about bringing what it is you want into fruition. How do we bring our visions, our dreams, our ideas into implementation, into actually action and building a quarterly plan and being able to take visionary action from that place.

18:17
And then E is expand. And this is about next level growth. And the next level growth is coming from the inside out. For us, I think when we are ambitious people, we always want to grow, but it doesn’t always have to be tangible growth. It can also be from the inside as well. And so that’s kind of how I organize the love method for us to really think about team leadership, as well as optimizing our time and energy and how do we deepen and build a strong foundation so we don’t.

18:46
burnout in the process. So I know there’s probably a lot of people listening who are kind of on the sidelines. They want to start something and I’m just curious how you deal with like the the people who have that definitely have the talent and the drive to do so but they’re a little bit afraid to get started. They’re worried about burning out of being too much work and that sort of thing. How do you start with these people? Yeah, I think if we go back to having the support, so there’s a chapter in my book called Gather Your Support Squad, which includes masterminds,

19:16
with peers, but also mentors and coaches. So, and a mentor can be something that’s affordable and accessible. It could be a podcast like this podcast that you’re listening to right now. It can be a book that you’re reading. And then also there’s one extra layer of support that I think a lot of people don’t talk about in entrepreneurship, but is actually having life coaches or a therapist. So a lot of our blocks, we think that it’s strategy, like I need the right strategy. I need the blueprint. I need the step-by-step.

19:45
but it’s actually usually emotional blocks. When we’re procrastinating or we’re avoiding something, it’s usually actually an emotional block in what you’re talking about, the mindset to get through. And so instead of thinking, I don’t have the right strategy, it’s like, oh, what emotion am I feeling? Am I afraid? Am I overwhelmed? Or really getting clear on what is the emotion that has not been fully processed or witnessed or heard or seen? And soon as we name it,

20:14
Like I’m scared. And then what are you scared of? All right. Then we kind of get into that. And then we let fear sit in the passenger seat, but not in the driver’s seat of us taking action on things. In all my programs, I always have a life coach who has that emotional capacity to really get through those blocks. Cause I just, as many people as I’ve coached and guided, it’s usually emotional stuff. It’s childhood trauma that could be holding us back or we’re repeating patterns.

20:41
whether you’re not growing or maybe you’re growing too fast, that chase for the ego that’s like, I’ve got to do more, I’ve got to prove more, I’m not doing enough. A lot of that stuff can actually stem from our relationship with our parents from growing up. And so I think it’s just something that we don’t acknowledge enough and we can bypass that. And I think we’re getting a little bit more hip and aware that we have emotions that need to be processed and not suppressed.

21:10
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

21:40
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

22:08
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:20
funny you should be teaching this to guys guys have a lot of problems with this more so than women in my opinion right right well you know it’s yeah but I’ve practiced with my husband and I’m like you need your own part like I can’t I’m curious what has been your trauma and I’ll share mine after this yeah what did you have to get over

22:43
Yeah. So, and I think it’s not a getting over, right? That we still face it. We just know how to be in relationship with it more or more aware of our triggers. Something that I call my inner mean girl. My friend Amy Ehlers has like reform your inner mean girl. And I call her patronizing Polly. And she’s the one that’s like, you’re not doing it right. So there’s this, this, that constant trauma for me is I’m, doing it wrong, but I don’t want to get it wrong. And that can paralyze me from taking action or

23:12
get caught in the perfectionism spiral because I want to do it right. We were just talking about our books before we started recording and the perfectionism of wanting to get it right, do it right, really slowed me down in the process because I’m doubting my decisions. I’m overthinking. I’m like this one or that one. And really either answer would be right. But in my head, I’m thinking that I’m not doing it right. I’m not doing it good enough. And so

23:41
Those are the things that I have to be aware of. And I named that with my life coach and I cry. She’ll like, when’s the last time you had a good cry? And I’m like, okay, I’m to go watch This Is Us or The Notebook or because sometimes the emotions don’t even have to come up specific to that thing. But we need to move those emotions through through our body. So for me, it’s like, you’re not doing it right. Is the that’s the thing that’s constantly going through my head that I have to be aware of and be like, wait a minute.

24:11
this is like, this is good enough. Like, let’s get this, this, can ship it, we can let it go and release it. My problems were always my peer group. So a lot of my friends here and I was in this entrepreneurship program with VCs and they were all off building like, you know, a hundred million dollar companies. And here I was like selling handkerchiefs and doing this stuff that none of my peers were doing. And I always felt inferior to them. Right. Because we’d go to these yearly retreats.

24:38
And everyone would be sharing, my company just sold for $400 million and whatnot. And he, Hey, Steve, what are you up to? Oh, you know, I’m just selling stuff online. Selling handkerchiefs. Oh, great. It’s nice. So I had to get over that. And then there’s all these things with my upbringing too, you know, with, with Asian parents, know, always saying that you’re not, you know, you can do better. can do better. Lots of trauma there, John. What, what did you do?

25:05
Or is does it still sit with you with your peers? Do you feel like you still face that or how have you gotten over that? I actually just don’t hang out with them as much. hang out with my own time. Right? Yeah. What you said mastermind groups and everything so important. Yeah, it’s just like having parallel playmates that are on a similar journey. I also want to say because sometimes in masterminds, there can be people I have friends who have eight figure businesses and I’m like,

25:31
do you care how much money people make that you’re in a mat? And they’re like, no, it’s interesting that we create these stories for ourselves that we don’t belong. And that’s another one for me, belonging, like feeling safe. And I think it’s important for us to figure out where our value is. So even if it’s not necessarily monetary that we have gifts and ways of adding value or, I grew my YouTube channel to 100K, you might be working with someone who may be.

25:59
making more money, but they’ve never grown a YouTube channel and they’re at 100 subscribers. You can add value in that way. So paying attention of how you can be of service, not just to the community and the customers that you serve, but also to your peers and being able to add value. That’s something for me, how I’ve always been able to get into rooms. I’ve hung out with Justin Timberlake. I’ve hung out with different, but like being able to figure out.

26:24
I belong here too, and here’s what I have to offer so that we’re not always in this place of taking, like how can I get something from this person, but also how can I add value and be of service and figuring out those ways to be helpful to other people. Yeah, yeah. I mean, I will say that for me, at least I’m vindicated with my mom. She’s been like shocked the entire time. I’m like, yeah, see people are watching me. Yeah, yeah.

26:51
I am curious, I know you’ve spoken on a lot of stages, Ted and WDS. I’m just kind of curious why you decided to become a speaker also and how did you even get those gigs in the first place? Yeah, I think that’s a really great question. And I studied theater, I went to performing arts high school in Las Vegas. And then I took some college theater classes. I don’t have a college degree. That was one of my things of not feeling worthy or valuable, but I have since gotten over that.

27:19
So I love performing and I would do spoken word poetry slams and those type of things. So I love performing on stages. So I remember WDS was in front of 3000 people and it was actually my very first keynote. Like I had done panels or Q and A’s or things like that. And it actually links back to my mentor, Jonathan Fields. And I went to his two day event. So I got to meet one of my mentors from afar in person.

27:47
And I was adding value and I said, if you ever need anyone to talk about how to build a community online, because we had grown, you know, simple green smoothies to over 400,000 followers on Instagram. had 355,000 email subscribers. I was like, I can share about community building. And I just kind of threw my hat in the ring and that was it. And then several weeks, months later, he invited me to speak at his event, but it wasn’t like a keynote. was kind of more of a, a panel Q and a, but he saw me and he saw me share my story. And from there.

28:18
few months later, he said, Hey, would you like to actually before that, I remember kind of planting the seed of I would love to speak at WDS. And I was like, I need to go there first and see what it’s all about. You know, I’ve never been. So I kind of just planted that seed setting that intent and not really knowing how it was going to happen. And then Jonathan Fields, a few months later, sent me an email and said, Hey, would you like to speak at WDS?

28:44
Chris Gilbo, I’m friends with him. I can make the introduction. And I was like, H E double hockey sticks. Yes, yes, yes. I had never gone to the event. And so that was my first time speaking there. But what I want to share is I put my hat in the ring and just said, here’s how I can be of value. I would do it for free. I’m not asking you to pay me for a speaking fee. I showed up. I did really well in front of Jonathan. And then he introduced me to someone else. And then once I met WDS, there are other people who host events than Dan.

29:11
Darren Rouse from Pro Blogger paid for me to speak in Australia, like full expenses paid. And so that’s kind of where it happened is that word of mouth when you deliver and show up and do something really well, then people start to invite you. that’s really, but for me, was like putting my hat in the ring. And I call this 10 seconds of bravery because obviously we’re not always feeling that confident, but I was just like, okay, let me just send this email really quick and see what happens.

29:39
And that would be my invitation for listeners and viewers to really think about what is that bold ask that you want to put out there? And can you just have your 10 seconds of bravery to just go up to that person in the room and say, hi, my name is, and I would love to help you with this or give them a compliment or send that email. And sometimes you need a friend standing behind your shoulder to like, okay, the email’s written, but I haven’t hit send. And you just need someone standing behind you to hit send. that’s where.

30:07
the momentum starts to happen is actually putting yourself out there and asking for the thing that you want. I’ve also submitted myself for things, think, South by Southwest, no one ever responded, I submitted, or someone did respond, but they’re like, hey, you didn’t get this thing, but I do this thing over here on CreativeLive and invited me to be on that. So sometimes putting yourself out there is also just putting yourself in the right room or in front of the right people. And it’s not always about getting that thing that’s right in front of you. It might be something that’s

30:37
on the side. that’s, does that answer your question around that? It does. Yes. I was actually at your first WDS. I didn’t realize that was your first keynote. Yeah. That was amazing. Thank you. I want to talk about your book. So first of all, why write a book? I was asking myself that question early on, like, and I’m curious what your reasons were. Okay. And I definitely want to know your reason too. So for me, I knew that I wanted to write

31:06
a book about being able to do what you love. This was a message that I got when I was young, my father who’s since passed away, he would say, do work you love and marry someone who does work that they love. And I feel like I followed those two things really well. And actually at WDS in 2014, Chris Gilbo’s literary agent came up to me, introduced me to editors and was like, your keynote is a book. And I was like, oh my gosh. And then what I realized is

31:35
we need to write Simple Green Smoothies book first. So I actually paused it, put it on the shelf and knew that I needed to write the book for Simple Green Smoothies first. So we kind of went down this path and it wasn’t until maybe 2018 where I reached out to the same lit agent, Dave Fugate and said, hey, I’m ready to write that book. I’m out of Simple Green Smoothies. I’m ready to really write about the entrepreneurial journey and

31:58
it still took me a million years to get the book proposal. So I didn’t have a book proposal until the end of 2020. We needed the pandemic. It took me a year and a half to get the book proposal. How long did take you? I mean, 2018 was when I was supposed to work on it, but I didn’t really start working on it until 2020. but I was working with a coach in 2019, like, help me. But I didn’t know what I really wanted to say. didn’t.

32:25
I didn’t want to write a book again about the thing that I didn’t want to be known for or the thing that people are expecting from me, like building your email list on challenges. You know, there’s just something that I was like, I need to write what’s on my soul because I’m going to be with this book for a very long time. And so I actually wrote an SFDA, can I, or, you know, stinky first draft is what my daughter calls it. I had to get all my words out just to see what was there. And once I did that, I think I wrote 30,

32:53
thousand words in three days for this like online writing retreat. had an outline and I just followed that. And I was part of this retreat where we were just writing, writing all day. And I was like, wow, okay, now I know I’m capable of, but that helped me see that I have something to say. It gave me the confidence to see that. And then I was able to build the book proposal from there, but I still struggled. Like I was trying to work with all these different people. So it’s, it’s a long arduous process. And I think the book proposal is actually harder than writing the book.

33:22
because you need to know what the book is. I agree. I agree. You’re like, but I haven’t. I don’t know. I don’t know. And the chapters, I don’t know how many TOC variations I had, but I, once I got through the book proposal process, then it felt like I was riding the bike down the hill with a few tiny hill uphills. It wasn’t as bad as the book proposal, but that was, that was the hardest, hardest part. So, but my big why for writing a book is, you know, I’m black, Chinese and white.

33:52
And the books that I was reading coming up were written by mostly Ivy League college educated single white men. And I was just like, I am not that I am a woman. I am a mother. I am a wife. I’m a woman of color. And so I just, I really wanted to see myself in those books and I didn’t. And Toni Morrison says, like, if you don’t see the book that you want to read, then you need to write it. Um, and that’s not the exact quote, but in those terms. And so.

34:20
For me, this is a book about proof of possibility for women who don’t have college degrees, for people who are people of color, just marginalized communities to be able to see themselves. I was like, okay, I can build business. I can build it differently and build it my way. So I just wanted to speak against the hustle culture of there. That’s not the only way to build a business. It is a way and it’s a fast track.

34:45
you know, there’s a lot of success, but we can do it in a more sustainable way that works for our lives too. So we’re not ignoring our families, ignoring our health in the process. Amazing. Actually, our books are very parallel, actually. I’m sure they’re going to be completely different. I actually haven’t really announced mine yet, but I will tell you why I’m writing mine. One thing that I wanted to do and I’ve always wanted to do is take my kids to the bookstore and have them see my book on the shelf. know that sounds weird or not weird, but

35:13
kind of selfish, but I just I just want them to show, hey, I can put a book on the shelf because both my kids, they love books, all they do is read all day. Yeah. And then the second part of it was I wanted to write a book because it’s kind of in the same sentiment, anti household culture and part of the story that I told you earlier in this interview, people start businesses and grow them for like the wrong reasons. Right. And

35:36
No one really talks about family and that sort of thing. Especially guys, actually. Yeah, totally. Yeah. Oh, I love that. And it’s interesting that you say that it feels selfish to have your kids go into bookstore. Because to me, I’m like, that’s not selfish. That feels like legacy. That feels like proof of possibility to your kids to be a walking role model for them. And my daughter just held the ARC copy, which is like the early printed copy. It’s not the hardcover, but I’m just

36:04
She loves books as well, like super bookworm. She’s 15 now and she wants to be an author in a different space. She’s a way better writer than I am. I’m like, I want to be even I grew up. She’s, mean, because she storytelling and character development. we geek out when we watch shows of like watching characters evolve and she’s, she watches video essays about just storytelling and it’s just really cool. But to me, I’m like,

36:30
I’m not just proof of possibility for all those people out there of being able to write a book or to build a business, but I’m proof of possibility inside my own home. Like there’s nothing closer than you being in the home and your kids being able to see like, wow, if my dad can do it, if my mom can do it, I can do it too. So I think that’s very beautiful. And I think it’s okay to be selfish in the way that it’s okay to want what you want.

36:57
as well as being of service to other people. And I think that’s the walk that you’re walking in the world is, hey, wanna, this is something I wanna do for me. And we are all deserving of that. And I wanna be able to help people at the same time. So I think both can coexist. Like, why do I wanna write this book for me? And why is it going to help other people too?

37:17
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

37:45
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

38:14
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

38:30
Now by the time this episode comes out, your book should be out. But what is the title? She builds. Okay. And it’s the anti hustle guide to grow your business and nourish your life. And really, what for women she builds differently. She builds with love. Interesting. I whenever like there’s a book title that targets a certain gender, I’m always very curious. So what about she builds with what that does it apply to men as well? yeah, or some? Yeah, so I think that’s a great question. And

38:59
It’s interesting because men, I’ve coached men behind the scenes and they do all the exercises that I include in this book. So any man could definitely read this book and get a lot from the tools and strategies that I share. I titled it She Builds because I wanted to center women’s stories. So often as women who’ve been

39:22
you know, identify as female or socialize as female. We’ve all had to read all these books about men’s stories. And it’s like, hey, guys, it’s your turn. You can read stories about how women navigate this and being allies and supportive of what women, not just from a logistical perspective, but also from a psychological perspective of all the open tabs that we are holding in our lives, even though things have shifted so much, you know, that men are able to be caretakers at home as well.

39:50
but we still have some of that discomfort of the 1950s housewife. it’s so a woman could be growing a seven figure business and also still responsible for volunteering and contributing cookies at some type of event at school. Or for me, I’m still even having to be emotionally available for my daughter. She’s in high school now and those things where it’s like, I’ve got to take my energy away from my business to be present as she’s navigating those different things that are happening in school too.

40:20
So men could definitely benefit. highly invite them to, there’s so many great strategies in here and also to just be able to see women being centered in business stories as well. But I was definitely torn like, ooh, is this too specific? But I love working with women. I love leading retreats. And it’s just for me, those are the people that I feel most excited to serve.

40:42
I really get them. I get what we have to go through and what we’re juggling. And so it just it comes with a lot of ease for me. So I know I may be excluding people with that title, but it is anyone could read it, whatever gender identity you have. But I really wanted to center women in this story. You know, it’s funny, because my blog is named My Wife Quit Her Job, actually most of my audience is actually women over the age of 35. And what’s funny is

41:08
I always find their stories of adversity more interesting than a guy’s. Ooh, tell me why. Tell me why. It’s because, and this is a little bit of stereotype, I guess, but women, like they have to worry about the family that that’s first in addition to juggling all these other things. Like I know in like my household, my wife takes care of, you know, like the lesson plans for my kids, making sure like she, she volunteers at the school and that sort of thing.

41:34
I focus more on like the business and making money and that sort of thing. But I’m always present for my kids because I’m always at home. Yeah. And it just seems a lot more difficult to juggle the emotional aspects of parenting with the business. and again, I’m stereotyping here, but guys, like if we’re just focused on just bringing in money, which has been a traditional role of a guy.

41:58
in a lot of respects, that’s easier, right? Because it’s more of like a focus on one thing as opposed to dealing with like the emotional aspect. it’s emotional, psychological, logistical, it’s all the things, but then adding in that we’re also bringing in the money too, as well. And there’s a lot of, I hope more books will be written about this. I don’t go so deep into it in mind, but there’s a shift in that when the woman becomes the primary breadwinner and also still holding on to

42:25
the family, know, my husband has been, runs his own business, a music program now, but he’s also been very 50 50 at home with supporting our daughter pick up drop offs from school and just navigating the shift in revenue contribution to that’s a whole, it’s just, it’s a lot for guys to deal with that too. Like, Oh what’s happening here? Like I need to be responsible and contribute. And he thought he wanted to be a full time stay at home dad. And then realized

42:54
no, I need to do something outside the home too. And that’s, think is happening a lot for a lot of entrepreneurial families of how do we contribute, be of service outside the world and then also still be a contributor at home too and being able to balance that between two partners if that’s your layout of your family dynamic. Yeah, I mean, it’s also hard if like the spouse makes more than you also as a guy also, right? These are all things that I guess need books written about.

43:22
Yeah, no, really. I mean, those are the conversations that come up in couples therapy and all the things of navigating that, you know. So Jada, where can we find this book? And when does it come out? Yes. So November 15th, 2022, which I’m super excited. And you can go to she builds.com to to get the book and anything else around my coaching, my masterminds, my retreats at Jada Selner.

43:48
and there’ll be lots of like free goodies and resources that people can also access if they’re not quite ready to buy the book. But I highly recommend that you just have that little companion, book your own, you know, retreat for your business, for your life and being able to prioritize that time to think about the big picture of what you’re wanting to build and create next. What is your heart calling you to next? Awesome, Jada. I’m so glad that you came back on the show and really excited.

44:14
for this book Thank you. Thank you for having me. It was so much fun. I’m sure we’ll have another edition that’s just about our book babies getting out into the world. Yes, that would be a great episode because I know a lot of people out there have been asking me about writing books and I honestly I just tell them I know nothing because I’m just going through it right now for the first time. Yeah, yeah. Super exciting. Thanks, Steve. All right. Thanks a lot.

44:36
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Najata’s book, She Builds, should be in stores today, so go check it out on Amazon. It’s a great read for those who want to build a business that they love. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 431. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

45:06
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash D-U. I also want to thank Clevio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we’ll talk about how you use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:36
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

430: How To Make Money In a Downturn When No One Is Hiring With Charlie Hoehn

430: How To Make Money In a Downturn When No One Is Hiring With Charlie Hoehn

Today I have my friend Charlie Hoehn on the show. Charlie is a best-selling author who has worked with many entrepreneurs such as Tim Ferriss, Ramit Sethi, Seth Godin and Tucker Max. 

His book “Recession Proof Grad” was one of my favorites and his bestselling book “Play For A Living” was referred to by Tony Robbins as the cure to all stress. 

Having Charlie on the show is timely because we are going into a recession.  We discuss ways to navigate a downturn and how make money doing what we enjoy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make money during a recession
  • How to “play” for a living
  • What it takes to write a best selling book

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my friend Charlie Hohn on the show and Charlie is a bestselling author who has worked directly with Tim Ferriss, Tucker Max, Seth Dodin and Ramit Sethi. And his book, Play for a Living was referred to by Tony Robbins as the cure to your stress. And personally, he’s actually taught me a lot about internet marketing over the years. And talking to Charlie today is timely because we’re going into a recession.

00:29
and things are about to get really bad. And in this interview, we talk about navigating a downturn, how to play for a living and writing books and a whole lot more. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger.

00:55
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

01:23
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say want to send out an email to every owner who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto response sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:53
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that are at least my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where it interviews successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Charlie Hoen on the show. Now, Charlie is an amazing guy who graduated from college probably during one of the worst job markets ever back in 2008. But instead of like randomly sending out resumes and waiting, he actually took control of his life. He is the bestselling author of Play for a Living and Play it Away, which is a book actually that Tony Robbins referred to as the cure to your stress. And I personally fell in love with Charlie’s work.

02:54
with his first book, was called Recession Proof Grad, which he talked about on the Tim Ferriss Show. And over the years, he’s worked with Tim Ferriss, he helped launch the Four Hour Body. He’s worked with Tucker Max, Seth Godin, Ramit Sethi, and countless other high profile clients to help with book marketing and events. Now I got a quick story to tell here. Way back in 2009, Charlie was actually responsible for getting me started on email marketing.

03:22
At the time he was working for Rumeet, I think it was to launch his course, Earn 1K. And I remember I wrote a blog post reviewing the course and I think I made like 10 sales or so at 500 bucks a piece. And then Charlie comes up to me and says, hey, would you mind sending this out to your email list? And I was like, what’s an email list? And then he took the time to explain the benefits of email. And today email actually generates, I would say 80 to 90 % of all the revenue for my blog. So Charlie, thanks for the tip and welcome to the show, man. How you doing?

03:52
I had no idea I was responsible for your success. Exactly. I mean, you can put me in the collection with Seth Godin, Tucker Max, and all those other guys now. Did I’m so happy for you. That’s awesome. Yeah, I don’t know if you was it was it earn 1k I don’t even remember exactly the details. Yeah, I think I think it was earn $1,000 on the side was the was the program. Yeah. Yeah. And you were running it for him, right? Or something like that promotion? No, I was I was helping him a bit.

04:21
When Rameet and I started working together, he was putting together the marketing strategy for his book, I Will Teach You to Be Rich. And I just had some ideas on other things that he could do, namely video. And so my skill set was in video. I was like, know video is super cumbersome. Why don’t I do that for you? I’ll do it for free for a while. And then let’s talk about doing other work together.

04:49
And so that went well, then the book launch went really well. And then, you know, I was involved with, I think, just a little bit of the creation of earn 1k and helping that kind of get its legs. Yeah, I mean, it was very impactful for me, actually. I mean, I started email, I never looked back after that point. Yeah, yeah, that’s great. So I’m curious, with how long did it take you to get to the 80 to 90 % of your revenue coming through your email list?

05:18
I would say it took a year after we had spoken. Yeah. Cause that was one year in or one and half years in on the blog and I hit six figures in my blog in three years and that was largely due to email. So probably over a year, year and half, would say. And you were selling courses and no, actually at that point I was, it was all affiliate revenue. Nice. Through email. Yeah. And then later the courses came. That’s amazing. Dude. I heard

05:46
a the other day of a guy who created a YouTube channel has he had an average of three to 400 views per video less than 10,000 subscribers and was doing over a million dollars a year in affiliate sales. is nuts. must be a really high priced affiliate.

06:07
program or something. It is so like the products are kind of like the biometrics, you know, health optimization stuff. So like $10,000 infrared saunas and cold plunges and that sort of thing. But I was just amazed. I think affiliate sales, it tends to be something that we I guess a lot of people don’t think about as a viable business path. Sometimes. Yeah, absolutely. I mean,

06:36
You know, Charlie, I know you’re probably most well known for your books on the power of play and how to find work that makes an impact. But I kind of wanted to start this interview out with your experiences over a decade ago when you kind of wrote Recession Proof Grad. And mainly because I know some of the listeners here, they feel stuck. Maybe they’re waiting for like the opportunity to come by and they want to make a change. And I remember when you graduated with no offers in a horrible market, I remember reading that you started landing all these high profile clients.

07:04
Tim Ferriss, Tucker Max from EAT. And I thought that was nuts. How did you get those? Yeah, yeah. So like you said, I spent three months applying to over a hundred jobs. I got two responses, which were, one was from a staging company. So like doing physical manual labor, which I have no problem with, but I was not looking for that type of work. And then

07:32
Uh, well, guess I technically was, but I got that as a response. Uh, was desperate, Steve. And, uh, two was a pyramid scheme. And so I hit a point where I just thought, no one’s responding to me anyway. No one’s giving me work that I want to do anyway. Why am I waiting? And so I just started pretending I had my dream job or I was in the process of obtaining it.

08:02
And just having the mindset shift and I was very clear. Like I was like, want to, I want to work with Tim Ferriss because the four hour work week had come out around that time. I thought it was a groundbreaking book, very brilliant. And he was just such a unique thinker. So I set my target as that. And then I just told the story to myself that everything that happened was in progress toward that. So.

08:31
I think that’s kind of a unique thing is from the beginning, a lot of people when they’re looking for opportunities or like they’re open to everything. And this is a mistake entrepreneurs make, right? It’s like, Oh, my product’s for the masses. And it’s like, no, it’s not. It’s for one specific person. And it probably should be for you at the beginning. Right? So it’s, it was being crystal clear on the target that I wanted to work with. And then.

08:59
The other unique thing that I was doing was an audit of their online presence, their marketing, their video, everything that they were doing and kind of assessing it like a doctor who’s searching for problems, right? Or symptoms, or I was looking for areas of opportunity for them and things that they could improve upon. And I would just kind of note those things and then think about how can I use my gifts

09:29
my skills to create gifts for them. And so a couple of examples of that are like, I saw on Tim Ferriss’s blog in the comments that somebody was asking for the audio version of a video that he’d posted. And then I saw a few more people asked for that. So I created it. And not only that, I, I put it in an uploaded player and gave him the embed code and like, you know,

09:59
put an image of his blog post and said, here’s where you need to embed this. And so I would send that to him, no expectations in just was like, what you do. I see your readers are asking for this. This might help, take care basically. And so I released the expectation as well simultaneously. So I call that method the tag method, target audit gift.

10:29
And it starts with that mindset shift of, I’m not gonna wait for somebody to give me the green light and assign me work and tell me what to do. We’ve all been conditioned to do that for at least 15 years of our lives in school. We need to break out of that. And the easiest way to do it is simply to say, I’m gonna pretend I have my dream job. I’m gonna try a bunch of stuff. I’m gonna work for free for a bit.

10:58
And the worst thing that can happen is I walk away with some portfolio pieces that I can show others and say, I did this work. Right. And so if you want to do something cool, go do something cool. And so, um, I have had, I’ve taught this method to a bunch of people over the years. A recent example of somebody that worked for is a guy named Michael Lim. He came to me, he was a consultant who just felt really stifled in his company. He hated his job.

11:28
and he wanted to work with creatives. We were able to land him a job with MrBeast, has a 50 million subscriber YouTube channel. And we did it by effectively doing this. He created a really powerful gift that showcased his skillset and made MrBeast want to hire him immediately. And he ended up getting a six figure job running the philanthropy channel for MrBeast. Another guy,

11:57
was, and if you don’t want to work for creatives, let’s say you want to work for a company. I worked with a student named Steven, who was an engineering student who he told me his dream company was SpaceX. And I think this was like five or six years ago. And so we did this process together of let’s do an audit of their website, everything they’re they’re working on and come up with a gift. And he was like really challenged by the idea of doing a gift because

12:25
I’m just an engineering student. I don’t have any experience. I can’t work with these guys. And at the time they had just learned how to land a rocket, right? Like right then they had just learned how to land a rocket. And it was like this mind blowing thing. And we came up with the idea of, if you tried to build a model of that? Like what if you just tried it? You’re not gonna succeed probably, right? Respectfully, it’s really difficult to do what they did.

12:54
But what if you did? What if you just shared what you learned in trying to be like SpaceX and being motivated? He hadn’t even graduated yet and SpaceX called him back for numerous interviews. He didn’t end up getting hired by them because they were like, yeah, you are too experienced. But they were like, we were so interested in talking to you because of the project that you did. We wanted to learn more about you. And he ended up getting a dream job working with a very similar

13:22
I don’t even know like aerospace type right? Yeah. Uh huh. But yeah, I mean, like I’ve just seen this work over and over and over again. And that’s really the principle. I think a lot of people misconstrue in the in recession proof graduate in the book, they think, oh, I’ll just do, I’ll email people and tell them they have problems with their website. And, I’ll just like, all blasted out.

13:50
to a bunch of people and see if they want to work with me. And it’s like, no, you didn’t pick a clear target. A, you’re, you’re, if you tell them they have problems, which you cannot fix, you’re just a jerk. It’s not, it’s not a kind thing to do, but I’ve seen gifts work at the highest level. I’ve seen, I told a story on, uh, you can find it on my Instagram reels of, uh, a guy that Steve jobs hired on the spot.

14:19
because he used this method, he went in for a job at Apple and he bombed the interview. He like walked out with his head hanging, HR and like didn’t like him. And he happens to see Steve Jobs in the hall and he runs up to Steve and he’s like, Hey, do you mind if I show you something real quick? And Steve’s like, sure. He pulls out his laptop and he shows the

14:46
magnifying glass effect. You know, when you hover over applications on a desktop and it blows up the app, he showed that to Steve Jobs and he was like, I think you guys should do this. And Steve Jobs said, my God, and hired him right there on the spot. And so it’s like, we all have these capabilities where we could come to somebody with a gift, but we’re, need a paycheck first and we need to go through the interview process first and the resumes and all this BS. If you’re creative, if you’re skilled, like

15:16
use this tactic, it works. It’s funny. So my daughter, I’m trying to instill all of these things. And it’s a problem because I’m Asian and we believe in going to school and going the traditional route. after creating content and entrepreneurship, you know, we’ve encouraged our kids to start their own businesses. It’s the same principle, right? You do what you want to do. And worst case scenario, if it fails, at least you gained all this experience putting together this business.

15:43
This is why I like content also, because if someone happens to see your content and they like what you’ve put out, they’ll come to you and not the other way around. It’s, it’s similar to your philosophy. I agree a thousand percent. I have tried both outbound sales and just creating content. And when I looked at the numbers, I realized it makes no sense for me to do outbound because people come to me after resonating with something I’ve

16:12
created and piecing together in their head, oh, this could be a guy who could be helpful in this regard. And I think one of the biggest insights I had in therapy was to be the sun. The sun does not try to save people. doesn’t try to like interrupt them and like get in their face and like try and help them. What it really does is just like gives abundantly and it gives life.

16:38
to everything around it. And I think if you can come from that place of abundance rather than fear and scarcity and I got to get mine and all this stuff, if you can, with the right people and you do it consistently, good things happen. And whether that’s through content, whether that’s through direct outreach and giving gifts that way, good things happen. And I know for you, once you landed Tim Ferriss, I’m sure all the opportunities were much easier to get after that, right?

17:07
Yeah, it just needs your first one. Yeah, yeah. So it gave me an air of credibility in which I did not have before him. Well, I had in some regard, right, because I’d worked with Seth Ramit Tucker. Oh, was that after Tim Ferriss wasn’t your first one? No. So I did a virtual internship at the very beginning of the summer after college after I graduated.

17:37
And what happened was I applied to be a real world intern with Seth Godin and got turned down. But he said there were so many great applications that, Hey, I’m going to open it up and you guys can do a virtual internship. go to the very first like get together on the virtual. It’s over 500 people. Wow. And I just thought I went to the next one and it was like 300. And I realized if I just stick with this all summer.

18:06
I’m gonna be one of maybe 10 people left possibly. And that’s what happened. And so I was one of, think like 15 resumes or whatever that Seth posted. He said, hey, these are good people. You should hire them. So I had that leg to stand on around the time that I started talking with him.

18:31
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

19:01
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

19:29
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

19:41
I’m having my kids read Recess and Proof of Grad by the way. And since then I know you’ve done a lot of other stuff. I know you had problems with anxiety in the past and I know a lot of the listeners out there, they might be stuck in doing something they don’t necessarily like and I can actually relate to this as an Asian. We’re conditioned in life to grow up to be engineers, lawyers, doctors. And I know most of us don’t like that. I like being an engineer but I have lot of friends that are lawyers that hate it.

20:07
I’m just curious, and I this is like the topic of your expertise, like how do you overcome this? How do you do stuff that you love so like work feels like play and not the other way around? Such a good question. So the place to start, I always say, is to look at your play history, which is what were the activities that you repeatedly and voluntarily turned to when you were growing up?

20:34
which your parents were not forcing you to do, teachers weren’t judging you or grading you, no one was paying you to do them. You were doing them because it was you seeking novelty. It was you discovering something about yourself. It was you being excited. It was you laughing and having fun with your friends. And so when I did this exercise, it came back, you I was feeling lost at one point in my career, right? And this exercise kind of re-

21:03
anchored me into where I needed to be. It was, I loved creating art growing up. I loved pulling pranks and practical jokes. I loved playing catch and home run derby. So baseball, I love doing sketches with my friends. So improv and I love building things with my hands in fixing things.

21:31
What emerged from that? The first thing that happened was I started just committing to incorporating play into my daily routine. So instead of doing coffee meetings, I started doing catch meetings. Instead of watching Netflix on the weekend, I would go play Home Run Derby for a bit. Or instead of like grinding it out on a treadmill, you know, I would go play a sport or play a Robie or Frisbee in the park.

21:59
And then I started doing improv comedy classes and that was a real breakthrough for me because that’s like the most aligned with me spiritually and who I am as, a person who plays, everybody plays different. So improv is hell for a lot of people. For me, it’s great. And so what happened from that was it re centered me into who I was. And so I was no longer being driven by external forms of pressure.

22:29
I was being pulled by intrinsic forms of motivation. And the strongest intrinsic form of motivation is play. Some people think it’s purpose. It’s having a strong mission. It’s not because you’re still requiring something that is not just you, your being to drive your behavior. It’s not growth opportunities. It’s definitely not salary. It’s not.

22:53
emotional pressure from parents or teachers. That’s one of the worst and most harmful forms of motivation. And I think it needs to stop. I think it hinders everybody’s self-development that we have these systems and social pressures that push people into being not who they are and play is who you are. And so, I mean, the worst form of motivation is inertia.

23:22
Right. Is, once I’ve been doing this for 10 years, I’m going to do it for the next 40. Like that’s the worst form. Um, and so the, the benefit of doing your play history and reincorporating true play for yourself is it centers you and it gets your energy in a much better place where instead of interacting with the world kind of mechanically and fearfully, and I’m just going to fit in and stuff, you.

23:49
of show up as your full self. You radiate this playfulness that gets reflected back to you. And what’s cool about that, I don’t know how spiritual you are or what your beliefs are, Steve, but I have noticed time and time again, it attracts similar people. It attracts opportunities that are aligned with you. It’s like

24:10
getting onto a frequency, know, Tesla, Nikola Tesla talked about thinking of the universe in terms of frequencies and it up levels your frequency in this way, where things start to click and make sense and things feel much more effortless and in flow and you’re, you’re just going and passing through time rather than like watching the clock, you know. So figuring out what you enjoy and play is one thing, but how do you combine that with just paying the bills? I think

24:39
A lot of people have problems believing that what they enjoy doing can actually make money. Yes. Yeah. So the realization I had when I was working on Play It Away was I kept seeing these people who were at some of the most successful, most innovative people in society who’d like shaped our culture and they all viewed work as this first.

25:07
but they all approach their work as a game. They viewed it as play and they were driven by it intrinsically. And so the question is, how do you make money doing it? And the answer is you keep playing the game until you’re so good in, in Cal Newports, whereas they’re so, you’re so good that they can’t ignore you. This has been everybody from Ray Dalio has explicitly said he, he did his career in investing this way to

25:36
uh, Brian Cranston to Oprah to, have a note from Bob Iger, the former CEO of Disney on my desk that talks about, I approached my work this way. Um, it’s a handwritten note after I sent him play for a living. And for me, it was just looking at, okay, what do I play at still that I love that I’m really good at and that people value and pay money for. And so it’s a little bit.

26:03
It can be a little bit tricky and kind of figuring out this dance, right? So, uh, the immediately obvious ones were people value video, people value editing, they value marketing. Everybody’s got a marketing problem, so to speak. And so I would kind of meet people where they are and assess, Hey, based on the problems that you have and the goals that you have, I think these tools can help you get there. I can do this.

26:32
Here’s how I fit into your equation. And so I was good at a number of things that were play for me, public speaking, editing, whether it’s video or writing, coaching. like, that’s frankly not a whole lot, but that has allowed me to insert myself into so many situations where I can get paid. And it’s just for me personally, it’s just been a matter of escalating.

27:01
the skill set in the price in the outputs. Is that funny? I’m working with a student in my course right now. And I actually just went through the same exercise with him because I’m I’m a believer in what you’re saying, right? You should do something that you enjoy. And most of the people that come to me and say, you I can’t make money doing this. They’ve never tried. Right. So I know when I was growing up, I enjoyed playing video games and

27:30
At the time there wasn’t an industry for it, but it became an industry. Now there’s professional video game players and people who just document stuff on YouTube and they make a ton of money. Or people just make millions just playing on Twitch, right? And people are just watching them play games. So the question is whether you’ve tried. And then this one student that I was talking about, he likes playing games and he likes basketball. So what I was trying to encourage him to do was to sell some sort of physical product based on a problem that he’s…

27:57
experienced every day playing basketball. Like what are his pain points? And then he came to the idea is like, Hey, I could sell this product and offer like shooting lessons or something like that. And I guess one of his big hangups was like, not the, I’m a good shooter, but I’m not like an NBA player. Like how do get over that? So what would be your answer to that? So for one, Scott Adams, I think has one of the best points on this, which is like,

28:26
you’re never going to be the best at one skill set. And it’s, the worst if you’re just trying to master this one thing, but your unique makeup of your skills can put you into the number one in the world in a category of your own. And so for this person, it’s like, yeah, he’s, he’s not going to be the best shooter, but could he be the best coach as well? Could he be entertaining in the process so that he could share

28:54
with others and impact them on like, like, God knows, I knew somebody who was running a basketball tutorial, YouTube channel that had like 3 million subscribers, you know? So I think that is the other part of the equation is you, you can, you look at the math, right? It’s like, do you want to impact millions or do you want to impact a few people who will pay you a ton of money and just go super deep with them?

29:24
and filling in those gaps so that you have somewhat of a pyramid or a funnel that operates well. I think that has been some of the best advice I’ve seen is like, if you wanted to do it around content, you have to be thinking in terms of how can I impact millions? But if you want to not impact millions, be thinking in terms of how can you create a luxury high-end experience for the right person?

29:54
who’s like overjoyed is happy to pay you six figures because those people absolutely exist. They do. And you don’t need, I think one of the things that I’ve tried that was very difficult for me was helping people with their dream jobs and coaching them because it was like, it was kind of this weird middle ground, right? Where they’re like, I’m in transition. I don’t have a lot of money to pay you, but can you help me figure this out?

30:23
Right. It was like, okay, I remember I made 50 grand over the course of three months, which is nothing to sneeze at. Right. But the amount of effort in convincing it took, was like, this doesn’t even feel good to like half the time. If these people are like reluctant to go into this, you know, I want to work with people who are like, let’s go. I super value this or, uh, just give it away for free and build an audience that way. And so that’s.

30:53
I have seen many, many others do those things and have it work well for them. think where people get caught is a, that story, right? Of like, I’m never going to be good enough. I’m like, there’s so many people better than me. And it’s like, yeah, if you compare them, I struggled with that for a while too. But if you compare them to just that one skill set, yeah, you will feel bad. So come up with your creative combo that.

31:21
only you can bring to the table. My philosophy has changed on this over the years because in reality, like everything’s kind of like a commodity these days, right? I feel like if you can get them to like you as a person, they’ll follow you and they’ll want to learn from you or whatever service you have just because they like you. I sure, have to be good at what you do, but like your personality is unique and that’s someone no one else something that no one else can take away from you. So this particular by I’m thinking of though, he just happens to be Asian.

31:50
And there aren’t that many Asian basketball coaches. So he could like own like the whole Asian demographic. A hundred percent. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That’s a unique combo for sure. So I think for you, like you would combine the power of like the gift giving method plus content to transition over to something that you love. So so what you’re doing feels like play. Right. I think it’s you.

32:19
Not everybody’s a content creator, right? Okay. Nor, should they become one, but anybody can create a potent experience for an individual that they want to work with. Right? Like there’s nothing, there’s nothing stopping the average person from saying, you know what, I could help a business with this specific problem or an individual with this specific problem.

32:48
put together a two page PDF in Canva that lays out who you are, how you’re going to help them specifically, what you can bring to the table or save them or whatever. And just talk to enough people in conversations like we’re having over Zoom and say, what do you think of this? is this come up with an easy yes and put it in front of them. Charge five grants, see what happens, you know, like just get started.

33:17
And Noah, our friend Noah Kagan is great at this where he’s like, he’ll have an idea. He’s an ideas person. He’ll have an idea. And instead this is, this is the trap that a lot of people get in is they, go, Oh, I’m going to go like create it. I’m going to go create the software. Whereas Noah’s like, Hey, can you pay me upfront before I go out and make this thing? And if he can’t get enough people to pay him upfront, he doesn’t do it. Cause he’s like, it’s not going to get any easier to sell this.

33:46
So I might as well figure it out right now if they would buy it or not. so I think that, I think that is another easy way to test like what is going to be play for you and can you make it profitable? How do you make your play profitable is you, you come up in design the experience enough on like a one pager that you can put it in front of people and convince them and they give you the money and then you go create it.

34:17
Charlie, what do you tell the person who’s working like 60, 80 hour weeks as a lawyer who’s getting paid like $300,000 a year, but they hate every minute of it, what would you advise someone like that? For one, I feel you, you’re not alone. understand, even though I wasn’t a lawyer myself, I understand what that path is like. But the thing I would advise honestly,

34:45
is what I mentioned earlier, which is like take your play history and incorporate one thing in it that honors you and your drive for play. Because the danger of being on that path is the disconnect you have from yourself, your spirit, your soul, what you know deep down you need to do. And what happens over time

35:07
is your body’s continually chirping at you to make a change, right? Your mind is continually telling you something’s got to change. And if you don’t honor that with the slightest movement in the direction toward honoring yourself, it’s going to manifest as a disease, an injury, an illness. It will happen where something will fall apart and it’s either you’re unconscious or like something.

35:35
will wreak havoc to make sure that you stop what you’re doing. And so I would say start doing the thing that you know you need to do and do it at the smallest level. You don’t need to like burn the ships right away. I think that’s in fact dangerous and kind of crazy sometimes. Don’t burn the ship, start small. And for me, truly, the thing that started to shift for me was proposing to somebody to go

36:04
play catch in the park instead of getting coffee. It was that simple.

36:10
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

36:39
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

37:07
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

37:24
Interesting I know I’m just looking back on my history. I liked my job, but I I wanted to spend more time at home. So I started out Writing content actually and Then that started making money, but I did it at a pace where I knew I could maintain it forever So it wasn’t really that big a deal The only difference is I actually hated writing but I felt like you need some content actually when we were talking just now like everything involves Putting something down on paper, right and I consider that content

37:54
Because you have to be able to project your ideas onto someone. However way you do it, doesn’t matter, right? Whether it be writing, video, or whatever. I think you have to put stuff down somewhere, right? And then, you know, it took me three years, which is a long time, gradually over time, things just build. That’s what I like about this. If you don’t feel like it’s work, then it just builds over time. And before you know it, it’s kind of like kids growing up, you have something that you might want to, that you can transition to in the future.

38:23
Was that similar to your path? My path has been kind of all over the place. think I’ve, I’ve in, may sound like I’m painting it as a very purest thing, which I don’t want that to be the case, right? Because I, the reason I got myself into a state of burnout and anxiety was because I shifted from like, I started my career by, by play, right? I started off and then was able to land all these gigs that way. And then slowly, but surely it shifted into pressure.

38:53
economic pressure, emotional pressure that was both self-imposed and coming from other outside sources as well. was just like, took my eye off the prize or my heart off of the path or whatever. And so for me, I think when you’re describing for you, it took you three years, right?

39:20
What was your reward? What was your internal reward that you were getting? My internal reward was I was making as much as my job, which was the job was taking me away from being at home with my kids. And that allowed me to consider quitting that job or going lesser hours on that job to be at home. I just remember like I missed. One of my kids walking for the first time, I got to see it on video, but it’s not the same.

39:49
while I was at work, right? And I didn’t want that to happen again. So that was my goal and reward. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, you’re driven by relationships and family and rightfully so, right? I’m, very similar where I, you know, I wasn’t, I wasn’t going to take any job unless it allowed me the flexibility and freedom that, that I wanted. And so I think the, the components, I think in, in rain me in if I’m

40:19
going a little off track here, but I think the components of understanding, are you playing for a living or not are important, right? There tend to be three major components, which is freedom, mastery and connection. And freedom is the freedom from these intense economic and emotional pressures. It’s the freedom to do the work the way you want to do it, how you want to do it. And I think

40:47
part of the reason why the great resignation took place. Everybody tasted freedom for the first time and then they wanted to take it back and they were like, no. also having the freedom to escape and detach from the work when you need it and feeling fully supported to do so. And then mastery, you know, are you in a game that you enjoy mastering, that you would enjoy the process of leveling up indefinitely?

41:17
And then connection, does it give you meaningful connection with yourself where you feel the intrinsic reward and connection with the people that you’re serving or working with? Do your coworkers feel like playmates rather than backstabbing bureaucrats? Do your clients and customers, do they feel like they’re an extension of yourself and not people that you can’t stand?

41:42
You know, if you can kind of focus on those three areas and getting those aligned or at least examining what’s off here, you can get closer and closer there as well. And I think based on your experience, if you go down a path that doesn’t feel right, eventually it’ll manifest itself in symptoms. Right. mean, yours, I think, was was anxiety. Right. I know for me, like I always like my job, but there’s certain aspects I didn’t like about it. But like my

42:12
For me, it manifested in not being able to sleep as well. I think I attributed to that. So if something’s not right, it just means that you need to make a change. And the sooner that you make a change on the path, I always believe in little baby steps. As long as you’re making a little bit of progress every day, that’s fine. I wanna switch gears a little bit for selfish reasons, and we don’t have too much time left, but I know you’d help. let’s do it. Let’s talk about your book,

42:40
You’ve launched bestselling books for like, Tim Ferriss and a whole bunch of other people like, give me a framework for what makes a book work. Yeah, I’m gonna give you a few. So yours, yours is a knowledge share, right? It’s like a how to or is it more memoir? It’s both. Okay, but if you had to assign a percentage of or a weight, which part is not knowledge here?

43:09
Yeah, probably more how to 60 % how to 40 % philosophy. Cool. All right. So to start off, I have made a lot of resources, so I’m just going to list them right here for people up front. Okay. I’ll link to them. I created or produced, I should say, not created. wasn’t like the creator, but I produced scribe book school scribe book school.com teaches you for free.

43:39
how to write, publish, and market a book. We have had well over, think at this point it’s between 40 and 50,000 people who have gone through it. It works really well. It’s based on the process that Scribe came up with that they have used to publish over a thousand books with their authors. So that is a good resource. there’s…

44:06
The next resource I put together is called how to sell a million copies of your nonfiction book. And this distills, asked for a framework. I think the most important thing you can do in making a book, Steve, like, for one, write a really good book. And two, have an amazing title, right? But three is stack the deck in your favor by having the DNA

44:36
maximize marketing opportunities, right? So the book is the thing that markets itself. You’re not the one marketing the book. I think this is one of the myths that, or traps authors fall into is they think, oh, I’ve got to go out and market my book. And it’s like, no, that’s actually kind of a losing battle for you. And it’s going to slowly drive you insane because your metric that you’re going to be looking at is copies sold.

45:06
And that is a terrible metric because even if you sell 5,000 copies in the first year, which is a really respectable number, you’re going to feel bad. You’re still going to be like, why didn’t I get 10,000 or a hundred thousand or a million? And it’s like, okay, that’s a tiny, tiny, tiny percentage of books. It’s like one out of 500,000 books. It may be a little bit higher, but you know what I mean? It’s a very low chance.

45:36
I’ll give you kind of the framework I talk about in this, seven tests that reveal whether your book has the potential to sell a million copies. And more importantly, more importantly than selling a million copies is really, will this book resonate with people and will they talk about it? And so that’s test number one. Will people talk about your book? So does your message have an amazing story or an unconventional message?

46:03
that readers fall over themselves to share with friends? Will your reader elevate their status every time they talk about your book? Is it going to make them look cool or smart? Do non-readers get into passionate discussions about your book topic? This one doesn’t so much apply, but it is something, will celebrities and influencers probably endorse your book, et cetera? I’ve got a bunch of questions that are basically like, will people talk about your book?

46:30
Test number two is, is this the right book at the right time? Almost every book that sells millions of copies like strikes a cultural zeitgeist of some sort. And it usually comes in with a really remarkable story or an unconventional solution to a huge problem that a lot of people are frustrated with. Almost always challenges an assumption that we hold something that

46:59
It has secretly trapped us. It’s usually a dated concept. So that’s test number two. This is kind of like a high bar, right? I mean, this is this gets into the guts of just even before you even start writing. Right. Yes, yeah, it certainly can. It’s but which is not to say like during the editing phase, you can’t repackage or reword things to meet a lot of this stuff. I think

47:28
My buddy James Clear, he was the bestselling author overall on Amazon, on all of Amazon with Atomic Habits. He talks about like, he stacked the book so that the best content came first. Like he hit people with so much value and then it ramps down throughout the book. And I think authors often make the mistake of like either it ramping up or being an uneven thing.

47:57
where it’s like, well, first I got to get into the history of why this is a thing or the theory behind it. And it’s like, what if you just hit them with value immediately? What if they, they were like, holy shit, right out the gate, you want that reaction throughout, throughout the book, but especially upfront, you know? Um, and so I’ll just read through the other tests just on a high level real quick test three.

48:26
Does your book transform the reader? It has to transform them. It has to change them. Test four, will your book create a cult following? This is a little bit different. I did an analysis on David Goggins, can’t hurt me here. That’s like 10 minute video you can watch. Test number five, is buying and gifting your book a no-brainer? Is it an instant impulse purchase? And if it’s not, why?

48:54
Why can’t this be a Christmas gift? Why can’t it be a corporate gift? You might want to think about that. Test number six, are you the author or your book polarizing for the media? A local minority group ought to probably hate your book because otherwise you’re not saying anything that is worthy of attention, right? And so like,

49:21
people can be upset when marketers do this and they make these bold statements. Like I had a post go semi-viral on LinkedIn and my opening line was start with Y is bullshit. And I could have nuanced it and said, start with Y is kind of right, but it’s actually not where you start. But no one’s going to pay attention to that. Like you kind of have to hit people and cause an argument.

49:51
in order to get people to actually pay attention because you are competing with millions of books, millions of other things online websites. do you want them to pay attention or not? And test number seven, can your book get massive distribution? Yes, you can self publish and be on Amazon and everything, but is there a major platform that’s going to continually promote your book? Can you get into major retailers internationally?

50:21
Could this potentially be a movie, a training or certification program? So those are kind of the high level overviews from people who want to write a best-selling mega book, which is really hard. I didn’t include anything about the traditional publishing process, which is its own beast slash nightmare. But for you, Steve, if you wrote a book that we, what are, what is the like ultimate

50:50
thing that could come from your book? Like what is the thing that you would pop a bottle of champagne and be like, this was my dream scenario. What is it? You know what’s funny about this Charlie is I started working on this book because I just wanted to have it on the shelf and I could take my kids to the store and say, hey, look, your dad’s a Polish author. Ironically, I think that was my number one goal and that was my bucket list item. It’s a great goal. Okay, so the secondary goal is just to

51:19
project my message out to as many people as possible. Mainly because I don’t miss, I don’t want to say, like I want everyone to go to college still, but because everyone would get mad at me otherwise. But I think that in this day and age, based on my path, like you can find your own way now. Like I don’t think college is nearly as important as it used to be. And the reason why I say this is because where I come from, like it’s like an arms race here in the Bay area. Like everyone is just,

51:49
paying these consultants like $20,000 a year to help get their kids to a good college, for what reason? Right? So they become a lawyer that, I can’t think of any of my friends who enjoy being a lawyer. I mean like, know, the ones who work in corporate at least. And so you spend all this time doing that and then what, or you can live a much better lifestyle taking a path like what you took.

52:19
Right? Totally. Spend time with your family and whatnot. And so that’s the message I want to project. And of course, the third op, the third area is like, teach classes on this stuff, right? Lead gen. Now you asked me about like, I don’t even think about this in terms of numbers, but since I have a, a big five publisher publishing this, I, in my heart, I feel somewhat obligated to, to meet a certain sales threshold. I think that’s the only pressure that I have for making sales. Totally. Yeah.

52:49
So because you’re with a big five publisher, mean, that’s their business model, right? Right. is like we otherwise, you know, the, can I get the advanced back and all that stuff? So it is their model. Um, and so, yeah, it would be helpful to strategize and think about how can I make that back as efficiently as possible. Um, but I loved your first goal. Like that’s, that’s great.

53:19
Fantastic. think it’s the, the, the problem runs, the challenges run, uh, well, can’t even speak. Uh, the biggest challenge that authors will run into is when their fantasies are tied around these hitting these big numbers, getting on, you know, like these massive media things. And it’s like, you can’t control any of that. Right. You cannot.

53:48
control if your book sells a million copies. You don’t have control over it unless you buy 995,000 copies of your book. so your goals, I think, are very much grounded in will all be accomplished. I don’t know how big your advances you don’t have to say. That would be the only one that I would be like, all right, we would have to sit down and kind of strategize how to get Steve to this as quickly as possible so he can focus on other things or do or.

54:17
You don’t even have to really worry about it, honestly, but like, um, yeah, here’s my philosophy for everything that I do. Like, uh, I’m going to try my hardest to get on a bestseller list and whatever happens happens. So I’ll have a budget and I’m going to make sure that I do the work and come up with a plan and then just let it ride. And then that way, even if it doesn’t do well, I can at least justify to myself, Hey, I did everything that I could to make this work. And you know, I’m comfortable with that.

54:47
I think it’ll do well though. have some amount of confidence. And I was just thinking about the criteria that you just, you know, whipped out as we were talking. I think I meet a lot of it and maybe I can massage the book to meet like the rest of it. Yeah, quite possibly. So a few thoughts on that. Trying to hit the bestseller list to be listed as a bestseller is a bad goal. Trying to hit the bestseller list because you only get one opportunity to launch a book and why not go all out? That’s a good thing.

55:17
That’s a good mindset to have. So I think a big important thing that comes with doing this, Steve, that I heard you say is like, I’m pretty confident. I think it’ll do okay. I would encourage you to get to the point where you can get that statement as strong as possible of this book is awesome.

55:46
I know it’s going to be great. Even if I don’t hit bestseller, even if it doesn’t sell X number of copies by this amount of time, this is a book that I’m confident people will love and get a ton of value out of. And one of the simplest ways that you can do that is to do multiple rounds of beta readers, like have them apply, have them be people that are like either have some experience or, or they’re your perfect reader.

56:16
Right. And have them just tell you when they get bored and confused and when they roll their eyes and, you know, fix all that stuff until you get around where people are like, this was awesome. I highlighted on every single page or I went off and did this or whatever, until you can maximize the user experience.

56:40
you’re not going to be able to say that with confidence, right? And so you have to treat your book like software. You have to treat it as though you’re developing a video game or something that like you just handed the remote control to somebody who’d never seen this game before. How far did they make it into level one? Did they get bored? You know, did they get to the final boss? What percentage are getting to the final boss? You know, they’re like, what are, what is their experience and treat it like software?

57:09
And that can serve you really well. So these pool of people, are these your friends or is there a way to get just. I don’t recommend friends unless they are experienced authors, because that can mess you up emotionally. It’s it’s it’s same as like.

57:31
Mom, will you edit my book? Like, don’t ask your mom to edit your book, she’s gonna hurt your feelings. And like, she’s gonna tell you these weird things that are gonna mess up your headspace and make you doubt the journey. And so I’m not saying my mom did that. I’m saying I’ve seen that happen to other authors. I get it from my mom all day. She’s like, who’s gonna read your book? So I’m used to it. Yeah, so no, you you want people who are your ideal target reader or other authors who like

58:00
get how to structure books, what books need, like they’re experienced in writing good books. Everybody else is like, you definitely don’t want to hand your book to a lawyer who’s convinced they hate their job, but they’re going to stick in it and they don’t like hanging out with their family. don’t give your book to that person. Okay, got it. Yeah.

58:30
Okay, I think I have a couple people in mind. Yeah, yeah, it’s really that’s that’s the part where you know, you’re you’re forging the sword. It’s it’s you’re making something really strong. You know, what’s funny about what you said earlier, like, it’s not up to you to market the book. And the book just kind of takes off on its own. That kind of blew my mind, actually. Yeah, one of one of the I had an author I spoke with semi recently, he was like, dude,

58:58
He, cause he was on his fifth or sixth book and I was like, man, I’m so proud of you. That’s so awesome. And he’s like, you said something on launch day that changed how I approached my entire career as an author. Um, he was like, I was only going to write one book. And then you said a book is a seed treated accordingly, plant seeds and let them bear fruit. Like you don’t stand around the seed that you just planted being like, Oh, come on, come on, come on. Like what else can we do to get this thing to grow? It’s like.

59:29
No, you planted it. It’s in the world. Let it ride. Like if you marketed it pretty well, good to go. So I think if you can view your book as a seed that can bear fruit for other people for many, many years and long after you’re gone, then you’re you’re in a good headspace to make something great. I mean, that’s how I feel about my blog post. But like a book is like hundreds of times more

59:58
in depth than a blog post, right? Different journey. Yeah, different journey. Yeah. Well, sweet, Charlie, this has been amazing. I’m so happy to actually have you on this podcast after so many years. Me too. person who got me started with email marketing. I’ll give you credit for that. I’ll give you credit for everything I’ve ever done. Awesome.

01:00:24
Well, Steve, I’m so I don’t say this to the patronizing way at all. I’m so proud of you and how you’ve stuck through everything and grown it into something that you’re proud of. And I’m just super happy for you, man. So thank you for this is a nice little reunion. And thanks for having me on. And Charlie, I don’t know if you do these consulting services like we kind of started out this interview with just talking about how you get unstuck and how to incorporate more play. Do you?

01:00:52
provide consulting, like what are some of the services that you offer in this department? Yeah, thank you for asking. Yeah, so I have a business that I basically just help elevate company cultures who want to infuse play meaningfully into the work and not just throw a ping pong table in the corner, have a happy hour once a week and call it good. Like how do you do it so your people love showing up to work, they don’t burn out, they don’t get sick, they

01:01:21
get more sales, they’re more productive, all this stuff. And so I’ve done that for clients like Microsoft and of course I’ve worked at Scribe for many years. Scribe has been the number one company culture in America, number one in Austin, number two in Texas. And so play is, I see it as like the next iteration of people first culture. It’s gonna be, I think a lot is gonna go toward play first culture because

01:01:50
this generation coming up, they see the writings on the wall. They have opportunities to play for a living and so companies better keep up. So I offer workshops in doing that. can do, they’re like little sprints that help companies and the individuals examine their personal and professional lives and then come up with a plan on how to actually implement it into their routine, into their work, whether they’re at home or at the office. And I also do

01:02:19
I’m going to be speaking to 2,500 leaders, CEOs in Mexico in October. Nice. Yeah. So, um, yeah, it’s, uh, the reason I love speaking to leaders specifically is that like it all falls from them. Everybody models their behavior in the company. They take their cues. And so if the leaders show up playfully, which I’ve helped leaders do, and it’s completely transformed their relationships with everybody in their life.

01:02:49
coworkers, other execs, their kids, wife, you know, that’s, that’s what gets me most excited is because they can transform the entire organization by changing themselves. Absolutely. Do you want people to just go to charlie hone.com? Is that, is that where all this is? Okay. Yeah, that’s, that’s the best place to reach out. And, uh, yeah, I would love to hear from anybody. And by the way, if anyone’s, uh, anybody who listened to this episode, just to hear the feedback, uh, on it, it would be great.

01:03:19
I just want to say Charlie’s an amazing writer. And if you go on his site right now, he actually lists out like his best blog posts. And I believe you can still download a electronic version of your books, right? Yeah. If you sign up on charliehone.com, I give all my books away for free. didn’t do it. I just like being able to give them out. And so you can get them all there. And I can plug Recession Proof Grad. That book really resonated with me and

01:03:48
Even though I wasn’t a graduate at the time, it helped me plan out what I wanted to do in it. And especially for someone like me who went the traditional path, school, job, everything, it just makes you think about what the different possibilities are and how you can actually take control and action to make changes in your life and not just sit around waiting for something to happen. Thank you, man. Thanks a lot, Charlie.

01:04:17
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I want all my kids to grow up just like Charlie. And if any of you out there are looking for an incredible book editor, Charlie is your man. More information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 430. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

01:04:43
So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLABIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLABIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, a choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big O in marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog,

01:05:13
If you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

429: 17 Million Dollar Business Ideas Free For The Taking With Nick Loper

429: 17 Million Dollar Business Ideas Free For The Taking With Nick Loper

Today I have my friend Nick Loper on the show. Nick is the host of the popular Side Hustle Nation podcast where he and I share similar goals.

We highlight entrepreneurs who run businesses on the side or full-time. One of the common complaints that we often get is not being able to decide what type of business to start.

In this episode, Nick and I brainstorm million-dollar business ideas that you are welcome to take for yourself.

What You’ll Learn

  • 17 million-dollar business ideas for the taking
  • What type of business should you start
  • How to run a successful business on the side

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my friend Nick Loper on the show. And in case you don’t know who Nick is, he is the host of the popular Side Hustle Nation podcast, which I recommend that you guys all check out. Now in this episode, Nick and I brainstorm million dollar business ideas that you are welcome to take for yourself. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought.

00:55
Piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my effort on SMS marketing.

01:21
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:48
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that are released by partner Tony. And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:18
Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Nick Loper on the show. Now Nick is the founder of the Side Hustle Nation podcast where he and I share similar goals. We try to highlight entrepreneurs who run businesses on the side or full time. And one of the common complaints that we both get are that people can’t figure out what type of business to start. So in this episode, both Nick and I brainstorm potential million dollar business ideas. And I want to lead off with one that is a frustrating business of mine.

02:55
And that is, you know, when you’re checking out on any e-commerce store and maybe you have experience with this from Bumblebee Linens is, you know, you see the promo code box and so naturally you open up a new tab and you start searching for store name, promo code or store name, coupon code. And invariably, you know, the same sites show up at the top, like the retail, me nots and the coupon cabins of the world. And none of the codes ever actually work. It’s so frustrating. So my idea number one is the coupon.

03:24
code site where only codes are verified and they actually work. And I know affiliate marketing enough to know they just want to set their cookie. They just want to get the last click. So they get their commission. It doesn’t matter if the code works or not. But as a user, it’s so frustrating. think Google would start to reward the site that actually has a decent user experience and actually delivers what they promise in those headlines. So that’s idea number one for me. What’s your take on that?

03:51
So I love how you started with this one, because I do have lot of experience with this. So first off, to prevent this from happening, I usually actually hide the coupon code field. You actually have to click on it to even display it. So it prevents people from going off. But in answer to your question, we have this issue all the time. People go off to coupon sites, and they’re bogus coupons, and then they get mad at us as a store when that happens. So my solution to that problem, and it’s tangential to your solution, is I have a special coupon page for my own store that I put out.

04:20
that ranks number one for coupons for our store. And it says real coupons for Bumblebee linens that will actually work. So that’s how we solve that problem. But in answer to your question, there’s all these tools, right? That it’s like a Chrome plugin. It literally tries like a million coupon codes kind of on the side. I think Honey is like by the most popular one, right? Yeah, I use like Capital One shopping for that. And sometimes it…

04:46
actually does save you money and then get you a little percentage cash back sometimes too, which is cool. But that’s almost what you need is like the programmatic solution to see what what’s actually going to work. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, absolutely. I mean, that’s the first thing that I do when I check out at a site too, and I see that coupon code field. And I’m pretty sure it can be done. Right? All you got to do is just have a tool that just goes around to all the stores in the database, and then just try all the codes and just make sure they’re

05:14
they’re verified. don’t know why they don’t do that. Those sites like retail me not. maybe the one maybe you start doing it like in a specific niche first and say like, okay, we’re going to dominate real coupon codes for even stuff even like web hosting or something like in something where you know, maybe there’s not that many providers, you don’t have to do this across 5000 different e commerce stores, you can say like, okay, these are you start with a specific niche or something. Maybe that would be

05:44
a compelling offer. Maybe it’s an add-on to a site that already has product reviews in a specific niche or something, but that’s something that is definitely a pain point whenever I’m shopping online. eventually I just give up and pay full price because at a certain point it’s not worth the time it takes to go and dig 20 pages deep to try and find something that really works. You know what some people do is some stores give out coupons if you’ve abandoned their cart. So some people will start checkout and then wait and make the purchase the next day.

06:14
in hopes of getting that coupon code. Yeah, the abandoned cart email automation. Exactly. Yeah. Since you started out with econ, let me just start out with a pain point here. And this applies to anyone who has a website, a WordPress site, Shopify store, whatever. When you install like a plugin on your site and you uninstall it, sometimes not everything gets uninstalled.

06:40
Like, and this is kind of malicious on behalf of some companies. Some companies leave behind this code that allows them to track the visitors to your website, even though you’ve uninstalled the plugin. So, and this recently plagued a couple of students in my class. So if there was some service to just make sure that everything was uninstalled, that would be a pretty, pretty useful thing for anyone who is like doing any sort of online stuff. kind of like a database or WordPress.

07:09
clean up service essentially like make sure you’re running the code as as lean and clean as possible. Yeah, or just when you uninstall something, you just make sure it’s uninstalled. I mean, the unfortunate reality is and most people don’t know this actually, but little bits of code are left behind. Yeah. Yeah. Is that information is actually sold off, which is the scary part, too. All right. So you need another plugin to make sure it’s a true uninstall for that other plugin.

07:39
Exactly. I didn’t mean to start out like with two technical solutions off the front, but I was just piggybacking on your on your e-commerce one. Yeah, it’s all good. I’ll do another one kind of in the online space. And this is something that has been top of mind as my wife and I have recently moved. You know, we’re about a year into our new house. And so she’s like big into, well, you know, what kind of furniture should we need? This this couch doesn’t really do it for me anymore. It’s, know, from 10 or 15 years ago.

08:08
Like how do we upgrade some of the stuff that we have? And so she’s looking at, know, Pottery Barn and Creighton Barrel and like West Elm, which I would consider like higher end stores. And I’m like, we have young kids, like we can’t have nice things. It’s just going to get destroyed. And so like, I want to find the, you know, Ikea or Wayfair or Target like equivalent or alternative to these. So I think this actually could be a compelling affiliate site to say like, here’s the high end stuff or here’s the medium high end stuff.

08:36
Here’s what it costs. Here’s the features and benefits of that. Here’s something that looks similar. And I think you get a bunch of traffic from Pinterest. I think you get a bunch of traffic from even SEO, Google, like this product versus this product, long tail search, and cash in on affiliate commissions, even though on those heights, those programs are typically in the 1 to 5 % affiliate commission range. But still on

09:02
a $2,000 item or a multi hundred dollar item. I think that stuff starts to add up commission wise with some traffic volume. Or you can do what Asians do and just wrap the whole thing in plastic and then it’ll just last forever. In fact, that might even be a good business, right? You want your furniture to last forever, just hire someone to just wrap the whole thing in plastic. But in answer to your idea, actually, there are companies, it turns out, and the only reason I know this is because we bought furniture.

09:31
when we were in your situation, when we had young kids, there’s like a handful of furniture places, I think in North Carolina, I want to say that actually make the furniture for Crane Barrel and those people. So you can actually buy directly from them. Oh, interesting, drastically reduced prices. Yeah. And it’s the same furniture. It’s just not branded under their thing. So yeah, that would be the equivalent of like the private label product at the store or the store brand products at Safeway or something.

10:00
Correct. The only downside, because I think we ordered from there, is that it takes a long time for the furniture to be fabricated. I think we waited like two months for it or something like that. Very good. Well, that was idea number three for me. Kind of in a new affiliate niche, that would be something that would be compelling for me just because, you know, relatively evergreen demand with relatively longer shelf life products. You know, they’re not changing out every season like I was doing in the footwear niche and in high ticket.

10:30
sales. So you know, doesn’t take necessarily a huge dollar volume, you know, we’re selling $80 pairs of sneakers and you know, making a commission on that. I’m selling a $1,500 couch and collecting a you know, maybe a commission on that. So that was something that if I was starting a new affiliate project would be on the shortlist there. That was idea number three. What’s next for you? All right, so I’m going to switch gears in this one since we’ve been talking about kids. And my kids are a lot older than yours, Nick.

10:58
One of my daughter actually just started high school, like yesterday, in fact, as of the recording. there are these consultants, and it’s important for us for them to get into a good college. There are these consultants that will work with your child to plan their curriculum and everything to give them the best chance of getting in the college that they want. Of course, they still have to get good grades on their own and everything, but there is a certain track and way of doing things so that you have a better chance to get in the school that you want. However, these services,

11:28
like this one that we were looking at, costs $12,000 per year. And you’re supposed to start from freshman year all the way to junior year, right? So that’s $36,000 of high school. Yeah, to get into the college of your of your choice. Yeah, right. They work with your kid all those years. Right. So I did some research into this. I think it’d be pretty easy. Well, maybe not easy, but to put together a web service that self serve.

11:57
that just kind of lists like what classes you should take depending on what you want to do and what college you want to go to. And so it’s like this gigantic database. So let’s say you want to go to like U-Dub, right? Is that the college where That’s right, go Huskies, for sure. So U-Dub, and I want to go into biology. What classes should I take? I go to this high school. And then it tells me, and then what extracurriculars might be good? Like what does U-Dub look for and that sort of thing. And then you have this plan.

12:26
And then you don’t have to pay 12 grand to some consultant. Yeah. Interesting. It doesn’t, it doesn’t seem that complicated. It’s been a long time since I was applying to college, but yeah, just, you know, take the challenging classes, do well in them and hope for the best. don’t know, but it’s a hard, it’s a lot harder to get in now. Like where I live, it’s an arms race. Every single parent has paid for this service for their child. Wow. Uh, at least my friend group. Yeah. And, it just sounds steep, right? Yeah.

12:56
Yeah, there’s got to be a way around that. You know, our mutual friend, Dr. Ryan Gray, who runs medical school, HQ.net, I want to say, he’s got a he’s got a whole host of podcasts. And so we’ve crossed paths at lots of podcasting events. He started an app solution or a web app solution for this specifically for med school admissions, to say like, here’s like, how are you tracking? You know, how are you performing on all these different pre-req classes? And so maybe something similar to that just a little bit.

13:25
broader in this case, you know, elite college admission game plan kind of thing. And yeah, there’s if the one-on-one service is 12 grand a year, there’s plenty of margin to come in and undercut that and even have office hours. You can have some level of one-on-one time or group coaching time inside of that. totally. Very cool. Anyone out there creates the service, I’ll probably sign up. There you go. Anyone listening? Yeah.

13:55
What else you got Nick? All right. Number five for me is what I’m calling similar web but for podcasts because as a podcast guest and even as a podcaster, the universe of available stats, how many downloads does the show get? How many people are actually tuning into the show is really hard to come by. It’s really opaque. And that’s kind of by virtue of all the different hosting.

14:24
platforms and all the different listening apps. Like it’s hard to aggregate this data. And I don’t know if it’s something that people would have to opt in for, but you can go to similar web or you can go to hrefs and you can get an estimate of how much traffic a website is getting. And it’s like, I would love to see something similar for podcasts. Like, and even they go down into like demographic data, you know, what are their top keywords and you know, what are the top pages on their site? It would be really cool to see the same thing for podcasts to say what, you know, what are their top episodes, you

14:54
where are people tuning in? What types of people are tuning in? Because I get invited onto other shows and that’s awesome. But we’ve had to start implementing kind of a bit of a vetting process to say, well, you know, has the show published 25, 50 episodes? Like, are they going to stick around? Has this show, you know, do they have a meaningful number of reviews in Apple podcasts or Spotify? are people, you know, is the audience engaged enough to go in and leave a review? Do they have a website? You know, are they?

15:22
or they just host it on anchor. kind of like, certain things might be red flags or certain things might be a checkbox to say, okay, this might be worth proceeding for. So this is something that I would love to see. I don’t know how many people would get used out of it other than podcasters, but it’s a growing field for sure. I think it’s very useful for anyone who wants to sponsor a podcast too, right? I’m shocked that this hasn’t been done yet. I mean, I’ve been podcasting for eight years now.

15:50
And given that all the other online stuff that we do, which has incredible stats, I’m surprised that podcasts are so lacking. Yeah. There must be some reason why people haven’t jumped on this. There must be some like technical reason why it’s difficult or something like that. I don’t know. Yeah, it’d be cool to see kind of a centralized database to say, well, and even for arranging like episode swaps or promo swaps on top of the advertising things, like, okay, you can kind of send a screenshot.

16:19
but it would be cool to be able to line up with a similar sized show and say, Hey, I’ll shout you out. You shout me out versus you know, sometimes you’re trying to do a promo swap, but it’s like, well, if this show is five times the size, then that’s not necessarily an equitable swap. So that’s, guess, where that pain point is coming from for me. What’s next for you? Yeah, I think so too. Yeah. Since we’re talking about podcasts, there’s something that I kind of thought of too.

16:46
The way you traditionally grow a podcast is you go on someone else’s show or you have someone do like a read for your show, right? If somehow that could be like automated and bartered like ahead of time. like I go on a site and I say, Hey, I want to be mentioned on Nick’s show. So you have like just some set thing. And then like, I have like a set recording or like a script and I just pay you the money and then you just read it. You approve it. And then you just read it. And it’s just all automated like that.

17:16
Yeah, have you heard of like that? Have you heard of Audrey? think it’s Audrey dot IO AUD RY. This is a platform I’ve been playing around with a little bit because it does kind of facilitate those, you know, host read promos. And also you can upload your own trailer like your own promo trailer and and buy access to these. they, you know, they do a little bit to verify that this show gets, you know, five thousand downloads. And this is their price to include these. And this is like

17:45
timeline to deliver. So they’re they’re attempting to solve that. The problem is, it’s only a tiny, tiny fraction of the available podcasts in the universe. And so it’s like, well, yeah, this is cool, but it would be awesome to see a broader reach there. It’s definitely like a chicken and egg problem, right? You got to have a lot of podcasts for people to want to join it. And, you have to have high quality podcasts on there. Also, right. That’s a chicken egg. Yes. Yeah, Audrey.io. Yes.

18:16
Audrey.io, okay, cool. In the meantime, you just have to kind of network, right, with other podcasters in order to make this happen. So I’ve been meaning to get out to podcast movement, in fact, and just meet some other podcasters. It’s true. I haven’t been to that event in a long time. It’s challenging. It’s like when you go to FinCon, everybody’s in kind of the personal finance space. And so you have that in common when you roll up to podcast movement, or I went to PodFest this year in Orlando, and it was like,

18:43
Oh, I, you know, the standard conversation, hey, nice to meet you. What’s your show about? Oh, I talk about, you know, true crime for, you know, moms, know, empty nested moms. It’s like, cool, cool niche, but like, I don’t really know, you know, what the next the next question is, like the next step to any sort of collaboration is. So that’s I find challenging. It’s cool because you get you bounce ideas like off a bunch of different people in a bunch of different niches.

19:12
think that’s what’s awesome about those podcast events, but it is a little bit more difficult I found to find the people in your space or even kind of in the shoulder spaces. That’s where I say, you know, I’ve seen some of the biggest benefit and some of the biggest spikes in the growth of the side hustle show is by becoming the side hustle guy in that personal finance space where I never really considered myself a personal finance expert. But a lot of these shows talk about investing, talk about saving money.

19:42
talk about budgeting and it’s like, oh, it’s a natural progression to say, well, at a certain point you got to address the income side of the equation. Maybe we ought to talk about side hustles. Let’s call up Nick. And so that actually worked really well to grow the show. that’s kind of off a lot of tangent at this point.

20:00
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:30
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

20:58
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:10
No, no, I love your show, Nick. I mean, I think you do a great job. And yeah, you’re right. Everyone wants to make more money and side hustles are the way to go for sure. All right. So I was number five, kind of similar web for podcasts. Oh, is it my turn? Yeah, go ahead. Oh, that was your thing. Okay, see, let me go down my list. Okay, here is one. And again, these are all parenting because my kids are older and they’re going off to high school and stuff. I want a service.

21:38
that you can hire to give like a pep talk to your kid. So this is what I found. And maybe if you’ve experienced this too, Nick, but my kids don’t listen to me. So if I tell them something, it goes in one ear and out the other. But if I were to get someone else who has like authority or credentials in what I want to give them, you just have them and you just zoom with them. Like you bring them on, say, hey, this guy is like the foremost expert on biology.

22:06
And he says you should do this and then they have a short conversation via zoom and then listen to him and not you. I would love that service. think it would be like cameo but for but aimed for kids like kid celebrities did this need to be somebody they would recognize from YouTube or someplace? I don’t even that would be better but it doesn’t have to be the person just has to be in like a position of authority or have credentials I think okay.

22:32
I don’t know if you would say, I mean, your kids are still young, right? They’re still young. They don’t listen to me either, but I don’t know if they would. I don’t know they would listen to anybody else in a similar way. Well, let me give you an example. I was playing basketball with my kids and one of them is really into basketball and I was trying to tell her how to, how to shoot a little better. And she’s like, did you even play? And I’m like, well, I mean, I played rec and, if I could get like a basketball coach, I mean,

23:00
an NBA player would be awesome. Yeah, but like just basketball coach to come and say the same thing. I think she would listen to him more than me easily. Yeah, I think there’s definitely something to that. That would be kind of cool to build out. Yeah, find your find your network of vetted experts in a variety of fields. And maybe again, you start with one niche and you branch out from there. And then, but again, a two sided marketplace difficult to find the critical math critical mass on both

23:27
sides like the expert side and then the demand side, the parent side. But I think there is something to that for like, you know, how do I, how do I get somebody else to say probably the same thing, but in a different way or from a different position of authority and get people to pay attention to it. Yeah, because it has to come from someone else. And Nick, I hope this doesn’t happen to you. I just have this feeling it happens to all parents. I think so. I mean, I remember going through it as a teenager myself with my parents. So I imagine it’s just

23:57
one of those things. All right, the pep talk service for kids. is number six, expert backed pep talks. like that. Number seven for me is, this could be an e-commerce thing. I’ll get your take on this. So I have a, apparently a abnormally small head. And so I have a really hard time finding hats that actually fit and like don’t come down and hit my ears in a funny way.

24:26
and the ear, I don’t know, my ears stick out. And I don’t know if it’s a factor of being bald, but like I like to wear hats to protect my head from getting sunburned. So too old for wearing like, you know, the fitted new era hats, too bald to wear like trucker hats, because like the mesh in the back would be bad news. I just, feel like, because I’ve seen some, there was a company I came across recently that was doing like, you know, custom fitted jeans or something, like where they take all these measurements and then we guarantee you like the custom fitted, like you’ll never have a better fitting gene.

24:55
was like, okay, somebody ought to do the same thing for hats. I would totally pay for that service. But whenever I search for custom fitted hats, what comes up is like customized fitted hats. And it’s like, well, that’s not really what I’m looking for. I’m trying to find the right keywords to advertise this thing and come up with the manufacturing capability to get it done. But I imagine the technology exists to do this. So the ones that show up right now are ones where you can customize like the design on it. Yes. And not size.

25:26
You know, I’m just thinking, I mean, that would have to be like a custom hat if you want to make it. So would you be willing to pay like hundreds of dollars for it? I wouldn’t pay hundreds, but I would pay probably double or triple what a normal hat would cost just to have something that would be confident that would fit. Cause I mean, I had this Kelly Moore painting hat that I wore like all through college, all through painting and wore for the next 10 years until it was like.

25:54
destroyed, like ran it through the wash one too many times. It just got shredded. And I was like so bummed. It’s like that was my favorite hat. And I was like trying to replace it ever since I have this like keen footwear hat that I got like from a internship in college that fits pretty well. But it similarly like getting shredded. And so it’s just, you know, I have several hats, like not very few that actually fit the way that I like. And so, yeah, I would definitely pay for something to have it in the rotation for the next decade.

26:23
So that Kelly Moore hat was one of the few that fit your head. Yeah. Interesting. OK, so it’s already out there is what you’re saying. Somebody somebody somebody did. I went through I like to I found all these pictures of me like, here’s here’s me in Paris rocking the Kelly Moore hat. Here’s me at Machu Picchu rocking the Kelly Moore hat. I’m like trying to get them to like send me another one. And, you know, they said, oh, thanks for rocking our our brand or something like that. They didn’t give me a new hat.

26:54
Yeah, that sounds I’m surprised that there isn’t something out there like that, actually. Yeah, people are doing it. People are doing it for like dress shirts. People are doing it for jeans. I think there’s somebody out there probably is doing it for hats or will be doing it for hats in the future.

27:10
All right, since we’re talking about, I was talking about sports earlier, here’s one and it’s only because my daughter’s really into volleyball also. And I’ve been working with her, like I act as a setter and she hits. But you notice like almost every other sport has a machine that does stuff like basketball, there’s an automatic machine that returns the ball to you if you make the shot. As far as I know, there’s no like volleyball setting machine. I don’t know how many of you guys listening out there actually play volleyball.

27:39
but you just put the machine out there, you just feed it some volleyballs and it just sets it for you to hit. It would seem like pretty obvious that that machine is needed. They have that for tennis. Right, like a tennis serving machine or like, yeah, just, okay, I’m gonna work on my backhand. So this machine is just gonna spit them at me, you know, for as many balls fit in it. It totally seems like it could be a thing. But I’ve been looking for this volleyball setting machine and I know it’d probably be expensive, but you know, I’m getting old. Like when I play volleyball with them, I try to play volleyball with them every weekend.

28:08
and I can’t walk for two days after. So it’s a lot of wear and tear in my body. It’s definitely a young person’s sport. Oh my goodness. Yeah. This was, I don’t know if you were there. We were playing basketball before maybe traffic at conversion summit or something in San Diego. I was wrecked for a week. don’t know. was just like never play basketball to begin with. And then like just, Oh, I know let’s sprint up and down the court for two hours. Um, but it was, it was good times. Yes.

28:35
That actually brings me to you. don’t play basketball because you’re tall. I am tall. And so I get like picked early whenever we’re doing pickup games and people assume, oh, he’s going to be good. Like, no, no, I guess I can I can stand on the hoop and like rebound occasionally. But, you know, I got to kick it out to somebody else to actually make the shock. And that but being, you know, getting older and being sore from all of these things that shouldn’t make you sore. That brings me to my next idea. This is.

29:02
And this may exist, but I would love to see kind of a personalized science backed wellness service. And I’ll try and explain what I mean by that because I have done like wellness effects, I think like this blood testing service for the last several years. And it’s kind of cool. It gives you a snapshot of, you know, all of your blood levels in certain, you know, proteins and cholesterol and stuff. And now having done it, you can kind of see the snapshot and how things progress.

29:30
over time and then can book a call with a handful of the partner doctors and stuff that they have through the site. But where it kind of stops short is just like the ongoing, I mean, I guess you could do it every month. It would get kind of expensive if you did, but just we have no idea what’s going on inside our bodies. Like how do we optimize this machine that we rely on to do our work and live our lives and be our best selves? It is…

29:58
kind of frustrating in a way to not know, you know, so there’s the testing side of this, and then there’s the like actionable recommendations and plan side of this in terms of diet, exercise, supplements, down to, what is the optimal time of day to be taking such and such supplement if you need them? I just really think there’s something that would be worth paying for on this front. Like after you reach a certain level of.

30:26
financial stability, where do people want to naturally invest next? They want to invest in their health. And I think this is something that would be worth looking into, at least for me.

30:37
Does this involve getting blood drawn? It could, wellness effects definitely does. And so that’s why I tend to do it just like once a year. But if there was a way to, even if it was, you know, my cousin was diabetic and so he’d do like the finger pricks almost, almost constantly. And then he ultimately had kind of like a machine hooked up to him. And so maybe there’s a way to do it now, like through a patch to get like more real time data, or you could see how certain foods impact your glucose levels or something. don’t know.

31:07
I just feel like we probably have the technology to do a much better job. Modern medicine is very good at being reactive and solving problems once they come up, but it would be really cool to see something on the preventative side or the optimization side before those problems tend to crop up. I would totally pay for that. But that company sounds like something pretty complicated to put together. Yeah. Probably take some big bucks, but yeah.

31:34
That would be totally, I would sign up for that in a heartbeat, especially since I have kids, like I want to stay alive for them. Totally. You know, till I got grandkids and that sort of thing. So my next idea is like something on the complete opposite spectrum of that. It’s just something that frustrates me and you can share your experience here. We drink a lot of sparkling water in our house. So we’ll go to Costco and we’ll pick up those giant 36 packs of Kirkland sparkling water.

32:00
And if you look at the can, at least in California, I’m not sure if it’s like this in Washington, but you can get five cents back, I think, per can. Yeah. But we’re always too lazy to do that. And what is happening is we just we recycle them, of course. But in the back of my mind, since I’m cheap, that I should be getting five cents back on all of these cans. So the services I was thinking of is just someone who just goes to the neighborhood and picks up your recycling. And they give you like 50 % of whatever you’re recycling. Oh, okay.

32:30
Like a profit share on the refund. Yeah. Yeah. So they just go and just make the rounds in the neighborhood. You sign up every house on your block and they just pay you right out. They just give you a monthly thing based on your consumption of, of recycling. Yeah. This would be a great business idea for the kids to get involved with. Cause we, we actually did this. I guess we just went to a scrap metal place. Maybe it was a recycling center in Livermore. Cause we would, um, you know, we just pick up the cans that people left on the side of the road or like, you know, out.

33:00
in the parking lots or whatever. you know, save them up and we take them in and they would weigh them. And we had like, you know, just a cardboard box the size of these things versus, know, some guy had like garbage cans full of them. And he’s like, it’s that’s cute. Why don’t you go first with your kids? And so we go in, they weigh this stuff and they gave us like five dollars and fifty cents. The kids were thrilled. It was like free money. We found this money. We made this money. So I actually think this is really cool. I think this would be a great one to do. And that profit sharing angle is

33:29
is kind of a unique way to do it. you look, you’re not going to drive to the recycling center. Let’s be real. Like just put it in the curbside thing. Yeah. That’s what everybody does. But yeah, you paid for it. You paid this, you know, can deposit when you bought this thing. And so here’s a way to do that. I like that one. I was just like Coinstar. Have you ever used Coinstar before? I had this whole article on Coinstar, like in the very, very early days of my blog, you know, pre side oscillation. This is like, you know, an article on nickloper.com like from

33:58
2009 or something. And it was like the beautiful business of coin star like here, you give us $1 and we’ll give you 90 cents like what a fantastic business model. But yeah, no, it’s similar. The same thing you got all this stuff, you’re reluctant to go to like the bank and get it changed for bills, right? Yeah. So you take a little less and and you get bills that you can actually use or gift certificates, right? That’s what I think same principle. Yeah, I think that

34:25
That could be good. I’ll pitch that one to the kids because they could be about that. They’re always like, they’re starting to get to that age of like, well, how do we make money? Well, it’s all fun and games until dad has to drive to the recycling plant every day, though. It depends on what kind of volume of cans that are coming through. It starts to fill up the whole garage. Yeah. Number seven, number 10, the neighborhood recycling service with the profit sharing.

34:56
Yeah, extra incentive. I think that I think a lot of people would do it just to support the kids in the neighborhood. But, you know, if you’re going after, you know, business clients or something, I, you know, may, you know, we’ll give you a little bit of kickback from what we collect from your area than some accounting complexity there. But I think that would be a cool incentive to get people to participate there. Number 11 for me is what I’m calling class pass for golf. So have started playing a little bit more.

35:25
golf in the last 12 months, mainly with my dad. This has been his like retirement hobby. And so occasionally he’d be like, Hey, we got an extra spot in our force. So why don’t you come out and hack it up? Yes. I have. Oh, okay. Cool. What was, what’s kind of surprising is you don’t see so much of like season passes for golf, like you would in skiing or other hobbies where it’s like, okay, I just want to pay once I want to pay my five, 600 bucks at the beginning of the season. And then I’m, I’m good. Like it’s unlimited. You don’t see that so much. And so it’s like,

35:55
Wow, I you know, number one, why that is, and number two, like, could you put something together to aggregate a bunch of participating courses and sell that as a bundle or sell that as almost like a lead gen for these courses? Hey, if you like it, you know, come, come play more. I don’t know. What think about that?

36:15
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

36:44
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

37:12
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

37:29
I like that idea. Actually, I’m just trying to think how it would work. But yeah, a lot of people want to play in a variety of courses. And this would be a great way to just try them out. It’s kind of like movie pass to write, right? In a way. Yeah, I like this idea. I wonder how it would be priced because every course has its like its own price point to write and they’re all across the board, at least where I live. Yeah, yeah, sometimes it can be very expensive courses. And sometimes like the more budget friendly ones. But it’s just kind of surprising to see you

37:59
you know, if I want to like if I want to commit to this hobby, similar to skiing, you know, how do you know what’s the most economical way to do that like movie pass, you know, if I’m gonna if I know I’m gonna do it. And maybe that’s why the golf courses don’t do it because like, shoot, you know, only our, you know, heavy users would do that we’re going to be cannibalizing all the greens fees we’d normally be getting. And it’s, you know, a high fixed cost, high investment business, like to operate a golf course where you have limited

38:28
I mean, similar to airlines, like, you know, if that tee time doesn’t get booked, like that’s lost revenue for them. And so maybe it’s a way to fill up some of that. You see a little bit with like golf now where the courses use that to fill some of their unsold inventory. But I don’t know, maybe another another angle, like for courses that are having a hard time. Maybe there’s restrictions on like when you can use it and stuff like that to say, you know, to not not cannibalize their peak times that they’ve already booked at full price.

38:59
But I definitely liked the idea actually. Yeah, for sure. Because golf is just one of those sports where you, where the scenery matters too, right? And to try to have, you know, a variety of courses to play on would be great. I like that idea a lot actually. All right. I think that would be kind of cool. All right. Number 12. It’s all you. Okay. All right. So this is one that I just recently had a problem with. So I went on vacation to Florida and I came back and my plants died.

39:29
So the idea that I’m talking about is you leave your plants at this place. I don’t know what it like a plant kennel. Okay. Okay. And they’ll just water it they’ll take care of it for you so that when you come back, like not all of your plants die. Because it’s a pain in the butt to have a friend go over just to water your plants. Right. And it sounds like also take your plants to the plant kennel though. I don’t know which is worse. Well, no, they would just come by and pick it up. Oh, okay. Okay.

39:57
All right, they come by, pick it up, they take care of it for you. And then when you come back, you know, your plant is outside your door and alive and well-nurtured. And well-nurtured, well cared for. Well cared for, probably better than you would care for yourself. Yes, the plant, the kennel, that’s a really interesting one. I’m that again, you know, given all the startups in the Bay Area, it’s almost surprising that doesn’t exist yet. So that’s kind of cool. Because my kids, were

40:25
They nurtured this plant for a long time, you know, because they like taking care of stuff. And then we go on vacation because we haven’t gone on vacation much due to COVID. Yeah. And it’s like this first longer vacation would come back and their plant, they took care of for so long just died. was was heartbreaking. The plant kennel, I would have paid the money to avoid the anguish for sure. What would you pay for it? Probably 100 bucks. Okay. To keep it alive. Yeah. Keep it alive for a week.

40:54
or however long. Yeah. Plants. It depends like if the plant has sentimental value, right? mean, sure. Some people treat their plants like family members. Yeah, I mean, we brought ours when we moved. And it’s like, you we were happy when they all survived. I don’t know if they’ve, I mean, there’s all sorts of studies that say, you know, having a house plants makes you makes you happier, helps clean the internal air and all this stuff. So there might be something to that and talk about super low.

41:22
startup costs, you know, just go sign up some customers in your neighborhood will be, you know, watch your similar to watch your house. Yeah, easy to easy to validate that one before without any startup cost. Or the simple solution is just not get your kids plants that require water, like just get them cactuses for now. They can survive a week or two in the in heat without dying. Well, that kind of tees up my

41:48
next one as a new homeowner. I’m thinking of a home maintenance sold as a monthly membership or sold as a quarterly membership or as a productized service. Because think about, I’m thinking like one stop shopping for pest control, for touch up painting, for gutter cleaning, for just little small fixer upper projects or stuff you probably should be doing, but

42:16
because you never lived here before. You don’t really know how to do, know, cleaning the furnace filter, the dryer air duct thing, like all that stuff. I think it would be cool to maybe there’s somebody out there that already does this. But if you are, if you have a handyman business or something in one of those spaces, you know, you could even you could even play matchmaker if you want to say like, look, I’m going to layer my branding on top of this and then I’m going to have the furnace guy come out. I’m going to have the gutter cleaner come out. I’m going to have the Christmas light guy come out.

42:46
And just all that stuff and maybe kind of like combine it with a monthly calendar. Like here’s what you ought to be doing at this time to, you know, best protect your house and stuff like that. I don’t know. I love this idea. I really do. Let me just give you an example. So my mom, she’s living alone right now and all this stuff just breaks all the time. And I keep telling her like, have to do this, you have to do that. But then she never keeps track of it. If this service existed, I would

43:15
totally signed my mom up for it. And even for myself, I think I’d be willing to, I’m just thinking from both sides, like if you’re running this business, perhaps you can sell like monthly credits, so they don’t abuse it. They can use these credits in any given month. Yeah, you know, up to a certain amount for just maintenance tasks. Yeah. And so maybe it’s a couple grand a year, three, five grand, I don’t know how much it would be and how much would have to be to make it profitable for the players involved. But I

43:45
I subscribe to a handful of these types of services for the business that I don’t use every month, but it’s almost like insurance in a way. One of them is like a on-demand IT support for the website. If something breaks or if I want to change something, I can just message this person. feel good about having… That’s my on-demand IT department in a way. And I feel like for a lot of the stuff, I could walk around the outside of house, I could see that that is probably going to be a problem down the road.

44:15
but I don’t really know who to call. Like if I had a one phone number to call or like one person to message about this thing and then they just took care of it. Like property management, this is like so bad. Like I’m just not a handy person. I just, you know, it’s like property management for homeowners, right? Yeah. No, I would totally sign up for this service. I mean, I can think of a number of things with our house right now that I don’t even know who to call. I’ll give you just a quick example. We have this palm tree in our backyard.

44:42
And then recently the palm fronds started dropping. But those are like seeds. So now we have like three additional palm trees just growing in random places in our yard. And we just neglected it for so long that they’re pretty big now and we need them removed. I don’t even know who to call or what. This clearly could have been prevented early on before it got to this point. Yeah, exactly. Like as a homeowner, you expect to spend a certain amount on maintenance anyway. Here’s just kind of a way to make it.

45:10
hopefully more predictable, right? Like just, you know, to buy an item on your budget instead of, well, oh, I had to replace this thing and that was three grand, like surprise expense. I don’t know, maybe it would help people budget for some of that stuff that they know they’re going to have to spend money on eventually rather than just a state of neglect. That was number 13 for me, kind of this home maintenance productized service or property management for homeowners. Yeah, I love it.

45:36
Nick, how much time we got left for for more? Do we do we have time for a couple? Absolutely. We got all the time in the world. Okay. All right. So this one is something that I just kind of came up with out of the blue because when you run any sort of social media site, or you want social shares and that sort of thing, oftentimes, the way you do it is you have a group of friends that just kind of give that give it that initial kick. Or you can have strangers and that sort of thing. But what often happens is people take more than they give.

46:06
So if you had some sort of system where you’re sharing other people’s posts and that sort of thing, a service that kind of keeps track of everything so that you can’t ask for a share unless you’ve given a share yourself and it just keeps track of all this stuff. And this could work for anything. It could be like a social media post. It could be like a blog post. It could even be just any sort of promotion, kind of like a tit for tat sort of thing so that it’s fair across the board. Oh, right. Because you see sometimes in

46:36
certain groups like the share threads, like, hey, here’s an article I’m trying to promote, but everybody’s trying to promote their own stuff, not necessarily go in and share other people’s stuff. So it’s like some sort of platform, like, hey, I could really use some extra eyeballs or some extra likes on this new video or something. But to be able to ask for that, there’s some system where you have to like go and return the favor to a handful of other people.

47:03
I’m even thinking like, you know, Facebook groups sometimes people just take, take, take. Yeah. And, know, they don’t post anything of value, just even some sort of system where you’re providing value and you get points for it that you can redeem later for in case something that you need. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, this all happens in the business world all the time, kind of verbally, you know, like the, uh, the rule of reciprocity, but right, you know, it’d be nice to just be able to keep track of this. Yeah, I think so. I have a couple more.

47:33
before we close out, these are both from the site kernel, is kern.al. The first one I thought was really interesting was a reverse job board, which allows job candidates, instead of responding to postings, they, I guess, post a profile of their ideal job. Like, here’s the skills that I have, here’s what I can do, here’s what I’m looking for. And instead, companies can go out and say like, yes, that.

48:03
That’s the person that’s the perfect person that I want for that role. It kind of flips the script a little bit on the hiring equation. Interesting. I like that. I guess you’d have to have some pretty good credentials to pull that off, right? Or is it just, is it like a resume or is it like just what you’re looking for in the job? Yeah, essentially it would be kind of like a glorified resume and skills database. And it’d be difficult, you know, cause the companies are the ones paying.

48:33
the hiring, you know, they’re paying recruiters, like hiring, filling a position can be expensive. And so we’d have to have lots of good search filters and stuff to say, oh, you know, here are the, I mean, I’m probably, you know, zip recruiter and indeed do this to a certain extent, like, oh, here are the people we think ought to be a match. I don’t know how much of that is public, you know, you kind of encourage them to, you know, maybe they send an email on your behalf and encourage them to apply to your posting versus being more.

49:01
visible about it and saying like, hey, these are some people you really ought to be proactive and reach out to yourself. Like you see when you’re hiring people on Upwork, for example, like, these these candidates might be a good fit, you know, based on what you have put in what you’re looking for. And so maybe something like that, but for full time stuff versus freelance stuff like on Upwork. Interesting. So it’s kind like a virtual headhunter. Yeah, maybe so. OK. The last time I hired someone not too long ago, maybe like six months ago,

49:30
and I used Indeed and ZipRecruiter and they do have services kind of like this. I don’t feel like they work that well because I’m pretty sure it’s algorithmically generated somehow. So the people that I ended up interviewing, I didn’t ultimately hire. I mean, they weren’t bad, but they ultimately weren’t the people that I hired. So I think it kind of exists in some shape or form already. Yeah, that’s a difficult one because it’s…

49:57
Yeah, the pool of available candidates is so large. It’s like, if I’m the hiring manager, like I’d almost rather have them come to me. But if you kind of showed me a few like, based on what you’re looking for and the role that they’re describing is what they think would be an ideal role, like, okay, maybe there’s a way to fit that person into our organization because we really like, know, we just, you know, based on what they’re showing in their profile, we think they’re going to be a good fit.

50:27
I don’t know. Maybe it removes one step like removes part of the initial application or something. don’t know. Yeah. Yeah. No, I like it though. I like it though. All right. I’d be curious to see how it works in practice. Yeah. All right. So I think this will be my last one. This one’s a little dark. Okay, so we’ll end on a dark one. Okay. My wife is a little bit just paranoid about, you know, bad stuff happening and just with where the world has gone. And so lately, we’ve we’ve been buying, you know, since the pandemic, actually, we’ve

50:56
we bought like emergency food, emergency supplies, and I shouldn’t classify this as paranoid because I know a lot of people are doing it. You know, just in case something happens and there was a point where we couldn’t get what we needed from the grocery stores because everyone just went and bought it all out, right? So what I propose is instead of just haphazardly going out and buy stuff, there’s someone that just comes by and tells you what you need. And in the event like, let’s say like nuclear war or whatever, like they give you the

51:26
like this plan, like this survival plan, in case everything were to become like the wild wild west someday. I would pay for that service. So it would be the the prepping consultant, the survival plan consultant, like the apocalypse apocalypse consultant. It’s the apocalypse consultant. Yeah, you’re right. That is that is quite dark. Like, here’s what you need to have like here’s, you know, food supply, water supply, you know, here’s how to make sure your generator is going to work like that kind of stuff.

51:56
Well, let me tell you, during COVID, at least where I live, it was really hard to get stuff in the supermarket. And there was people just looting, you know, the mall and houses, like literally like 10 miles away, which is kind of close, right? And so what do you do in that case? Like, what if they make it to your neighborhood? Like, I would like to have some sort of plan and stuff in place in case that were to ever happen, mainly because I have kids, you know, and I want to just make sure everyone’s safe. And in the in the past, I would have thought that

52:25
this could never happen. But during COVID, you know, kind of came close to that. At least, you know, around here. Yeah, there’s I saw a saying, you know, we’re nine meals away from anarchy. And it is kind of scary. So like all the supply chain stuff is very interdependent on a lot of stuff working. And I think the early days of COVID showed what happens when even just a few of those dominoes stop working or a few of those gears stop turning. And

52:55
it can have some, sometimes some scary consequences. So yeah, that is, it is quite dark, but the apocalypse consultant, the prep consultant, definitely some demand for that. Cause like those macro fears, your wife is definitely not alone in that. it’s something that definitely sometimes keeps me up as well. So not that I’ve taken a ton of action on it, but yeah, maybe. I need the consultant to.

53:22
give you a little push. A little bit of hand holding here and yeah like I’m almost embarrassed by it because like it feels like you feel paranoid about it and it’s like well everything’s probably gonna be fine so we’ll just kick that can down the road but maybe you would feel better if you if you did take a little bit of proactive action to say like okay well at least I did what I could do at least I did you know I took I took a few steps rather than just you know kind of blindly keeping my head down.

53:49
We probably shouldn’t end on a dark one. Why don’t you end, do have a positive one to end on? I do, I do have one more. This is also from Kernel. This is number 17. It was listed on Kernel as fractional ownership of cash flowing businesses. And what you’re probably thinking is like, yeah, that’s called the stock market. Like, yeah, it totally is. But they’re describing different kinds of businesses. They’re talking about, you know, kind of a local service based businesses, your

54:18
locksmiths, your laundromats, your quote mom and pop type of businesses that when they sell, they typically sell for, call it a 3X annual earnings multiple versus the S &P 500 trading at a 20X annual multiple. And so this is really interesting because you see this happening with crowdfunded real estate on

54:43
Even now for like single family homes, you can buy like a fractional stake in this cash flowing rental property and stuff, but you can do it for commercial properties through Fundrise and a bunch of other platforms. And so their pitch is, you know, how is nobody doing this for these, you know, local small cash flowing businesses? You can kind of roll these up in a way you buy them and take advantage of kind of these marketplace inefficiencies and distribute cash flow to investors in that way. Lots of

55:13
SEC hurdles and regulations to try and tackle this, but might be interesting to do even on a small scale. If you can pull some cash together and have some management expertise in running these things, that’s the biggest thing is like, well, but that problem has been solved on the real estate front. Like, oh, we have property managers in place. Like we have, you know, deal vetters in place. Like, so it’s been solved on real estate, but hasn’t been solved to my knowledge on this cash flowing local business side of things.

55:42
Yeah, I think with cash flowing businesses, it’s a little harder, right? In real estate, I think it’s pretty straightforward. You get a property manager and you’re all good. With a whole bunch of different types of businesses, you almost need different expertise, I think, for each individual type of business, which I think would make it harder. Yeah, maybe you’d have to roll it up. But that’s what a private equity firm does, right? Yeah, totally. Yeah, it started up in, well, I’m going to aggregate a bunch of…

56:11
cleaning companies, like where the owners want to sell or something and maybe start in one niche and distribute investors cash back to them and keep the operators in place or put operators in place. And maybe there’s even some efficiencies like, well, do we really need three separate owner operators in this one area? It’s going to be in the same geographic area. That was something that I would be tempted to invest in because of those market.

56:40
inefficiencies is like, yeah, they take a lot of time and sweat equity to manage. But if there was a more efficient way to do that, somehow, I think that would be kind of cool. And yeah, so this is essentially like a private equity firm of boring businesses. Yes, non sexy businesses, right? Because those businesses are going to still be around, right? There’s always going to be like the laundromat down the corner, or I can’t remember what some of the other examples you gave were, but

57:09
like the post office or like the the landscaper or cleaning service. Yeah. Those are always going to be around because people need those services. So yeah, I can see that as like a pretty good like way to just diversify your your assets. Yeah, I like that idea. Yeah. There’s, I don’t know a lot of these like crowdfunding sites where they’re trying to do this fractional ownership thing, they can only operate in certain states. And there’s a lot of

57:38
regulatory stuff to combat there. But maybe there’s an opportunity to start something on a smaller scale without raising venture capital and spending an arm and a leg on legal fees. But that was number 17 for me, this fractional ownership of cash flowing businesses. Again, idea courtesy of Kern.al on that one. That was it, 17 startup business ideas. Steve, any parting thoughts?

58:08
Any parting thoughts? No, I think we went through a lot more ideas than I thought we were gonna get to. But I think a lot of these are just doable for anybody, to be honest with you. Some of the more advanced ones like the medical one might be out of reach for a lot of people, but a lot of the ones we named are doable. Like you could literally just go out and try these, test it, see if you can make a couple bucks and then just gradually scale if you want to. Yeah, I love geeking out on this stuff all day. It’s like…

58:36
And I feel it exercises this creative muscle. It’s like, if you told me I got to come up with 10 new business ideas, like, ah, that sounds kind of stressful, but you start thinking about your own pains and problems. Like that’s where most of these kind of came from. And of course you can get some inspiration from that Kern.al site as well. Mywifequitterjob.com. Check Steve out over there. He’s got an awesome podcast for anybody in the e-commerce online business space. One of my favorites. He does an awesome job with it. Mywifequitterjob.com slash free is where you can

59:05
Get yourself signed up for Steve’s free six day e-commerce mini course on how to start a profitable e-commerce business of your own. I have one quick update from the last round of business idea giveaways that we did. That was episode 469. If you like this format, go back, check that one out. One of the ideas that we floated in that one was a service I called Erase Me, which is basically get my information off of all of these like white pages sites on the internet.

59:35
And shortly after that, I can’t remember if this company reached out to me or somebody tagged me and pointed me to them, but I found a service called remove-ally.com, remove-ally.com, that does exactly that. You pay them an annual fee to do that and they scrub all these different sites and directories for your personal information and they submit those requests to get those removed. So I was like, oh, that was pretty cool. This does exist. And somebody is out there.

01:00:05
building it and making money doing that. And actually it was interesting a little, you know, had a little bit of back and forth with the founder and said they started out proactively targeting, you know, YouTubers and influencers like, Hey, you got this big online following, you got a million subscribers on YouTube. Just the law of large numbers, a certain percentage of those going to be crazy, right? You probably don’t want your information out there on the internet. And so was like an easy sell for these people who already had businesses that had established followings. And so I thought that was kind of a cool way they got their first customers there.

01:00:36
I’m surprised you’re not using that service. We’ve been using it for like over five years now. No, I did. Yeah. No, I signed up right away. Oh, no, no. Like before it’s been around for a little bit. Maybe this is a topic for a different episode, but like I’ve had some experiences with, with, the crazies in the past. So, yeah. So it’s signed up immediately. Yeah. There was this Tim Ferriss article from a couple of years ago, you know, where he talked about like, let’s just say you have a hundred thousand people paying attention to you online.

01:01:06
If you think of a town of a hundred thousand people, there’s going to be, you know, one or two nut jobs and you know, what do you do about that? And so that kind of inspired that search because I would like go in and you’ll manually, manually submit them, but like it’s like, it’s a game of whack-a-mole, right? You know, you only need a service to go and do that stuff for you. Otherwise it’s just super time consuming. Um, but yeah, that was one that came up.

01:01:35
Well, thank you, Nick, for coming on the show. And for all of you listening, be sure to check out Nick’s podcast called Side Hustle Nation. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 429. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:02:02
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I these tools in my blog.

01:02:30
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

428: Counterintuitive Strategies (Which Make No Sense) That Can Grow Your Sales With Kurt Elster

428: Counterintuitive Strategies That Can Grow Your Sales With Kurt Elster

Today I have my long-time friend Kurt Elster on the show. Kurt is the host of The Unofficial Shopify Podcast and a Shopify store consultant.

As part of his job, he often runs split tests for his clients. And over the years, he’s amassed many counterintuitive strategies that can grow your sales.

Some of these make no sense but they work. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to improve and grow your Shopify Store sales
  • Counterintuitive learnings from running many split tests
  • How to launch your own split tests for your store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my long time friend, Elster on the show and Kurt is the host of the unofficial Shopify podcast and a Shopify store consultant. And today we’re gonna talk about some counterintuitive learnings from running an online store. And it’s funny, new and even seasoned entrepreneurs often just blindly copy other successful stores. But as we’re about to find out, this can get you into a lot of trouble.

00:29
Enjoy this episode. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

00:59
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my eCommerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce. And here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:26
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and this full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I’ve released with my partner Tony, and unlike this one,

01:53
where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Kirk Elster back on the show. And even though Kirk and I have kept in touch, he actually hasn’t been back on the show since episode 118, which was many years ago. So I knew I had to have him back. He runs ethercycle.com where he helps private label sellers launch their own e-commerce websites. He is a Shopify platform expert who helps Shopify users improve their sales. And he is also the host of the popular Unofficial Shopify podcast.

02:46
In this episode, we’re actually gonna talk about counterintuitive learnings that he’s made from running split tests on his client’s site. And when it comes to site design, what we expect to happen doesn’t always happen. And with that, welcome to the show, Kurt. It’s been a long time. Thank you for having me. You know, Kurt, it’s been a while. Anything new that’s up with you since the last time you were on? Like, what are you working on right now that’s exciting? That’s just kind of interesting. I’ve been doing the same thing roughly for 10 years. Helping?

03:16
We were building WordPress sites in 2009. And the only thing that’s changed is like we said, let’s just work exclusively on Shopify and then showed up on your show. We started building apps and I’ve been hosting this podcast the whole time. You know, my own show and that just staying the course, staying steady has tremendously grown things. The big difference now between then and now, a, I have better branding and B I’ve got, uh, I have a team now.

03:45
We were able to hire people full time and part time. It was very helpful. It is helpful as long as you have good people. Like we’ve had a couple of disasters over the years. All right. So I’ve been lucky. I’ve only had one disaster. So we’re talking about split testing today and I have a love hate relationship with it. So for me and I want you to share your experiences also. But for me it takes forever to set up. Then you got to wait weeks depending on how much traffic you have and then

04:15
I would say 80 % of the time the data is inconclusive. So it’s not satisfying. I know you work with a lot of companies and I’m glad you got a lot of successful tests to share with us. So I want to start actually with what your best practices are and what your kind of success rate is for a split test. Okay. Well, so you’re right. Your experience is, is accurate. A lot of people have that experience and I was resistant.

04:41
to split testing. I loved conversion rate optimization, but my experience was like yours. And so I was instead leaning on usability, like let’s do user testing, let’s look at heat maps, let’s do surveys, let’s talk to people and then let’s, look at our analytics and then try and infer update and then go back and check. And that process works. But over time, you know, I started to get a few clients where they had the order velocity,

05:10
where I could run tests and have statistically significant results in two weeks. And the other big change was Google Optimize. Like in the past, you had to mess with these tools that were tough, that were like really very enterprise tools, visual website optimizer, optimizely. Okay, I’m sorry, threw them under the bus. They’re perfectly good tools. They’re also, they are not necessarily for mere mortals. And whereas, and they’re expensive. Google Optimize is free. It is as easy to use as a Google product is.

05:39
which, you know, all right, it’s not like perfect, but it’s definitely easier than those other two. And so the, a lot of the barriers to entry that you described went away for me around two years ago. And I said, all right, I’m going to figure this out. I’m going to get good at this. I know enough to get started and be dangerous. And so I started playing with it. And then I started having the experience you did where like most of the time the test goes, who cares? You know what? That’s a perfectly acceptable answer.

06:08
In which case you go, you know what? It’s preference then. I could decide what to do with this. But what I learned was sometimes it’s because you have the wrong metric chosen for the test. And so it’s nice and optimized. can run multiple objectives. Like it doesn’t have to be conversion rate, which they call transactions. It could be revenue, which that’s going to include average order value. It could be page view. Like, are we just getting them to the next page? That’s suddenly now you can get more significant results more often.

06:38
And the other thing I learned was, you know, the classic split test that we think about is, what color should the buttons be? What’s my end to cart color? And like, of course that’s not a great test. Um, and you end up with that experience where it’s like, nothing mattered. What works better is sometimes you just go, I’m going to try an entirely different template. I’m going to change 10 things about this page, which of these two versions works better. And as long as like, there’s a hypothesis behind it as to like a goal, like

07:06
Does a cleaner version of this work better? Does a more detailed version of this work better? And they’ve got, you know, five to 10 changes between them. Ah, now I’m to start to see those bigger differences where it’s like, yeah, this one is 95 % likely to be better. All right. So let me ask you this then how much traffic and conversions do you need to, run a split test within a reasonable amount of time? Oh, that’s a really good question. You need to be getting

07:37
dozens a day. Hold on, let’s. That’s not that much actually. Well, I’m going to look up a store right now. Okay. I’m going to log into a store. Maybe we have to edit out me waiting. Yeah, that’s cool. So while you’re looking that up. So, so my store gets a lot more than that, but I still found it took a couple of weeks to before like the tool would tell me like I got a semi-conclusive result or the tool told me to just stop the test because it wasn’t going anywhere.

08:07
Sometimes it drags. Yeah. think dozens is the minimum. Okay. Once you’re at like a hundred a day, maybe 150 a day, totally fine. You’re good to go. This is, you’re to be able to run a test. Now the catch is even if you can hit statistical significance quickly, you do realistically need to be running it for 14 days to see a not skewed result. And like here an example as to why is people get paid, typically get paid every other Friday.

08:36
And so you want that like full pace cycle in there. And so two weeks really tends to be the minimum for this. We can think of this as somewhat accurate, a proper data-driven decision. Okay. That makes sense. Cause I remember the first time when I didn’t know what I was doing and arguably I still don’t know what I’m doing, but I would get like a S like a significant result within like the first couple of days and just want to just call the test right away. then the tool would tell me not. Yeah.

09:05
I’ll see that on Twitter. Like I followed a guy who claimed to be like, you know, a stats guy, like a finance econ guy who knew stats, who like had gone to Ecom and he was calling tests in two, three days. So I knew right away, I’m like, ah, this isn’t significant. This isn’t right. And this guy’s full of it. Like that’s just one of those real easy early mistakes. And I did it too. The second question I want to ask you is what like

09:32
Can you just kind of describe for the listeners how easy it is to set up now? You mentioned Google is easy to set up. Can you just kind of describe what’s involved at a high level? Okay, so you probably already run Google Analytics on your site. And because you’re already running Google Analytics on your site, it has most of the data it needs. The part it’s missing is being able to modify the site. So Google Optimize links to your Google Analytics account. Now it’s got all the data it needs, but it needs to be able to tweak the site.

10:01
It’s got a single piece of JavaScript that it’ll give you that it says, put this just on every page. So you drop it in the head of the site. Boom, you’re good to go. And that’s even like the simplified non-Google tag manager version of this. If you’re using GTM by that point, you can already figure this out. And Google has in optimized. It’ll be like, Hey, did you want us to verify the tool is there and everything’s working correctly? Like it will really try to save you from yourself. And then after it’s interested in all your site, you just need to tell it which

10:31
pages you want to test or. So then you got to set up a test and that part. All right. Until you have successfully done it the first time can feel intimidating. I watched a few YouTube screencasts to figure it out and played with it. And once I had done it a couple of times, I was like, OK, I know enough to be dangerous. I could figure this out. Or it’s like you’re going to do just a standard. It’ll give you like several options for tests. You want the first one just says AB and then you’ve got variant.

11:01
A is the original unchanged site variant B. We don’t want to add multiple variants because now we need even more traffic. Variant B is we’re going to modify that site and Google Optimize gives you a visual editor where you could just like click the elements on your site, remove them. That’s often a really like where we start with testing. It’s just like, let’s just start pulling stuff out and see if it was helping or hurting. Remove elements or like text you can rename. Or if you know enough to be dangerous, dangerous with CSS, you could just have it inject

11:30
your own written CSS code and then just restyle, however, however talented you may be. let me ask you this. Does testing on mobile throw a wrench into this? Cause you got responsive. just, are you split testing the mobile site and the desktop site? Or do you do those separately? Hi, this is another good question. Come brings into segmentation. So if I really, I wanted

11:56
make sure either I want to make sure that my test makes sense on mobile and desktop. Cause realistically on my website, I’m getting people on mobile and desktop. And it’s probably like an e-commerce is probably 90 10 split. Yeah. 80 20 occasionally happens, but that’s rare. And like, ideally the test makes sense on both. Like if you’re just changing labels, changing colors, it’ll work on both. But you can segment it. If it doesn’t, you could segment to mobile versus desktop.

12:25
Like the test will only run on mobile. Do you have a separate test just for mobile and a separate test for desktop? Because they are different even if like, because the design is so different, even changing, like removing an element will make a big difference on one and maybe not the other, right? Yeah, yes, absolutely. And with weird unexpected results, I’ll do that. And so like one test that really surprised me is I like on the category pages of your site, you’ve got your category title. Do you have like a really cool lifestyle hero image up there?

12:55
I do not actually. OK, well, a lot. It’s not uncommon. And I like those. You know, I used to be a photographer. I like that. I like the fancy stuff. I like the aesthetic. And I ran a split test where I got rid of that hero image on an apparel site with that’s like style that is driven by lifestyle and aesthetic. And the site performs better without the hero image. And that was just on everyone. And I thought, all right, maybe it’s like it’s because it’s mobile versus desktop. So I ran it as a mobile same test.

13:24
You could duplicate it and go, all right, I only want to show this to mobile and I only want to show this to desktop. Same result. It improves it on both. But I, addition to mobile versus desktop, the other segmentation we need to think about is new versus returning. And so you can do that too. And so I did, uh, not often, but a few times I found like, well, this where you had a mixed result on a test, uh, when you run it again as mobile versus desktop or new versus returning, you’ll find,

13:53
This helps new visitors or this hurts returning visitors. And so then what’s cool in Google Optimize, you can actually deploy these things rather than like go commit them to the website. You can have Google Optimize run that test as what they call a personalization, which is really just like it’s an ongoing test without reporting. Yeah. And that’s just built into it. And again, this thing, I know there’s a paid version of it. I’ve never had to use it. It has always just worked with what I want it to do in the free plan.

14:22
What’s so nice about this is it’s integrated into analytics. So they have all the data already. Whereas in the past it was a pain in the butt. Yeah, you had to go through like adding this whole extra layer onto the site just to support split testing. And it just isn’t the case anymore. Let’s just talk about that test that you just talked about. Like it’s generally best practice to just have your products right there above the fold and not have the hero image. I had pains when I was designing my

14:51
category sites because I want to include content for SEO. And I found that it was just kind of pushing things down. So what I did was I moved it underneath the products and that that was my solution. I had a little blurb at the top, but so it’s good to know that approach. That’s often what we do for exactly the same reasons. But it’s good to know that you actually tested that hypothesis. So no hero image products above the fold as high as possible is what converts the best. Yes. And so this one,

15:20
could translate into a best practice or truism, think scrolling, so it turns out the fold is real, at least as far as it affects your revenue. And so getting the products in front of the person as quickly as possible really tends to be a positive across the board. By the way, for you content creators out there, this holds true for blogs as well.

15:49
Like if your post is about like the top 17 ways to optimize your site, you want to put like the top 17 ways above the fold if you can. Some people don’t even, they look at the intro and they go, oh, this is just junk. I’m not looking for this. And then they bounce. But I never split tested that either. That’s just best practice. You could, you could split test that the way you do it. Like you, you’d publish the blog with the intro that you like.

16:16
And then you could use Google Optimize to either like hide that first paragraph or rewrite it. I like that. Actually, that’d be so easy if you have a high traffic blog. Actually, you’d probably get results right away with that. Now the question there is like, what’s the what’s the goal? And so Google Optimize, you can you can tie it to bounce rate. You could tie it to page views. You could tie it to like if you have subscriptions set up as a goal, you could do that. I love it. I love it.

16:44
There was one thing that we were talking about or that you sent me earlier about category pages removing prices of the products. I’m very curious about that experiment because I think I saw it on the e-commerce fuel forums. There’s a big discussion about that. And I think the consensus on the forum was remove prices on the category pages to get people to browse products more. What did you find with your experiment? All right, this one is a must test.

17:12
In some stores, this will absolutely help you. In other stores, it will absolutely hurt you. And then I think the other thing to consider here is like, does the store have quick view? And that I have not gotten into yet, but I know like this one, if you could support it, absolutely try this and test it. I suspect what’s going on here is pricing psychology. When I see that product in the collection grid, I see the product, I see the title, I’ve got context in my head, whether I think about it not, I have attached a potential price to it.

17:42
And as soon as I click through and I end up, whether that’s like a quick view pop up or I’m on the product page, now I see the price. I suspect what’s going on here is if that price is consistently above what the person expected. That’s going to hurt conversion. If it’s below what they expect, it’ll help conversion. So so much of this is about quality of traffic and presentation. And I think that’s why I’d say a must test. Interesting. So in your case, when putting the prices on was better, what was the price point of that product?

18:12
I, all of these tests we did for apparel stores. So our AOV was always under a hundred. Under a hundred. So not high end then. Okay. This was not, not premium. And so this is where you, I think this is so dependent on audience and product. So what was the, sorry, what was the result of that test? In this case, the test ended up, uh, improving conversions and average order value.

18:41
So we gained revenue by not showing collection or not showing prices on collection or category pages.

18:49
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

19:19
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

19:47
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

19:59
You know, so I was buying a gift from my wife on I think it was the Tiffany’s website They hide all prices. I was just listening your hypothesis now Because if it’s if it comes in higher like every time I clicked on one of those Tiffany’s jewelry pieces it came out higher than I bet it is They have a strong brand So maybe maybe that’s it and they just want to hide the prices to drive people off the site right away because I would have been probably driven away

20:28
Oh, yeah, that’s yeah, because there’s that click that like you have clicked through. You’re more committed. I think that correlates like page views and conversion. I believe they correlate like when you can really get people to spend time on the site. I think they spend more money. Supposedly, Ikea subscribes to this theory. That’s why those places are like labor. And I actually have a question for you. I don’t know if you tested this, but.

20:55
It’s generally best practice if you display the price to list the products from expensive to least expensive, as opposed to the other way around. I’d like the theory here. The theory being like you set the peak price first. That’s the first thing they see. Now everything else seems cheaper as a result, as opposed to if I flipped it the other way. I have not tested it, but testing collection sort order is a really good idea. I’m writing that down.

21:25
Okay, I’ll just tell you the theory for everyone listening. The theory is they see the most expensive item first that anchors the price. they psychologically are willing to spend more or expect higher prices. And then when they scroll down and see everything else is cheaper, they’re like, oh, okay, this isn’t that bad. That first product was expensive. So, these are much cheaper. That’s a theory at least. I don’t know what it is in practice. Well, I’m going to test it on an apparel store. We’ll see what happens. Yeah. Okay. So what else you got, Kurt?

21:55
That’s counterintuitive. Okay. Uh, let’s see what we got here. Okay. Font size. How important is font size? All right. I’ll just give you an experience from my store. It’s huge for our store because we catered a lot of people over the age of 55 who are farsighted and we didn’t do a split test for this, but we had lots of people complain via email that the writing was too small.

22:25
and they would just call their order in and we didn’t want people calling us because that takes a lot of time. So we literally made the fonts pretty big mobile on mobile and desktop kind of actually mostly mobile, should say mostly mobile across the board. And then those calls stopped. Hmm. All right. I like this. So I know the truism here, the best practices and easier to read site performs better. People do not are not going to tolerate your shenanigans with your like light gray font on a dark gray background.

22:55
They’re just not into it. They’ll tiny font. You’re like, looks so sophisticated and subtle. No, it looks hard to read. And so they’re just going to go to another site that is easy to read. And so I knew anytime we make the site easy to read, it performs better. But I said, let’s, you know, let’s, let’s, let’s test this. Let’s get the data. Let’s prove it. And so I tried split testing, just font size and results are like totally inconclusive all over the place. And what it turned out is

23:22
It’s not just font size. It’s more than that. It is about like total readability. so Baymard put together Baymard usability Institute has readability guidelines that they figured out that they recommend. And they’re like, really the thing that matters is line length. And if you’ve ever read a newspaper or magazine, they have those real narrow columns. You never think twice about it because it’s easy to read and it makes sense. And so that’s actually the thing you’re looking for. And so if you have a clever developer, they can

23:50
set this up for you. like the site’s responsive and those columns are always 60 to 80 characters. And then you want to make sure you have a nice line height between them. And that really will make the site much easier to read. When you implement like those quality readability guidelines versus a site that maybe like had full width and tiny fonts and low contrast. Of course, absolutely. It’s going to perform better for reasons you described was it’s easier to read. People are going to quit complaining about it.

24:18
Interesting. So when you did your test, the results were inconclusive. And then you, this, this other study wasn’t your study, right? This was Baymard. The Baymard. Okay. once we, when we, when I did the test again as our, our, just our previous font, which was like, you know, whatever, it was okay. Um, versus like the full Baymard readability guidelines, the thing that changed was bounce rate. Bounce rate went down.

24:47
That makes sense. That makes sense. You know what’s funny, Kurt, I know you have a couple more tests to talk about here, but what are some of the best things to test and what are some of the worst things to test since you’ve been doing this for a while? think the worst things to test are like subjective styling. And that’s where a lot of people start. I think the best things to test really are content. Like every element on the page should ideally be serving a purpose.

25:17
And if it’s not, why is it there? It’s just getting in the way and split testing often reveals that in stark data. So, uh, I oftentimes like phase one is use it as a way to clean up the site without being emotional about it. Like a website is our baby, right? And there are reasons that we did it the way we did it. But when you have the data going, well, here’s what it costs you to have these trust badges jammed in right here.

25:46
Suddenly the trust badges seem less attractive. It’s interesting. I had a friend who is split testing his landing page, which gets like hundreds of signups per day. And he had this landing page where he’s explaining it was a lead magnet landing page where he explained exactly what people got with that lead magnet. And he was testing it against his one where he’s literally a sentence. I will teach you this email form. And that one can perform.

26:14
way better than the one where you actually explain what you get, which kind of blew my mind. And it was ugly. It was ugly, So he’s he’s to this day, he still uses the ugly landing page for him. It doesn’t make sense. Ugly converts is what I’ve learned is some of the ugliest sites I’ve ever seen where we’re like, this thing seems straight up broken are the ones that print money to this day. The most the highest revenue side I ever worked on was

26:44
Also the ugliest. Really? Yeah. I don’t know what the deal is. And highest converting by what metric like compared to just the other sets of users. Not necessarily highest converting. was highest revenue. It remains. is the highest revenue. And I’ve since then I’ve seen other beautiful sites that are high revenue, but that one stuck with me and that I know good design is not a requirement of high revenue. Sure.

27:13
I mean, I got a story to tell here. A long time ago, I had my site over Bumblebee Linens have left side navigation because it kind of made sense, right? You look from left to right and all my product categories on the left. And I was in this mastermind group where literally everyone there said your site is heinous. You need to be redesigned. And I ended up redesigning the entire site. Problem is, I changed like 20 different things, but it ended up converting like almost 50 % better.

27:44
So when you’re talking to someone about split testing, do you recommend changing one thing at a time or just making like a big change in testing at all at once? Like how have you been conducting your experiments? When you test one thing at a time, you it’s way more often that you end up with the inconclusive results. Test, doing like, we changed this entire site. That’s not that useful. Focusing on like, I think the, the middle ground.

28:13
The thing where like you’ll see the fastest, most consistent results, where it’s easy to wrap your head around it, where it’s just more practical is redesign a template at a time. Like this is, going to, we know the cart page is this bottleneck, you know, cause we could see like how many people viewed a product, how many added to cart, how many reached checkout. Maybe we know the cart pages are bottleneck. All right. So let’s come up with a theory and make three different versions of that cart template. And now we’re going to test.

28:43
systematically test those against the original and see, all right, which one performs the best art? Let’s implement that. That seems to be a better approach. And when you have multiple versions of entirely different pages, yeah, you don’t know what the individual thing is that perform better. But as you’re iterating through tests, you start a picture starts to emerge of this is what my audience likes. And that’s, think one of the other like real learnings I’ve discovered here is it really comes down to

29:12
Well, what does this audience expect? What do they want? What do they prefer? And it often does not have anything to do with what you as the brand owner, what like design trends, like what everybody else likes. It’s the people who you’re asking to open their wallet is their opinion is what matters. You know, it’s funny is I used to be really into split testing or not, not doing them, but actually just reading up on them. And I remember there was some statistic like

29:42
I can’t remember the exact percentage, so I don’t wanna screw it up. But the majority of the successful split tests are when you remove stuff from your page, not add to it. Because ultimately every page should just have one goal where you want people to go and the more things you have people look at, the less likely they’re gonna do the one thing that you want. At least that’s the theory. I agree with that. Yeah, so I’m curious, what other split tests do you have to share? I think the other one that’s worth looking at again with new eyes

30:11
is free shipping. I’m no longer convinced that we have to have free shipping. Really? Okay. There’s always, there’s been this idea that the number one unexpected, there are unexpected shipping expenses, the number one conversion killer in checkouts. I don’t think it’s true anymore. So you could, depending on the platform, there are ways to split test shipping results or shipping rates. for us, it’s like, is you have to be on Shopify plus.

30:41
And there’s a couple of apps, IntelliGems or Ship Scout. So that’s what we’re using specifically. I don’t know how to do it with Shopify and Google Optimize. And with these apps, we can offer different shipping rates and they’ll have an announcement bar on the site itself. like before they hit checkout, they’ve seen what the free shipping threshold is. And it’ll tell you like, this is the conversion rate with these different checkout thresholds. And if you give it the, like your average cost of goods sold,

31:09
and your average shipping expense per package, it’ll also figure out profit per visitor. And once you start doing that, suddenly you discover, oftentimes offering no free shipping at all ends up being way more profitable overall. And the impact on checkout conversion with different thresholds is significantly smaller than you’d think. All right, give me some numbers here. I’m fascinated by this. All right. So we tried this in a store.

31:39
Um, and I’ve run this test now and in four separate stores and we’ve gotten similar results every time. Let’s say no free shipping. This is check our conversion rate. No free shipping will be, uh, about 70 % free shipping at $25 at checkout. They’re going to convert closer to 80%. And then at $75 free shipping threshold, they convert at 75%. Okay. So that’s in line with what you would expect, right?

32:10
Yeah. It’s a 75 is like the ideal balance, but really what matters is profit. so at profit, like for this particular store, their fulfillment cost was 750 in order. I don’t know where that falls in with yours. know, fulfillment costs are all over the place, depending on how heavy your goods are. Yep. But like for this particular store, uh, the $25 free shipping threshold profit per visitor, 13 bucks.

32:37
the profit per visitor at $75, $16.50 profit per visitor with no free shipping, 20. So the chances are, I probably want to not offer free shipping at all is going to result in the highest revenue and profit. Interesting. Yeah. Most people don’t think about profit. They think about conversion rate. I will add a wrinkle to that though, because once you get someone to open up their wallet,

33:05
then you can probably sell them a whole bunch of other stuff. So maybe it’s a little more complicated than that, right? Now, yeah, I could do cross sells and use free shipping as a nudge. What I like about not offering free shipping all the time is that that can then be one of your promotions instead of having to rely on discounting or new product development. You know, yeah, you know, I agree with you. I hate discounting. And whenever I think about discounts, I think about Bed Bath and Beyond.

33:35
Oh, right. Are they still in business? The local one closed like the two Bed Bath and Beyonds by my house closed because I would never shop there without that 20 % coupon. I suspect other people were too. But yeah, profit wise, I can definitely see why that’s the case. We do a shipping threshold and we set it at just a threshold where we try to get someone to add in one more item. So what’s the best practice then, Kurt? What do you recommend here? Well, so the issue here is

34:04
Without this, like these very specific tools, it’s really hard to test. And even within that, like, depending on how your, your fulfillment is set up, testing these can be really hard. So I would still say, Hey, you probably want to offer free shipping. I would make that free shipping threshold higher than your average order value would be my, my safe starting point, but don’t.

34:31
don’t sell yourself short and have like an unnecessarily artificially low free shipping. Cause it’s just a tremendous cost center for most people, especially shipping is getting expensive. It is getting really expensive. In fact, we had to jack up our shipping rates cause yeah, it’s like a loss leader. Yeah, it’s bad now. I mean, it’s going up like all the time before like USPS used to raise their price once a year. I feel like it just creeps up like every time I check now. we did, uh, was working in a store that had

35:02
heavy items. ended up being like six pounds shipped and it was glass. So you had to like really pack it carefully. And it was, it was like, Oh, it’s shipping, you know, from the like Northwest to Wisconsin to the Midwest. And it was like, think it was 30 bucks and like the item itself, you know, with like 40, 50 bucks, like the shipping was over 50 % of the cost. was crazy. It was, what do you do? I don’t know. Do you really, once the item hits a certain weight, like there’s only so much you could do.

35:31
to minimize shipping costs. You know what we’ve struggled with? When people need it overnighted, it’s often really difficult. Like we have table rate shipping. It’s often really difficult to predict because it depends on where they are geographically also. Oh, you got to get that carrier calculated shipping. That makes life so much easier. don’t like that? Because sometimes it goes down and then you don’t get any shipping costs. It actually happens more often than you think. When anything is tied to another service, I don’t like that.

36:01
a buffer to it to make up for that. You know how often it’s low and by how much. And so add either a percentage or a fixed dollar amount to the carrier calculated rate to try and balance it out. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, there’s technical ways to solve this. I just haven’t expended much brain power on it, but occasionally it’s a problem and I get pissed when it happens. Let’s just say the worst is people pay for the overnight. It’s expensive. And then the item does not arrive overnight.

36:28
That’s another story because it’s gotten much less reliable to like FedEx. That’s my resistance. And then you have to be like, all right, well, we’ll refund you the cost of the shipping. And so now, like all of the profit on that order is gone. Well, actually, the carriers started reimbursing again for late. Oh, all right. They stopped doing that during the pandemic, which really was annoying. But they it’s come back, although they make you jump through more hoops now to get it. So anyway, that was just an aside. Sorry about that.

36:58
guys are listening. Do you have any more split tests to share with us? These are really fast. By the way, yeah, one one last quick one. If you you know, on Amazon, it’ll be like your recently viewed products. Yes. I think those are those are neat. This is a good personalization one. We ran this on a for new visitors, the your recently viewed items decreased conversions by nine percent.

37:27
For returning visitors increased it by 33. And so this is an example of like, wow, testing the different audiences and displays can be hugely beneficial because you definitely want that recently viewed items widget. And I like to put it on the cart page. You definitely want that on the cart page, but if you’re there a new visitor, you actually don’t want it.

37:53
If it’s a new visitor though, they presumably don’t even have anything populated there, right? They won’t. And then they’ll have like, you know, as soon as they view something, it’ll show them like the one item is usually how those are set up. Can you explain why you think that’s the case? No, this baffled me, but it’s all like, all right, we’re going to try this again. And so I ran it again and I also did it mobile versus desktop and the results with this were consistent. Really? I guess it’s just more things to click on then, right?

38:21
I assume it’s it goes it like when you’re new it starts as a distraction when you visit the site leave come back a few days later then it’s helpful. That makes sense I guess because if you leave and you come back you probably already know what you’re probably ready to buy or more ready to buy. Yeah I think I’d stop for most stores on subsequent visits like if you’re returning there you’re much more likely to buy than when you’re first poking around. Whereas I guess when you’re first there you’re looking at something and all of sudden you got like 10 choices you’re like forget it I’m not.

38:51
I’m just not buying here anymore. Oh, choice paralysis is totally real. I have not worked out a test for this yet. Yeah, I guess I could hide like total number of items displayed, but that would be an interesting test. It’s like, let’s figure out is paralysis analysis real? And I’m convinced it is.

39:08
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

39:37
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

40:06
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

40:22
So one of the things on my list to implement on my site is frequently bought together. I’m very curious how that performs. Cause I see it on Amazon. Generally I get these ideas when I shop on Amazon, I go, Hey, that’s a nice feature. Let me try that. Which is absolutely the wrong thing to do by the way, if anyone’s listening, like Amazon is not your site, obviously, but that frequently bought together. I always think of ways to just try to increase the average order value. Have you ever tested that with any of your sites? Frequently bought together, well, could

40:51
Assuming like the merchandising makes sense, it does consistently help to boost average order value. And this is another thing with split testing. Like you really don’t necessarily, we’ve implied it here, but you don’t necessarily want to just strictly have conversion rate or transactions as your goal. You can look at revenue. So that includes average order value that could be helpful or.

41:16
a lot of these other items like, all right, does this decrease bounce rate? Does this increase page views? Can I get people on the site longer with this? So once you have like pages instrumented, you can literally test all these variables all at once, right? Without any extra work. Yes. I don’t know what the there’s a limit in Google optimized, but you say like, this is my primary goal. And here are like, I could choose secondary goals. And I think it’s limited at like two or three, I forget which. So that’s really helpful.

41:46
And then you could run multiple tests at once, assuming you have the order volume to support it. But as you add them, it really starts slowing things down because you’re dividing up your audience. Right, right. You know what I have always wanted to know? You know that certain sites have that slide up? Like when someone buys something, it says, this person just purchased that. Oh, the FOMO pop-ups. The FOMO pop-ups.

42:15
always been curious whether that increases the conversion rate or not. I think that’s another one where it depends on the brand. At this point, when they happen, I’m so blind to it. I don’t even see them anymore. And I’m just like, well, at least it’s not the spin to slide out. You know what’s funny about all this is I almost feel like you have to split test often because things tend to work when they’re new. But then, like you said, once people become jaded to something,

42:44
It probably doesn’t convert as well anymore. A hundred percent. Yeah. What works now may not work in 12 months. So what is your strategy then on keeping this up with your clients? Are you constantly running a split test of some sort? Yes. I wish I had some like formal approach to like, all right, you know, we implement this and then we’re going to set a reminder. We’re going to revisit this. It’s more like, um, for the people we’re doing split testing with, we have regular recurring meetings.

43:12
And it’s like, we’re just always going through KPIs. So guess it’s data driven and then trying to identify like, these are our opportunities. And if it comes in, if we get to a point where it’s like, all right, well, suddenly the cart page is our bottleneck again. Often I’ll revisit tests just to like, Hey, let’s just, let’s verify that it is what our belief is still the case. Yeah, absolutely. Nothing wrong with like, let’s run that test again. See, you know, maybe that was a weird outlier.

43:40
So we’ve presented a number of tests to the listeners. Let’s say you’re just starting out and you want to try this. What is like some low hanging fruit that you should test? For sure. I would. I would. You’re going to look at like, what are the prime pages here? It’s going to be homepage category product cart. Look at me. One of those four templates. And I like to like cart is a really good place to start because you get yourself in less trouble. And.

44:10
Cause like cart, we know the very next thing we want people to do is proceed to checkout and make a purchase. So you set that as your goal, uh, go on the cart template and then within it, a lot of times over time, like the cart develops a lot of cruft. And so I think the ideal Google optimized split tests, and this is, this has come up, this has been kind of a minor theme here is what elements. Aren’t aren’t doing us any good. What’s cruft at this point, you know, can we just shave off some of this stuff?

44:39
And so just like Google split tests where we go, this is the original version and this is the cleaned up version where we pulled all the garbage off. And that’s like such an easy thing to do and optimize, select the element, hit remove. It’s gone like magic. Give me an example of cruft, just hypothetically speaking. All right. On a cart page, I often see like, um, a shipping calculator. And I always think this is so weird. Like you’re going to get your, your shipping rates in the cart just to go to checkout and then get them again. I get you like, well.

45:09
We doubled up on steps here. So if I see one of those, like I’m immediately testing it by just like original versus we got rid of this thing. I would actually, now that you think about it, there is a lot of cruft. There’s like some people have coupon codes on there too. Yep. And apply the coupon code. And I bet that always hurts because if they don’t find a coupon that works, they might leave, right? Yes. I actually hid my coupon code field for a long time.

45:38
From people because they I found that people were just going off and going to like whatever those coupon sites were So I made them like it was just a link they had to click on it to expose the field and I think that mitigated that problem a little bit it still happens, but But having on the cart page, I personally think and again, I don’t have any data for this I personally think that’s a no-no along with the calculator. Oh, yeah, calculator drives me nuts Yeah, okay. So start with a shopping cart and then what would be your like your next page? I would then do I’d work backwards

46:08
Then I go product and like the product form specifically tends to pick up a lot of junk. And that’s a thing that’s like usually above the fold or near it. And so that’s a good place to test. That’s also one where I’ll test appearance, like on the product form, like, all right, what happens if I put like a light background and a border on this to call attention to it? Sometimes that helps or it makes no difference in which case, like choose which one you like better aesthetically. And then, all right, collection page, like hide show price.

46:37
is a common one. Hero image collection description, filter sidebar, and then work back to homepage. And then homepage is just like, there’s so many weird random sections on a homepage. Yeah. All right. Which of these help or hurt? If you really want an exotic test that makes everybody nervous, get rid of there. I guarantee the first thing on your homepage is a hero image or a slider video. Hide it. You don’t even replace it with anything else. Just hide it. What happens? That one often the site performs better without it.

47:07
Really? Okay. Yeah, that’s fascinating. Okay. Here’s why I I’m skeptical, but I mean, obviously you have data and I don’t oftentimes if it’s someone brand new and again, I guess you have to test returning versus new if someone’s brand new landing on your site and it’s not clear what you sell or what you’re good at. I feel like they’re to leave because you have to kind of prove to a new a new customer that I agree with you, but I think often brand owners wildly overestimate

47:37
how good their hero slides, et cetera, are at explaining that. That I can believe. That I can believe. Okay. That is very interesting. That test would scare me, actually. But I’d be very curious. It scares everybody. Okay, yeah, that’s good. So I guess there is a distinction between you and returning visitors that you have to worry about when you’re… I’m running a test on a site right now. It’s four days in, so it’s not statistically significant, technically.

48:05
And we’re doing it’s their homepage. And I got three versions, the original, has like hero content and shopping a version that’s anything that’s non-shopping is gone. So this thing is just categories and products. And then a version that does not have the hero slider. That’s the only thing I took out. The shopping only site has a probability to beat the original of 96 % and the version with no hero image, 90%.

48:35
Sorry, you lost me there. So what’s in the lead right now? The shopping only site. is purely, we took out any about, any blog posts, hero sliders, all the content, gone. It is just, these are the departments, these are the products. That’s for the board. That one converts at 2.3%. The version of the page that is just the original page minus the carousel slider converts at 2%.

49:03
And then the original with all the junk in it is one and a quarter. So based on that, it sounds like it’s the hero image and it’s because it’s similar to what we talked about with the hero image on a collection page. You’re pushing so much stuff down the page. Right. Yeah. And I agree with, uh, it makes intuitive sense. Also removing all navigation outside of like finding the product that you actually want to buy. I move all that stuff in the footer usually a captive.

49:32
Captive page. Right. Dude, Kurt, this is awesome. I’m actually very curious about all the split tests that you’re running and especially the one about like the reversed price order. I’ve always been very curious about that. That one I’m going to run in my, I figured out how to do it in my head. It’s going to be a redirect test using query strings. Yes. Yes. That would work. Yeah. Cool. Kurt. Hey man. I should have you back more often. This is, this is interesting stuff.

49:59
If anyone needs help with their Shopify store, if they have any questions for you, where can they find you? On Twitter at Kurt Inc, K-U-R-T-I-N-C, or grab my newsletter at curtlster.com. Awesome. Well, thanks for coming back. My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

50:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now this just goes to show that before you make any assumptions about your business or your customers, you have to test everything. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecourterjob.com slash episode 428. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecourterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

50:47
Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLA VIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, a choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

51:15
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

427: This Old School Marketing Tactic Converts Like Crazy With Mike Epstein

427: This Old School Marketing Tactic Converts Like Crazy With Mike Epstein

Today I have my friend Michael Epstein on the show to talk about an old school marketing tactic that’s making a huge comeback.

With the latest iOS updates limiting the performance of Facebook ads and email marketing, this strategy comes at a great time.

In this episode, we discuss how to use postcard marketing to grow your sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mike and Drew became business partners
  • How postcard and direct mail marketing works
  • How to grow your audience with postcard marketing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I my friend Mike Epstein on the show and we’re going to talk about an old school way of marketing that’s making a huge comeback and converting like crazy for e-commerce stores. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue.

00:27
Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used.

00:54
and can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you’re in the e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source in my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider.

01:23
Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and that’s their only focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony.

01:53
And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Michael Epstein on the show. Mike is actually someone I’ve known for years when he was introduced to me by Drew Sinaki. And what’s funny is that I always thought that Mike was Drew’s employee. And little did I know that the two have been partners in a variety of businesses, including Auto Anything, which was a nine figure business, and now Postpilot, which is a postcard marketing business. And in fact, Drew openly admitted

02:45
that Mike was the brains of the entire operation while he served as the face. So Mike, it is finally great to have the brains and the one who does all the work behind the scenes on the show. And today we’re gonna talk about an old school form of marketing that’s making a comeback and converting like crazy. What up, Mike? Hey Steve, finally I get to step out of the shadows and finally that freeloader Drew doesn’t get to take credit for everything.

03:12
I’m telling you, man, like, I know you’re doing all the work behind the scenes. So like, why should I invite Drew back on the pod when I can have like the person who does all the work? You know, it’s a great question. I asked myself that daily. I’m totally kidding. Drew is my my business partner and friend of 10 years and one of the the smartest, most talented guys that I’ve ever met in my life and fortunate to be working with them and just having a lot of fun along the way. Give them a ton of

03:41
ton of credit. So how did you get into e commerce? And actually, how did you guys meet and hook up? Yeah, so I’ve been in e commerce for over 20 years started a company retailer of of gaming like computer gaming and video gaming accessories back in 2000. sold that in 2013 to like a small private equity shop.

04:06
And Drew and I had kind of a similar trajectory. He started a company, furniture, online furniture retailer around that time, sold it around that time. And we connected online and started working on some projects together for typically for private equity funds. So we both kind of came from that world and had experience with that. And so started just collaborating together on projects like.

04:33
diligence projects or operational advisory work or even hands-on work for private equity portfolio companies. So private equity fund acquires online retailer. They’re looking to bring in some outside resources to kind of add, provide some added perspective, look at some deals for them, provide some ideas, opportunities for upside. Started collaborating on that together and ultimately started.

04:59
building an agency together to do that type of operating work. Oh, okay. So you’re not actually a part of the fund. You’re like a hired gun for funds. Yeah, typically. We’ll come in on the deal in some cases. In other cases, we’re kind of like their operating bench. They’ll call us in when they have, again, like a deal that they want us to look at or actually go hands on. In the case of Auto Anything, they actually needed to change out the leadership team and brought us in to run the company.

05:28
as CEO and CMO. You know, this whole time that I’ve known Drew, I didn’t know that he had an agency with you. What’s the agency called? Yeah, it’s Growth Engines. started it. Yeah, I think it was started in 2013. And yeah, we were we were working with a bunch of different private equity funds doing dozens of, you know, working on dozens of different portfolio companies, typically eight and nine figure retailers.

05:54
Typically ones that needed work and were in more of turnaround. Otherwise, I guess if everything was working fantastically, they wouldn’t have called us. But typically ones that didn’t have kind of direct to consumer DNA and needed, they wanted to bring in some folks that could help bring that sort of execution and expertise to those businesses. Yeah. And you guys have had tremendous success over the years. Why did you guys decide to acquire a postcard marketing or direct mail company out of all things?

06:24
Yeah, great question. So we had always had success with direct mail and in the past, either independently or when we started working on some of these portfolio companies, direct mail was just this untapped channel that we took advantage of and always kind of worked, but it was always difficult. It was just clunky. was

06:46
exporting a bunch of spreadsheets and finding a print house and then batch and blasting a bunch of cards to people and then doing a bunch of other matchback work using more spreadsheets to try and figure out what the performance was. So we kind of asked ourselves, why isn’t someone building Klaviyo for postcards essentially? And so we actually actively set out to acquire a company that was in that space and found one.

07:14
that was kind of still in its infancy, but the foundation was there, the vision kind of was there, they were building it in the way that we were aligned with. And so it was a founder led company, we acquired that company, kept the founder on as CTO, he’s still CTO today. And that was about four years ago, and it just continued to grow that business as an alternative to kind of traditional digital channels.

07:43
I mean, I’ll admit when Drew first pinged me about postcard marketing, I was pretty skeptical because back in the day and I don’t know if they’re still around actually, I used to get these Valpak coupons, you know what I’m talking about? Totally. In the mail and I would just throw them straight in the trash and so did my parents. So talk me through this. Do you have any stats on just direct mail marketing today? Yeah, so it is interesting because we would get

08:10
kind of quizzical look sometimes when we were saying direct mail and kind of a few years ago when we were first starting it, you got a little more of that. They’re kind of like, you guys know that there’s like Facebook, right? And we were still kind of, we still had kind of confidence and conviction in the thesis that we had, but I think over the last probably 12 to 18 months, there’s just been.

08:36
this real kind of tidal wave shift in mentality, particularly around Facebook and digital advertising. I think the iOS update triggered a lot of that where all of a sudden people’s ROAS was tanking. They were losing their ability to track and target their customers. And they started realizing that they were reliant upon, you know, these third parties like Facebook for all of their acquisition and retention and targeting. Meanwhile, email,

09:06
open rates and engagement continue to decline as just people get inundated with those messages and start ignoring or deleting them. And so now it’s actually kind of interesting because almost every conversation that I’m in, people are like, I am, I think it’s the greatest idea. I’ve been wanting to do something like this. I’m so sold on this channel as an alternative. We’re dying to get off.

09:35
our dependency on Facebook. We don’t want to interrupt people constantly with SMS. We know email is only reaching a fraction of our customers. So it’s been refreshing and fun to hear kind of that shift in mentality, particularly over the last year or so. So as someone who probably has not done direct mail marketing before, I think their first impression, maybe I’m just speaking for the audience here. So if anyone out there,

10:03
is listening to this and has additional questions, I’m happy to pass them along, but it sounds expensive and it sounds like it’s hard to track. So how do you address those issues? And how much does it cost? So real simple, it’s 49 cents a card. So essentially, and that’s all in including postage and everything. So again, today that’s like less than the cost of a click. So two years ago,

10:32
When you were still getting, there was this Facebook arbitrage play, you were still getting clicks really cheap. You knew you could get a high ROAS. There wasn’t a ton of competition. Yeah. I mean, that, made a ton of sense. Now 49 cents, you know, you’re, probably paying more than that per click anyway. So it’s become a lot more cost-effective, particularly on a relative basis to some other channels. And, know, you asked earlier about, you know, overall kind of, uh, direct mail metrics and,

11:01
Over 90 % of people at least skim direct mail. I think you talked about the Val pack where everything’s in an envelope. You have to choose to open the envelopes, flip through everything and then decide what to do with it. With a postcard, for example, most people don’t take their mail out of their mailbox blindly and throw it in the trash without even skimming through it, right? So at a minimum.

11:23
You’re flipping through it. You’re looking for things that are relevant. You see a card from a brand that you recognize that you’ve done business with or that’s relevant to you. You at least stop and look at it, which is more than you can say for a lot of email campaigns today where you’re just hitting delete or it’s going to your spam folder or promotions tab. You’re not even paying attention to it at all. a minimum, people are looking at it. They’re processing it and it has a longer lifespan than email. In a lot of cases.

11:49
like your Bed Bath & Beyond coupons or other catalogs or things you get from brands that you know, they’re sitting on your kitchen table, they’re sitting on your desk for days, they’re kind of staring you in the face, they’re reminding you every time you kind of walk by. So they have this longer lifespan. So it is effective. And then you asked about tracking. So because we’re natively integrated with Shopify, we know when that customer received the card,

12:15
We know if they go on to make a subsequent purchase and we can attribute that back to the card that they received. And we know if they use a coupon code that’s on the card, whether it’s a static code that was unique for that campaign or actual single use codes like individual different code per recipient, we can do that too. And we can attribute that right back to the card too. So it really is pretty clean attribution. And we do it in real time. Again, since we’re integrated with Shopify, you see it right on a dashboard in real time.

12:44
What’s funny is when I give out coupons, I know they got the coupon, they clicked on the email, but they don’t use the coupon. So can you just walk me through the attribution then? if someone, if Shopify knows that a postcard was sent out and they make a purchase, is that attributed to the postcard then? So we’ll show you. Yeah, it’s a, it’s a great point. Cause we’ll show you both options. We show you one, just we know that that customer received a card and went on to make a purchase. And then we’ll show you if they used a coupon code that was on the card.

13:13
And so that we think of those as kind of like bookends, like the more aggressive look is everyone, anyone that received the card that went on to make a purchase, will show you what that revenue looks like. And then we’ll also show you on the very conservative side, the folks that use the coupon code. And as you said, a lot of people either forget or they find a different code online and use that instead, or they pass it along or something like that. So that’s the most conservative look. And so for most of our customers, they’re thinking,

13:42
Well, if the coupon ROI looks strong, I know we’re getting actually better than that in reality. It’s somewhere in between kind of the total recipient ROI and the coupon ROI. So as long as that number looks good, I’m going to be really happy with my results. And you mentioned 49 cents. It’s actually gone down since the last time I checked by a lot, like 30 % cheaper. that has

14:07
Has it just gone down? I don’t even know what the economics is sending out of postcards. Yeah, no, that was just that was special pricing just for you, Steve. We jacked up the price. No, it’s yeah. So we’ve we’ve kind of refined the model a little bit so that you can pay a lot less per card. You can pay a small monthly subscription cost and that gets you one lowest lower pricing per card and also gets you our full service. So we actually have account strategists.

14:37
and complete in-house creative department on staff. And I think when you tried us out, we hadn’t rolled that out yet. That was probably one of the most pivotal kind of moments or changes in the company was when we realized that this is a new channel that people don’t have lot of experience with. They don’t know what the best practices are. They don’t have a ton of time to do it. They just know that they want to try it, but they know that they don’t want to fail either.

15:05
How do we take our expertise and direct to consumer marketing and in postcard marketing and set them up for success? Well, we provide now free, like complimentary fully managed service to where we will literally do the whole thing for you from setup, strategy, segmentation, full design using our professional designers and basically take it off your plate to the extent you want and you pay the lower price per card.

15:31
Can you give me an idea of some of your customers and their ROI, like kind of across the board on average? Yeah, I think our internal goal is typically to get a six to 10 X ROI on a campaign that we send out. Like when we go in and propose segments and propose campaign strategy, in the back of our mind, we’re thinking like, let’s set this up. We want to feel confident that we can get a six to 10 X ROI on this campaign. And that’s going to make

16:01
pretty much any brand really happy. We often see a lot more in some cases, what we start at that six to 10X and then they say, that’s great. We’ve demonstrated that we can hit that. Now let’s go more aggressive because we’re totally willing to accept the lower ROI if we can expand the total audience size and drive more revenue that way. But we’ve got like Ezra’s brand, boom, Ezra Firestone.

16:26
He got a 26 X ROI on his win back campaign and Eric Banholds from Beardbrand. He did an interesting campaign where he targeted folks that had purchased more than once, but not purchased in at least six months. So these are people that are pretty defective at that point and they are unsubscribed to Klaviyo and we can layer that in as well.

16:51
And got a 10X ROAS on that campaign targeting people that hadn’t bought in six months and were unsubscribed to Klaviyo. So basically unreachable using his regular digital channels and got a 10X. There was like Obvi, that big supplements brand. They were getting 24X on one of their win back campaigns, the 90 day plus win back on a 90 day plus win back. We just did a

17:20
a case study with Orbit Baby, a stroller company who’s using our Orbit Baby is my good friend. Are they still they sold and I thought the company was dissolved actually. Orbit Baby is still around. That’s amazing. The The stroller man. Yeah, they’re one of my good friends from Stanford who start Mike over there who runs marketing. Probably not the same guy that you know, but yeah, I was just talking to him the other day. They just did a case. That’s awesome. Okay. Yeah.

17:45
Yeah, I thought I’d share too that I use the service and I think I got a 16 X ROI. So what I want to talk about actually is if anyone listening wants to try this, like what is the absolute safest campaign that you can run that’s practically guaranteed to work? Yeah, good question. So we would say start with a win back. So you can, you can break that up in a number of ways based on kind of recency and frequency. We think about

18:13
recency, frequency, monetary value, RFM a lot and how we build out segments and cohorts. And so you could target, if you know that you sell a 60 day supply of supplements and you would set a trigger that’s basically like at day 65 or day 70, we know if they have not come back and purchased, we’ve already been hitting them with our regular email kind of win backs or

18:42
refill reminders. They haven’t responded to those. Set a trigger and say day 65. It says, hey, Steve, it’s time for a refill. Here’s a 10 % coupon to come back or scan this QR code and instantly apply a 10 % code and put it in your cart. That is a really safe, like low-hanging fruit, easy win. You’re going to see really good ROI on it consistently. And it’s incremental because you’re hitting folks that have not

19:10
hold the trigger based on your email or digital ads. To that point, you could theoretically exclude them if you want through our segments, but either way, good email open rates for econ these days is like 20, 25%. And that’s the people that are still subscribed to your list. That’s 70, 80 plus percent of folks that aren’t engaging with your email. And that’s just leaving incremental dollars on the table. The longer you wait to try and get them back, the more likely they are to

19:39
permanently defect. So if you get to them quickly or on time with a channel that they’ll engage with, there’s a lot of incremental ROI that you can get from those customers.

19:52
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:22
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

20:50
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:02
All right, so let me just repeat what you just said. So you take your list of people who have bought before but haven’t bought in a while and who haven’t opened an email in a while either. And then you send postcards to them. Can this process be completely automated like Klaviyo also? Yeah, exactly. So think of it just like Klaviyo for direct mail where you can send one off campaigns like you would a newsletter type email, a sale announcement, a new product launch, something like that.

21:30
but the real power is in the triggered automation. So you set up just like an email flow, you say customer buys product A, does not make a purchase for 65 days. On day 65 trigger a card that says, Steve, it’s time to come back. Here’s a discount code or customer buys product A. On day 30, if they haven’t bought product B, you trigger that card that says, hey Steve,

21:59
I hope you’re enjoying your jeans. Here’s an offer on a new t-shirt. You can do all those things just like you would with an email flow or an email, an automated email campaign. Walk me through the design of the card. Can I just use the same design for everything? You can. Okay. What works? What are some best practices? Yeah. So best practices are one, make it familiar looking, use your brand colors, make your logo prominent. So again, as you’re flipping through the…

22:27
Think of that person flipping through their mail. You want them to recognize the card right away and recognize it’s a brand that they’ve done business with. You want to have succinct message. Think of it like a digital ad that you’d create for Facebook. You’re not going to put, you’re not going to make it super busy. You’re not going to put a ton of copy on it. You want to make it succinct and concise so that it pops and ease and you can skim it and read it quickly. You want to have some sort of incentive. Kind of, we recommend just having some incentive that creates more urgency.

22:56
You can set an expiration date. We can set expiration dates dynamically, meaning you don’t have to constantly worry about updating that expiration of a coupon code. We can just print on the card, like set expiration for seven days after receipt of the card or set expiration for 30 days after receipt. Again, create that urgency. And now best practices also include that QR code. So COVID brought QR back from the dead and now that’s become best practice. And you can do some really neat things with it.

23:26
You could send someone directly back to their cart. You could apply a discount automatically by appending that URL with, you know, the discount code parameters in your Shopify store. So some really neat things you can do with QR codes though. I can’t even get a restaurant anymore without having to scan a QR code actually. They’re like, don’t even give you the menu. Like the menu never came back. It’s like just scan the table. So this is actually pretty compelling because 49 cents a card. I know I’m paying more than that for a click.

23:56
For Google for sure I’m paying more than that for a click What’s funny? I just have a quick story to tell for people listening like when I launched my first postcard marketing campaign and I was working with you and I didn’t even realize it was it was sent already and then all of sudden people were trying these coupons and I didn’t set up the coupon code yet and people were just calling and calling and calling and I was like, okay Wow, I guess the postcard went out already and it works people people look at it. Can you talk about

24:25
demographics, because my demographic for my customers are like over the age of 45 or 50. And they’re probably all over direct mail. Do you have some companies that where this works better than others in terms of their customers? Yeah, another great question. We get that a lot. And people have this perception of like, oh, I need to be targeting old people with direct mail. And, you know, I’m selling like the I fall in and I can’t get up things. So that’s my target audience. But

24:54
No, it’s actually, there’ve been a lot of studies done on this too, where young people, millennials, one, they’re not, they’re engaging even less with email. Like email is not their preferred kind of channel of communication. They’re more SMS, they’re on social and things like that. So they’re not, they’re not engaging with email the same way. And it’s also more unique and surprising. And I think that’s one of the most kind of interesting and important elements of direct mail today is like,

25:24
We live in this world of digital overload and people are becoming like numb and blind to all the digital noise that’s around them. But when you get a tangible piece of mail from a brand that you’ve done business with, the studies show it’s perceived more like a gift, not an interruption. It’s more memorable. It stands out and it’s unique. And that applies equally well and in some cases better to like the younger millennial and other younger generations because

25:54
Again, it’s just surprising to them. And surprising is like such an important way to stand out today. You have to surprise people because everything else has just been kind of beaten to death. It’s so funny because back in the day, like we used to get all this junk mail. And now actually, I was just looking at my mailbox when we got back from vacation the other day, there actually wasn’t that much stuff. So I think you’re right. I mean, you want to do what other people aren’t doing. And I think these millennials don’t even know what mail is, right?

26:23
Cause they get all their bills and everything digitally and to get like a physical piece of something, I can see them looking at it. Totally. So we talked about winbacks. Would you recommend doing this with like abandoned cart and that sort of thing too? Yeah, absolutely. Winbacks are just one type of campaign that you can run. You can do the second purchase campaigns. We know customer, we just got a new customer who bought product A, how do we get them into product B?

26:50
You can do VIP campaigns. Those are really popular. just showing appreciation. Those whales, those VIP customers that you have make up usually a disproportionate amount of your total revenue of your business. So taking care of them, acknowledging them, and keeping them loyal is worth a ton. So again, just trigger a card after someone’s fourth purchase or after someone makes a total of $500 in orders from your store.

27:18
with a thank you acknowledgement, maybe a loyalty discount as well, just to keep them buying from you. We also have handwritten cards now, which I don’t think we had when you ran your first campaign. Yeah, those are sweet. I heard you guys acquired a company that has machines, right? Yes, we acquired a machine that has like this robotic technology and writes with all the nuance of a human hand, all like the letter variation. It’s all, it’s not even, it’s not like perfect because that’s a telltale sign of it not, but it will write.

27:47
personalized handwritten cards in a handwritten envelope with a real postage stamp. And you talked about like, do millennials even, are they used to even getting mail? mean, imagine when they get a handwritten card in the mail and a handwritten envelope, like anybody opens that because it’s so uncommon today. So great touch point for that, those really high value customers. So that’s a really good one. And then we’re

28:11
moving into acquisition campaigns too, because that’s the big question. was going to ask you about that next, but let’s, want to finish with the retention stuff first, sir. Okay. Oh, by the way, I wanted to share with the audience that my top 10 % of customers actually generate almost 50 % of my revenue. So you’re absolutely right. You got to focus on the whales. Um, how would abandon cart work? if someone, would you do it as like the last step after like email has failed essentially? Okay. Yeah. So typically they,

28:40
you have your abandoned card sequence and that might go a few days and then just trigger a card where they haven’t responded to it and say your your banded card sequence ends after three days trigger a card on day three or day four with that incentive to go out because you know you haven’t reached them through email that you haven’t gotten them to take the action that you want so just tack it on at the end there. Okay and then in terms of ROI you said you give two numbers and then usually just

29:09
people pick something in between, right? It’s probably highly unlikely that someone makes a purchase if they haven’t been open to any emails and then they got a postcard and then they made a purchase, chances are it’s attributed to the postcard, right? Yeah, so especially when you’re talking about these long kind of long wind backs, people that are way defected, especially when people are layering in those segments that are like unsubscribed to email or unengaged with email is a big segment that will layer in sometimes too.

29:38
doesn’t have to be that they’ve gone a long time. It could just be that they’re a recent subscriber, but they’ve never opened an email in the last 30 days. Like that’s a great person to target with direct mail. So in those cases, again, even I would lean way more towards that bigger number because how else were they really hearing from you at that point? so again, coupon is really the most conservative way to look at it. But again, that number looks good, you know that you’re doing a lot better than that in reality.

30:08
Okay. So all that retention stuff is interesting. My biggest question to you is does this work top of funnel and walk me through how that would work? Yeah. So biggest question that we get and you, get the exclusive because literally tomorrow is when we are releasing this to the world. Uh, and that’s actually one of the campaigns that orbit baby ran with us as one of our beta partners in this. So we are, it’s called mail match.

30:36
And what this does is it takes your email subscribers, your email leads, your email prospects in Klaviyo or in other platforms. And we scrub that list against a data set of physical addresses. And we use our AI and our algorithm to like determine accuracy, likelihood of accuracy, because we don’t want just a match. want a match that we have confidence is actually accurate and current.

31:04
And so that’s kind of our secret sauce. And then we typically get around a 60 % rate on that. And then we can target those customers with a physical card. And the key thing there is that they’ve at least demonstrated a level of intent. A lot of people think of direct mail and traditional direct mail as like, again, batch and blast to a bunch of people in a zip code, or I just got a list of everybody that has this attribute, this household income or whatever. That is tough.

31:33
That is tough to make work, it’s expensive, it adds up quickly and the ROI, you have to have a lot of commitment to see that through to get that dialed in. We want to pick up on indicators that customers or prospects have demonstrated some intent and some engagement with your brand. Then you’re going to get much higher ROI while still getting new customer acquisition.

31:56
We want to help you acquire these new customers that you’ve already worked so hard or paid so much to get to your website to convert when they haven’t converted off your digital ads, retargeting or email. Is this your partnership with GetEmails? No. Oh, it’s a different one. This is actually all proprietary, but GetEmails is a company that we have a great relationship with and they’re doing interesting tech with.

32:25
anonymous identification and that is TBD. Okay, so walk me through this then. How is this product different? Sorry. So people are visiting your site and you’re getting their addresses. Can you just walk me through the distinction here? Yeah, so they’ve opted into your list. So they’ve given you their email, you have a lead magnet on your site or however you got their email into your Klaviyo list.

32:55
we will sync that list with post-pilot and create a segment off that list. So you could say, yeah, I want every email subscriber that signed up in the last 30 days has not purchased anything. So we don’t have their physical address and I want to target them with an offer for a sale that we’re running or I want to target that. If they have opted in, gone through our welcome sequence and not purchased within 14 days, I want to hit

33:24
I want to trigger a card on day 14 that says, like, here’s an offer to come and buy from us. We can do that automatically and find that physical address and target them with the postcard. Nice. Okay. So technically this isn’t top of funnel, right? This is like middle, I guess. It’s not cold. It’s not cold. Right. So the conversion probably works pretty well. Incidentally, the guys from GetEmail’s, maybe I’ll make sure I publish this episode before this one, because it’s very interesting.

33:54
because I’ve been just kind of testing it also and it’s, the ROI is pretty good. So I would imagine when you guys partner with them, it’ll work just as well, if not better. Yeah. So that’s on like anonymous visitor retargeting. Absolutely. have great technology for that. And we’re working on some things together on that. I think the way we think about it is start lower in the funnel and work your way up.

34:22
Yeah, again, because it is a channel that obviously has a cost associated with with every card that you send. So we don’t want if you start very top of funnel, start really cold again. It’s really tough to make work and then you’re going to kind of get discouraged. Yeah. And so we really advocate for starting lower in the funnel and then working your way up, expanding, going higher and higher up in the funnel as you demonstrate that your customers are responding and that your ROI is there. Yeah. I mean, what you guys

34:51
just described was, I mean, that, yeah, that’s pretty, I bet the conversion rates on that will be pretty good. Do you have any customers? I’m anxious to try that too, actually. Yeah, so Orbit, I can share their example because we just did a case study on them. they did, they used our mail match tack. They sent a card to folks that had not had opted in, had not purchased, I think in 30 to.

35:18
started in 30 days and went to 60 or 90 days and they got a 16 X ROI on campaign and a really, and that was on the recipients. And then on the coupons, they also got a really strong campaign and they’re, they’re thrilled with it. So they just want same sort of thing. They want to keep expanding, keep expanding the different audiences that they can target with this.

35:45
I’m looking forward to your get emails integration too, because a lot of times people will abandon their carts without any email or anything. And then you can send postcards to those people and that’s probably a really high ROI also. Yep, exactly. that’s like the next, we talk about moving up the funnel, like that’s the next level up from email. That’s like giving you their email has a, demonstrates a certain level of intent, browsing your site, not giving your email is kind of the next level up before you go totally,

36:15
cold or which we’re still working on some stuff there too. But again, we like to demonstrate a good ROI on any campaign that we send. Yeah, I love it. I love it. Okay, so anyone listening out there who wants to try this, can we just go over some best practices? Because it still sounds probably intimidating. Yeah. So walk me through like, do I need to know how to design stuff? Like do I need to have a graphic designer design the postcard? Or do you have like templates I can just pop in my colors and logo? So we do have templates, but the easiest thing to do

36:45
Like the, the, the shortcut to all of this is let us do it all for you. So how much does that cost? Nothing. Nothing. Yeah. It’s all part of your, it’s all part of the plan. So you can, we will literally set the entire thing up for you. We’ll help get the segments built. We will design the campaign using our team of professional designers who are literally awesome. Like this isn’t like outsourced design stuff that you get back and it looks like garbage. This is like legit good stuff.

37:15
And we will even send your first campaign on our dime because we will prove to you that it works. So there’s literally no risk. We will do it for you. We will send it on our dime. You can get a free campaign. We’ll see the ROI. You’ll come back to us and say, let’s go. I want to do more. And we’re off to the races.

37:40
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

38:09
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

38:37
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

38:54
Okay, that’s too good to be true almost. We call it the Godfather offer. Yeah. Because it’s an offer you can’t refuse. We’ve just done this enough time. We’ve seen thousands of campaigns. We know what works. We know we can demonstrate good ROI in this channel for you. We know that it’s kind of a new and can be intimidating because you haven’t done it before. That’s really where this came from.

39:22
You had the same kind of questions as so many of our customers. so that’s where this came from. you comment, since we’re talking about direct mail, can you comment on this versus catalogs or pamphlets? Yeah. So we don’t send catalogs today. It’s something that we’re looking into. But what we do have is something called cartologs, where

39:49
You can use one of our larger formats, like a six by nine, which is double the space of a four by six. And that gives you enough real estate to do a nice product grid if you have a larger assortment. It’s an easy format to get started with. It allows you to just to show and display a decent size assortment. And it’s inexpensive. So that’s 59 cents as opposed to 49 cents first.

40:16
to get the six by nine. That’s like Bed Bath and Beyond size, right? Yeah, exactly. Yep. Can you comment on the conversion difference between all these? Yeah. So it’s a great question to get one common question. don’t, we don’t typically see a big conversion. If you were going to send the same offer in a four by six and a six by nine, we recommend just going with the four by six. It’s going to be cheaper where we think because the conversion rate doesn’t change a whole lot where we see

40:45
the value in the six by nine is brands that just have a bigger assortment of product and they want more real estate to either tell their brand story or show a larger assortment of product in a campaign. So t-shirt brands or brands like Tipsy Elves or Busted Tees or those kinds of brands that want to show a bunch of their styles and products on the card. Six by nine is a great format to do that. Orbit Baby, another one that’s going to do a six by nine card now because

41:13
To them, it’s a premium product. They want to tell their brand story and they want more real estate to be able to do that. But they were about to send a brochure, like more of a catalog. And we said, why don’t we try the six by nine format where you don’t have to go through all the work and expense of creating a whole catalog and mailing it. We can position this and design it in such a way that we can convey that story that you want to tell and get it to you.

41:40
It’ll be easy, it’ll be less expensive. And they were really excited about that. Okay. Can you comment on like maybe the types of products that this would work better on or does it matter? Like if email is working for you, will postcard marketing work for you? Chances are. Yeah. So we, one with, with email, again, think if email is working great for you, great. We certainly don’t recommend.

42:07
stopping email campaigns or not doing email. It’s great. It’s more that look at your open rates and look at your engagement rates on email. I can say with a high level of confidence that the majority of folks are not opening or engaging with your email campaigns, no matter how good they are. So this is just a way to ensure that that message gets through to the folks that aren’t engaging. And if you have a great campaign that’s working great in email,

42:35
That’s even better than pivoted to postcard campaigns. And you should see great performance out of that too. Okay. It’s a great way of thinking about like how to, where to start, how to prioritize what, types of campaigns you run. All right. So my final question then is what is like the echelon in terms of what to try? So the wind back, you would try first. What comes next? Abandoned cart? Probably the VIPs is typically a second.

43:03
The amount of people that have been waiting for our mail match because they want that customer acquisition, it could not come fast enough because everyone’s been asking and we’re a little later delivering it as IT projects tend to be than we wanted. And people are knocking down our door trying to get into this product. So we’re excited about that. And the results that we’ve seen from brands who are in our beta program is really good.

43:33
That’s something that people really want because it’s acquisition. And then like those second purchase, the abandoned carts, layering those things in are all great campaigns that you can be running. But then you also want to think about supplementing those with these one-off type campaigns. So you have a big sale, you have a new product launch, you want to make sure that that message gets in front of as many people as possible. So Black Friday is like, it’s going to be completely bonkers because

44:03
That’s the period when one, CPCs are getting jacked up, know, like competitions driving CPCs up, whereas postage is fixed, you’re not gonna pay more to reach somebody just because it’s the week of Black Friday. And you know that email inboxes are getting completely inundated with a million emails from a million different brands. So how do you cut through the clutter? Like those are perfect times around these major holiday events to layer in a postcard campaign and make sure you’re getting in front of folks that

44:32
you wouldn’t otherwise get in front of. Nice. No, it totally makes sense. Actually, I think the biggest hurdle really for anyone is designing the car, getting everything set up. But it sounds like you guys do white glove service on that con concierge service. I don’t know how long you’re going to be able to keep that up. But if you guys are listening to this out there, I would take advantage of this now while it lasts, because I don’t see how that’s scalable. And maybe maybe you guys are just at this point now where

45:02
where you can do this. So take advantage of this while it lasts is what I’m thinking at least. Well, yeah. While we’re still here now, we continue to make the platform easier to use and technically it can be a fully self-serve platform. we, again, we want to set brands up for success because it’s their first experience using this channel in most cases. And we know best practices and we’d rather

45:30
earn that customer and their business and their loyalty over a long period of time. So it’s worth it to us to invest in that and getting them set up for success. Sweet. So Mike, tell everyone where they can find more about this and how to get ahold of you directly if they have any questions. Yeah, sure. So email me directly anytime. Michael at Postpilot.com. You can find me on LinkedIn or Twitter and you can go to Postpilot.com. Go to Postpilot.com slash GFO for Godfather offer.

46:00
And that’s where you can sign up for that offer that we were just talking about where we’ll literally design, set it up, design it, send your first batch on our dime and let you see for yourself. good. Well, thanks a lot for coming on the show and it’s finally good to talk to the brains of the operation. That’s right. Always a pleasure, Steve. Great to be with you.

46:26
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I just find it really funny how marketing always goes in cycles and postcard marketing is extremely effective and I recommend that you go out and try it. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 427. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

46:55
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow and win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifeclutterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifeclutterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

47:25
Head on over to mywebcoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

426: The Best Strategy To Grow An Audience Today With Neville Medhora

426: The Fastest Way To Grow An Audience Today With Neville Medhora

Today I have my favorite outspoken Zoroastrian friend back on the show, Neville Medhora. Neville is the founder of CopywritingCourse.com where he runs an incredible copywriting community and teaches people how to write persuasive copy.

In this episode, we discuss how written content creation has evolved over the years and how to be successful with a content based business today.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best way to grow your audience with content today
  • Why WordPress is no longer the best platform
  • How to build a thriving community

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my favorite outspoken Zoroastrian friend back on the show, Neville Medora. Now, Neville runs CopywritingCourse.com where he runs an incredible copywriting community and that’s what we’re gonna be talking about today. We discuss how written content creation has evolved over the years and the limitations of WordPress in order to be successful with content today. Now, before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:30
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:00
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:28
Let’s say I want to set up a special order, sponsor sequence to my customers, depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

01:58
No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:14
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Neville Madora back on the show. And believe it or not, Neville was one of my very first guests on my podcast back in 2014. In fact, he was episode number three and he actually, and he doesn’t know this, but he actually held the record for the best podcast episode for at least that first year. Now we met randomly at FinCon. We’ve been friends ever since. He was one of the original guys behind AppSumo.

02:42
And now he makes a living over at copywriting course, teaching other people how to write persuasive copy. The guy’s got a ton of personality and is easily my favorite outspoken Indian guy that I know. So welcome back to Neville. Thanks. You’re my sixth favorite Asian. So, yeah. Wait, you know, six Asians? Man, I dropped out at number six. That’s it’s like 0.8 of you. Kim Jong Un is number one.

03:09
Yeah, so Neville used to call me Kim Jong-un. That’s what he used to call me. was my nickname. Great David Tell joke where he’s like, have a crush on Kim Jong-un’s sister, Kim Jong-Stacey. Stupid. You know what? What’s funny is that last time I had you on, I actually kind of listened to part of the episode. You were running NevBlog back in the day. Yeah. And copywriting courses with a K.

03:35
So catch me up, man. So I noticed now with Copying Cores with a C and then NevBlog, I don’t think you really update anymore, right? No, because there’s all these different social media platforms that have taken over. It used to be back in the day, like in 2000, you’d update a website and people would go to it. Now it’s like you could update Twitter, Facebook and everything. So having like a personal blog has kind of gone a little bit out of vogue, right? Like people still have them, but they’re not updated as much or you just update on social media networks and then people can see the updates much quicker like that.

04:05
Yeah, so I don’t update netblog anymore, but I am far more active on my social medias now. So let’s talk about that. Cause I’ve always had this love, hate relationship with social. And I know before we started recording, you said that if you were to start all over, you wouldn’t start with your website, you’d start with social. let’s, yeah, I never thought I say that it used to be like, obviously you start a website first because you could collect emails. You can have all your stuff over there. Now, if you think about what a website is, it’s basically just a place that you can update from.

04:34
and then it shows it on the web. So technically Twitter satisfies that, right? I can make an update. I can post a photo, I can post a video and it shows it. Same with the website. The thing that I’ve been sad about in the blogging world is that WordPress, which runs like 30 to 40 % of the entire internet has never moved past like the 1999 era of publishing. So right, still with WordPress, you go, you publish something and just lays on a website and no one sees it.

04:59
So now you have to get your email traffic to come see it. You have to post on social for people to come see it. You have to some other traffic to come because it doesn’t just naturally show up in feeds. Whereas social media networks have far surpassed this like since Facebook. So if I post on Facebook or LinkedIn, anything, pick poison, if I post on Facebook, it automatically shows you what I posted, right? It shows other people in the feed. It allows them to natively comment on it. It shows up their name. So it’s not just random commenters on the web.

05:28
It allows you to like, interact, heart, blah, blah, drop a video, whatever. Whereas WordPress, can’t really do all that stuff. And I’ve always wished that one of these WordPress commenting platforms would discuss. I always thought that one would unify WordPress and have this unified commenting experience and engagement. It just never happened. And so even with my main blog now, I’ve actually recently, as of March, moved off of WordPress, which I never thought would happen. What would you move to? I moved to a

05:57
Envision Community, which is a forum software. Now forum softwares have really bad blogging platforms, so it’s heavily modified. So if you look at it and be like, where can I get that template? It’s like it’s not a normal template. was heavily, heavily modified to be a blog also. But we run our community on that same platform. Once again, heavily modified. So I was like, what if we could just blog on it and the comments would be in the feed, all that kind of stuff. It would all be integrated.

06:25
And so I went through great efforts to get off of WordPress, which is a great publishing platform, but just, I don’t think it’s up to community standards. Like it’s not very communicative like social is. Do people have to log in to your community? Yes. Okay. So you can make it where they don’t, but I make them log in. But that’s tough then. Cause now you got to drive people to your community. Why not have the community on like Facebook or social media platform?

06:51
So that’s another interesting thing we started doing. So for example, if someone’s not logged in, what we would make them do before is like go to the blog and then type in their name, type their email address, type of their website, and then leave a comment and they can’t edit it or anything. So what we do now is you say, respond to this email with your comment. And then we go in and manually put that in to the website as a comment. And I’m actually building actually by Wednesday, I should have the first draft of the thing that automatically takes their comment, puts it on the website. And then whenever I reply, it also sends an email back.

07:21
So kind of like reinventing commenting a little bit to make it easier. So that doesn’t solve the problem of getting people to your site though, right? And to your community. So what happens is we have a very active community, CopywritingCourse.com. You’d see it. We have a feed on the side of the website where you could see what’s going on. I’m actually making a cool stats page where you can see all the stats going on live, even if you’re not logged in. So we have an active community there. So I was just like, well, if I make a post in the forum, people comment right away and start interacting.

07:50
Whereas if I make a blog post on my WordPress site, no one sees it and have to tell everyone about it. So now that I have everything on one platform, as soon as I post on a site or comment on it, it puts at the top of the feed that everyone sees and clicks on and comments on. So it gets far more engagement this way. The feed on a page where people are logged into? No, you can be not logged. You get a copywritingcourse.com slash blog and like see the feed on the side of what’s going on. Oh, I see of comments. Anyone can see that. can’t.

08:18
click into them unless it’s a blog post. If it’s a blog post, you could click it. But if it’s like a private thing inside our community, you could see the name of it, but you can’t click it. I see. Hint, that’s how I get people some FOMO. Okay. So let’s like start in the beginning then. So how do you get people into this community? Like, how do you build a community? Just get your name out there. I’ve noticed things like going on blogs, sorry, podcasts. For example, I’m getting in front of your audience. That’s a great way to, you know,

08:48
All three of the people listening to this will listen and then hopefully maybe one will. It’s actually double that now. Nice. Yeah. But like, hopefully, hopefully someone listens, right? And then also on social people, people hear about me. We have a cool group of characters, Sam Parr, Noah K. We all like talk online and stuff. We all have different communities. Well, their audience hears about me from there. My audience hears about them, et cetera. And so that’s just the way, yeah, just expanding that reach.

09:18
is important. In fact, we were talking about our goals for the year. That’s one of my goals for the year is to expand my reach even more by being a little more consistent on social media and such. Because that that’s definitely how you get people to hear about you. They sign up to your email, they’re like, these are pretty good. And then they see me pitch the community a couple times and they buy. I’m sure it’s much the same marketing tactics like like you do for your community. You know, what’s funny for me is the website’s important because SEO is actually the largest driver of traffic to my site.

09:47
And I have it on the blog. I guess I could put on a different platform. The principles are the same, but that’s how I get my traffic, not social, because what I like about it is you just write something once and the traffic just comes in. Whereas with social, I feel like you just gotta constantly be posting. Oh yeah, if you don’t post on social media for two days, you’re dead. Whereas SEO, you probably wrote an article five years ago that still brings a thousand leads a month. Yeah. Exactly. Same with YouTube. That’s why I like YouTube also.

10:15
YouTube is like SEO for video. It’s like the little secret thing that like, so I haven’t updated my YouTube channel in two months, that shame on me, but every single month it brings in 2000 plus signups. And I don’t touch it. I don’t log on. don’t do anything. And it still brings in day after day after day after day, views, views, views, clicks to my website. And they’re good views too. They’re good customers. Well, yeah, cause they’re watching you for like 10 minutes.

10:41
Yeah, they’re watching you and they’re also seeing your best stuff. Yeah, it’s really great. By the way, so speaking of SEO, you want to hear something interesting about SEO? Sure. So get this. So I was doing a thing. I wanted to get to a million SEO visits a month, right? And so when Copywriting Course was still with Ks, but before we changed the domain name to Copywriting Course with Cs, it was getting 450,000 visits a month from SEO. But get this, a lot of them were like these generators. So it’s like pricing calculator.

11:09
I had one call like the Japanese name generator. We’re just trying to get like random links in the beginning. Yeah. Those tools ranked really well. And they got a lot of traffic. And so you kind of look at our traffic and people are like, holy crap, 450,000 SEO a month. And then you look at the signups and they were relatively low compared to that. Some pages were very high. And then some paid like Japanese name generator had a abysmally low signup. Yeah. Cause like operating cores, Japanese name had no overlap.

11:38
And so when we changed the name with K’s, we bought the domain from someone who’s using it for like this affiliate marketing stuff. It was, it was not quality links. And so all our traffic went away for like eight months. We lost all that traffic. And you know what happened to our sales? Nothing. They stayed the same. So SEO traffic wasn’t contributing to sales is what you’re saying. No.

12:00
And so the SEO traffic wasn’t contributing much. And it was because we had some good keywords that were, by the way, it did do something, but like for the most part, I thought like, man, we were going to tank and we got about the same amount of signups and everything. And I was like, what? That’s insane. And so the new goal starting this year is to get back to that level, but with, uh, targeted words, of course, that should have been the goal all along. But before we were just trying to get links in general from everywhere. And now we got a lot of that. And I’m like, I want to go for only targeted.

12:30
keywords that people want to do and branded search terms. Do know what a branded search term is? Yeah. So that’s always been my plan. Like I only write about e-commerce and then people I’m sure you use Ahrefs, right? So people are Googling my brand much more now than they were ever before. So those are the ultimate search terms. So it’s like, you know, Steve to email templates, Steve to e-commerce templates. They’re only looking for your stuff. Those are the

12:59
best search service. I’ve talked with Sujan Patel, Siege Media, all these places that are big on SEO. Like that’s the main thing they want to go after. Like who cares about email templates? They want Neville’s email templates. That would be the ultimate. So that’s the next goal. I think the influx of that traffic is probably due to like TikTok and Instagram Reels for me. Cause people see me on TikTok and they go, okay, maybe I should just Google this, my wife, quick guy. then think that’s the reason why the traffic’s increased.

13:29
Very, very interesting. Do you have like a link tree or anything in your social media that they click or? I don’t have a link tree. actually have it just go straight to my lead magnet because email is how I convert everybody. So I convert maybe one to 3 % of the traffic coming into email and they go down this really long autoresponder sequence. Interesting, interesting. Yeah, I still think the secret is email signups. that’s still it It always is. Yeah, it’s never changed ever.

13:57
Let’s go back to the original question. Okay. So you said you would start out on social media today, which platform specifically? Probably Twitter in terms of like the speed of like meeting a cool person or seeing them be able to like see their thoughts and then reach out and be like, Hey, you want to hang out? Twitter has been the absolute fastest. You can have conversations with Mark Andreessen, Balaji Shrovasanand, like this founder of Coinbase. You’d have just conversations with them on Twitter. You could DM them. They respond back. Like those types of things happen on Twitter.

14:27
I don’t see that speed of meeting people as fast on Instagram or the other platforms. On Instagram, I do find a lot of social value in it. So updating my friend network of what I’m up to, get a lot of people reaching out, but in terms of like business stuff, it’s kind of like weirdos sometimes. So Twitter, I get the most quality people I would say. So what’s funny is I was not a Twitter believer until a year ago, until I hired someone to help me grow that account.

14:56
And once that happened, it’s been pretty amazing. I’m just curious what your Twitter strategies are to build an account and even get some of those bigger people to even respond to you. Yeah. So I didn’t believe in Twitter. had a Twitter, but all it did was repost my blog posts. That’s what I did too. That’s the wrong way to do it. Yeah. I used to tell people, I’m like, don’t join my Twitter. It’ll just spam you with all my blog posts. I used to tell them that. And then actually during the pandemic, it started to change. I think there’s a guy named David Perrell who was a writer.

15:24
And he was just talking about writing all the time and I would somehow see his tweets pop up. And I was like, wow, this is, I guess you could just like put short thoughts out. I just never really thought about it, which sounds pretty stupid. And so I saw, was using Twitter more and more and my feed was just garbage. Cause I followed all my friends and some of my friends would talk about politics and stuff. And everyone’s like talking about Trump and blah, blah. And I’m like, I just don’t want to hear this. Like I’m not here for this. And so, um, I started reading some other accounts and they were like, just trim all the people off your feed.

15:53
And I did that. I only followed people that are talking about stuff I liked. So now I only follow about maybe a hundred ish people or so. And man, once I did that, my feed was like awesome stuff. was like all these like really smart investors talking about things. It felt like I got a jump on the news. Like I always knew about things in the news before they were like out on the news news. And I was like, holy crap, this is like a competitive advantage to be on Twitter and have a curated feed. And then I learned about Twitter lists, which is even cooler because you can make a list where you change up your feed. So for example,

16:23
Let’s say don’t want to hear about business and stuff, which is most of what my Twitter is, business investing, et cetera. I have one called sciencey stuff. And so there’s like these cool accounts, like one’s called Science Girl, one’s called Massimo that you can add to lists and then switch to that list. And it’s all cool science facts. so I’m like, like while I’m, you know, sitting on the toilet or something and I have like five minutes to kill, I just pull up the little science list and I’m learning stuff really quick. And so I have different lists. I have one for copywriters. I have one for marketers. I have one for

16:53
crypto at my main feed, is like Elon Musk and Balaji Shubhasanand and all these smart people. And so I feel like that’s my source of news and interaction. And if you respond to some of these bigger accounts, and I have noticed as I’ve got bigger, the responses come faster, I think, because it shows up higher on their feed because it’s like, oh, this is a person with more than two followers.

17:19
that those people will often respond. And if I DM people, almost always get a response back. Interesting. Okay. I actually haven’t tried DMing anyone really. It’s mainly- have reason to. I don’t just say like, hi. I’m just like, hey, I love your stuff. Just wanted to let you know, I support it. Cool. And you’ll get like a cool, thanks man. You’re like, whoa. Like that person saw my thing. That’s pretty neat. What about growing your account? Have you grown it? So I think there’s some pretty, the tactics are very well known. The system is hard.

17:48
So we can talk about what I’m doing starting for the next month. I already have it planned out. let’s do it. Let’s hear it. Yeah. Yeah. So the tactics are such, you write threads about interesting things. So oftentimes take some of your most popular blog posts, turns them into threads. And what happens is threads get a lot of engagement because people click on it. Sometimes they’re too long. So people save them. they leave a comment, say thread roll unwrap this thread and it saves it. But so Twitter sees that as engagement and promotes it higher and higher and higher. So they’re a little bit viral.

18:17
The other thing is you can post random things and sometimes there is some benefit in just posting a lot of random things and sometimes like 20 % of them hit and you don’t really know why. So some of them will get four likes, some will get a thousand. Like it’s just a little bit random sometimes. And so you learn to like just post more and more and just kind of ignore the stats and some stuff hits. How often are posting or what’s your plan? How often are you gonna post? I’ll talk about the plan in a second. And then the other thing is, and the other thing is this.

18:46
have a list of stuff to go through. So there’s a couple of apps like HypeFury, where it’ll give you ideas of what to post by showing you ideas that other popular tweets. And you’re like, oh, I have an idea like that, except about the shipping industry, I have it about copywriting, right? So it’s very helpful to have a swipe file of a popular post. So I have a Twitter doc that I write potential tweets in, much like you probably have a blog post file where you like write blog post ideas.

19:11
Yep. I have that and I’ll write the tweet out and just, you whenever I want to use it, I can use it. And I also have a place where I can go for ideas. I even built one. You got a copyrighting course.com slash Twitter. You’ll see my tweet generator thing I made for myself. Ah, interesting. Okay, cool. Yeah. So you’d actually click generate ideas and I’ll just make three of them and I’ll say, I need to post one of these right now. And that’s what I’ll do. So now let’s talk about my plan. My plan for the rest of the year is to get to a hundred thousand on YouTube. I’m currently at 70,000 something.

19:40
Get to 100,000 on Twitter. currently at 25, 26,000. So that one needs to be amped up quite a bit. And then 200,000 SEO targeted SEO visits, right? So the goal for the year is- Those are some ambitious goals. Well, mean, so YouTube, I’ll probably naturally hit it if I just post semi-regularly. I’m close. If I do what I’m doing right now and don’t change anything on Twitter, I’ll hit-

20:10
35,000, I’d say, by the end of the year. Easy. Like maybe four. I think we’re at the exact same point. I think I’m at like 28 right now. Ooh, you want to, you want to do this with me? Like we can motivate each other. We can talk about some of the secret stuff I’m doing. Sure. Yeah. So here’s, here’s the other goal. I was talking to my friend, uh, Nick Gray, uh, who you may know Nick Gray news party.pro. If you want to want to read his book about throwing a party that that it’s actually pretty good. One of the things that I was going over my goals with him yesterday, it’s like,

20:40
roughly mid-year as we record this. I was like, let me update my goals to see where we’re at. And I was explaining these goals to him and he’s like, well, it sounds like you got all these numbers in place. He’s like, what’s the one thing like that book, the one thing, like what’s the one thing you can do? And I was trying to think about that. It’s like, which one of these would I focus on? And I think that was the wrong question. The right question would be like, what can I do to ensure that I’m going to be able to update these every day? And the thing is, one of my employees,

21:09
I’m going to incentivize her to make sure I complete these things with interesting. Tell me more. Um, that’s, uh, I don’t want to say names or no names. that’s private. But, but there’s like a pot of gold at the end of the rainbow. If all of these are hit and the way that we’re going to hit these, uh, these are doable goals, but the, but consistency is the key. I’ve noticed with all my friends, like, uh, like Noah Kagan has grown his YouTube channel gigantic.

21:37
And me and him were at the same exact level. And the reason he shot up is because he posts all the time. I don’t post anything. There’s nothing. I don’t post anything. Sam Parr grew on Twitter quite a bit, and he was very consistent on it. If you look through it, he’s probably barely missed a day in the last two years. And so consistency is the key. And so I go through, I’m sure you do go through this or some of your audience relates. You go through times where you’re really motivated, and then you drop off. The weekend’s really fun, and you have a lot of stuff planned. So I’m like, how can on those times when I’m not

22:07
participating or not on the internet too much, how can I keep having posts go out? So that’s pre-scheduling them, making sure we have a content calendar of stuff going out for the whole month at beginning of the month. So even if I don’t naturally participate on Twitter natively, at least something gets scheduled to go out, right? And so that’s going to be the plan from now on. And so the plan is we tweet out a lot, we make targeted blog posts. so we made our own little blogging platform for that.

22:37
Go after those and then make videos out of the targeted blog posts. It’s a pretty simple strategy. The key is just the consistency, doing it day after day, week after week, month after month. How many people do you have helping you on this? There will probably be one main person. Okay, just one person. Okay. I could bring in other people. I don’t know if I need to. I’m not sure if I need to yet.

22:59
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

23:29
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

23:57
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

24:09
I’ll tell you my strategy. mean, consistency is like just a given. For me, it’s like the process by making it consistent. And I think I have it down now. everything always starts with a blog post. So I take the time and I write something and that takes a while. But that blog post instantly becomes a YouTube video. And usually I’ll just take the blog post as I write like how I talk. And then just cut out all the fluff stuff and then turn that into a video.

24:37
And then that video can be broken down into multiple TikToks, because short form video is huge right now. And then I post that on TikTok reels and YouTube shorts. The YouTube shorts I haven’t started yet, but I had this pile of like 200 TikToks. I’m just gonna schedule them out on YouTube. And then for Twitter, it’s taken those same blog posts, just the headings, and then turning those into threads once a week. So I tweet three times a day.

25:05
one thread per week, because it’s a pain in the ass to put together the threads. And I’m missing something. Oh yeah, all that stuff can turn into a podcast too. That’s something. Yes. An individual. Also YouTube video is a podcast, but audio. Oh, that’s my other thing that I have on my list for the rest of the year. I’m starting a YouTube podcast. I decided to separate it out from my main channel because I don’t think people watch podcasts as much. Is that accurate? You know what’s interesting? So

25:32
I don’t know if this is going to be a video podcast or not, but behind me is my interview setup. I got some mics and it’s all catches board and all that jazz, right? What I learned was I was bringing, was like, I’m to hire a producer. So I did, I hired a producer, I found one in Austin and every Tuesday he would come over and I would schedule a guest. And much respect to you podcasters, like lining up guests and stuff, man, that’s, that’s work. It’s easy. just texted you Neville and I said, Hey, you want to come on? You said, Yeah, but

26:00
I’m a talker. I’ll talk the whole time. You don’t have to do anything. But for some, like you want to do research, right? If you didn’t know me, like it’d be different. You’d be doing a little research. You’d try to give them some shout outs, all that stuff. So I was preparing these in-person podcasts. And then like, remember you’re on camera. So you got to look like semi-presentable. I have to schedule the guest time and then also the producer’s time to be here at the same time.

26:24
So we’d meet and we’d sit over there and we’d have a nice chat and I’d have all these like two pages of notes that I would ask them questions from. And then you to do the editing and put it out. And you have to do that week after week after week. And what I noticed on my YouTube stats were the interviews, while my audience loved them, got zero new subscribers. So every video I put out that’s just like, hey, it’s Neville here and I’m gonna teach you this little thing about copywriting. That video will get lots of subscribers, new subscribers to my YouTube channel.

26:54
interviews did not like they wouldn’t go viral. They wouldn’t like, um, capture people’s imagination. So I’m not sure what the reason was. Maybe I suck. Maybe the content sucked. Um, but people in our audience liked it, but it didn’t grow the pie. It was very interesting. know, it’s funny is I, I see a YouTube channels like Rogan whatnot and they’re killing it on YouTube, but he’s got celebrities. He’s got Jamie Foxx on there. I’ve got, I’ve got Ross from siege media. I know he runs a huge company. He’s not some slub.

27:24
But at the same time, it’s like, we’re talking about SEO, right? Like that’s not the biggest interview in the world. I think, yeah, to go viral on YouTube, you have to talk about general stuff. Like let’s look at Noah, right? He’s talking about how people got rich, like how they made a million bucks, whatever. That’s appealing to everybody. Whereas when I talk about e-commerce, like my overall pie is smaller, but there’s still a lot of people interested in that.

27:50
It’s a smaller pie, which is, you you’re not going to get like mainstream necessarily. I bet if you talked about how to become a millionaire with e-commerce and no money, like that kind of video will get a lot of views. don’t know if it’s the exact right person you want necessarily. So I talk with Noah all the time about this dichotomy of like, you know, sometimes he doesn’t like doing like knocking on millionaires doors, but those are the ones that get a lot of views. There’s this like, what’s your ultimate goal? And if your goal is just to try to get to a million people on YouTube, that’s probably the way to do it.

28:19
but it’s not always the fun, they’re not always fun for you to do. So. I know his personality too, but he’s going to continue doing them because he always does what works. He does. Yeah. And it’s where he does. He does some, did like one, like he really loved doing this one where he went on a fishing trip with a buddy and they talked and stuff like that. And that video got like 13,000 views, which for him is very little. Right. Yeah. So he really loved that and cherished that time. But then it’s just like,

28:48
I’m to go up to Yacht owners and ask them what they do for a living. And it’s funny, once we were at his house and we were just like, let’s watch both videos and we watched the fishing video and he was like, man, I love this. And we’re all kind of like, it wasn’t really that great of a video. Like, I know you probably had fun cause it’s like your buddy meant something to you, but for me to sit here, waste my time watching it, I was like, I didn’t really learn anything. It’s just kind of like you chatting with your buddy. was like, whatever. But then we watched like knocking on yacht.

29:15
owner’s things and like there’s like some guy smoking a cigar and he’s like, yeah, I own a carpet factory. You’re like, oh, I think I just learned something from that guy. Like, I didn’t know you can make money with a carpet factory. Like it actually was a better video. So I don’t, I don’t know. no, I’ve, I’ve watched all of his YouTube videos actually. And I actually liked those the best cause you never know what the next guy is going to say. And they all look different. They’re all completely different. Like these million, but do know they’ll film for sometimes like two days straight to get a 12 minute video? Is that wild?

29:45
I can imagine it’s a pain in the butt. And I know he’s investing a ton of money in his channel. Yeah, he spends, he spends a lot of money as a whole team working on it. It’s a lot of, mean, just to do that amount of editing and stuff by yourself, but dude, get this. Here’s some insights from, by the way, Kagan is one of my best friends in the world. So I probably talk about him a lot, but he has an interesting character to hear about. And one interesting thing he’s been doing all these, going to some YouTube meetups and stuff.

30:10
And then I watch a lot of these YouTubers and listen to them talk. like MKBHD, you know, that guy that is one of the top reviewers on YouTube, he does 99 or 98 % of his own editing on all his videos. That’s crazy, man. Isn’t that wild? He has like an entire team and this guy’s still doing his videos. Graham Stepan is editing most, almost all his videos himself. Yeah, he’s got two guys doing it, helping them now though, I think, right?

30:34
I think, but that’s more for like setup and stuff of the podcast and just organizing and tasks. He still does a lot of editing and a lot of the work himself. And I always find it interesting. Some of the top ones are, uh, they start of filmography people for the most part. So they’re really good with cameras and editing. it’s kind of like what they love doing, but it is kind of interesting that some of those top people are still doing a lot of the work themselves. And it just reminded me of a Seinfeld Jerry Seinfeld quote. He used to be in the editing room for, uh, for the show Seinfeld.

31:04
He’s just like, you have to be in the editing room because that’s what makes or breaks it. Like you could have like a bad, you could film a like bad acting, but turn it into something good through good editing. So he was there for every second of that show, chopping it up. Um, and it’s really interesting whenever I hand over my videos to an editor, um, like they come out good and some of them are great, but at the same time, I always think I could do better myself. Like, I think I know better on how to edit it, but it just takes up so much time. So I thought that was kind of interesting to understand.

31:34
I started out editing my podcasts and videos. I just hate the work and it takes forever. Like a five minute video might take me like hours to edit. I know. I think we’re getting to a point kind of like where AI is like almost getting good enough to do it. Like I think we’re a few years away, but, um, but like some of the social platforms like Instagram, you can upload a bunch of videos and it’ll create like a reel for you. And it’s like, it kind of like knows where to pick spots. Like it knows where the action is. And it’s like,

32:00
We might be getting there. That could be pretty awesome. Where like this could be a fully edited produced video with subtitles like all by computer soon. That’d be awesome. So your strategy basically is to be everywhere, right? Yeah, I think so. Right. Coming on. And then you mentioned early on that you’d started that over your website. So how would you be gathering emails if you don’t have your own website? Well, I think like, like I use the convert kit, not necessarily a plug, but that’s what I use. And you can actually just, you can have a page called like, you know,

32:31
ck.com slash eight to just the landing page you’re saying exactly like any of those things will do it lead pages MailChimp all do that kind of stuff now so I don’t think it’s necessary that you have to do that have to have like a website in fact the reason I say if I was starting over like meaning I didn’t have an idea for an online business that’s what I mean I’m like brand new I just have a job and I’m like hey I want to like make some money online I’ve been listening to Steve I’ve been listening to other people I would like to I would like to start a business

32:58
Instead of starting a website, buying a domain and setting up hosting and learning WordPress or learning Shopify and all that stuff. I would probably start talking, like joining communities on Twitter and start participating with people, figuring out where I can like either add value or sell a cool product. And then I would eventually get a website, but I would not do it first. I think what happens is when you buy a domain, you get set on this website. It’s like set in stone. What you’re going to do. It’s like, I’m only going to sell yellow legal pads. So I bought yellow legal pads.com now it’s like,

33:28
I feel like you’re almost stuck in that lane. Whereas I feel like what’s social, would have an account with just my name, Neville Madora, and then chat on that, participate on that. And then once I find something that’s working and I was able to sell a couple of them, like on the side, just validate the idea, then I would buy a domain or something. That would be my strategy then. That community that you run, is that a paid community? Is that people signing up for your class or is it just anyone who wants to join? Paid. So eventually, I mean, I’m sure you’ve seen this. You were a little bit ahead of the game.

33:58
with your community, but community is becoming a bigger thing. I just think the limiting factor right now, the technology, technology out there sucks. All the forums suck. They’re hard. You have to developers. You’re quite a technical guy. So you were able to do it early, but there’s solutions like circle.so and stuff that are coming out. But what happens is everyone has a course. So I had a lot of courses. We sold them only through AppSumo for a while. I sold them through myself after a while of that too. And what happens is you start a course and then people buy it, let’s say for 69 bucks, right?

34:26
So then a bunch of people buy it, but then all the people on your list buy it. And they’re kind of tired about hearing about one thing. So then you sell another course and you make another course. Now you’ve got 10 different courses that you sell and people are confused on which course you should buy. Cause a lot of times there’s overlap. So I would sell like an email writing course and a copywriting course. And people are like, well, don’t I have to know copyright and do email writing? So I’m like, yeah, there is a lot of overlap. So then what happens is course creators will bundle all of their stuff. So then they’ll say, okay, instead of 69 bucks, you get 400 bucks for all of them, right?

34:55
And then what happens is people say, well, that’s too much money. I only want some of them. So they say, okay, fine. We’ll do a monthly price, right? So you pay 69 bucks a month and then you get access to all of them. And then you just stay on like that. And then also course creators like recurring income because recurring income is great, stable, et cetera. So that’s the, that’s the normal course that happened. And so I started doing a community style thing where it’s like a monthly price for all the courses. And we kind of had this WordPress forum for a bit.

35:23
but it’s so clunky and I’m sure you use WordPress. I use the WordPress. They’re terrible. Yeah, it’s not great man. Like they’re not designed for large amounts of people. They look, they look pretty on demo, but then they get very hard to manage. And so I was using one and I was like, Oh my God, this is brutal. And so I went to a full on like forum software and kind of backed it into my core software. Um, because all your core software has to do is like host videos, right? It’s like a Wistia link. And then I went commenting and stuff to be more native.

35:51
So that’s why I went full on like forum software. And then the forum software could also handle the billing. And for a while I had this weird thing where it’s like the blog was part of it, but then you get billed on the thing. And then I had to build this SSO bridge between the two and that the bridge was very unstable. Like if an update happened, like it might, you know, not bill people or something like that. It was, very unstable. And so I was like, I gotta go to one system. And so that’s why I think the next solution for a lot of people, a lot of course creators is

36:20
They’re going to use something like Circle.so, which I think is probably the best one out there. It’s like making a private Facebook group, but you could also run courses and web pages off of it. And it also has community natively built in. So people can comment on stuff. Everyone sees a feed. You could email your members. It’s pretty nice. So I think that’s going to be the next generation of community. If I had to start all over again, I might just make a Circle.so page. I’m not an investor of theirs, unfortunately, but I think it’s a good product.

36:50
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

37:19
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

37:30
You know what’s funny is I had a forum and the biggest problem was that people were never logged in. They actually had to log into it. So that’s why I actually moved everything to Facebook because a lot of people just have their Facebook pages open. Did you have that problem? We had a Facebook group for a while. The problem is Facebook is very distracting. And then also for us, I hate to say that we’re different, but we are different in the sense that people are posting 20 page sales page letters. You cannot do that on Facebook. And also there’s no formatting.

38:00
Right? So sales pages have images and left justified. You cannot do any of that formatting even remotely close on Facebook. So I had to get a different solution. However, if I was just doing a basic group, you are totally right. The network effects of Facebook are there. The network. I can see what the nature of what you teach, you’re evaluating copy, right? And formatting and everything. So nothing is just a comment. It’s a long pieces of copy. It’s a lot of images. Yeah.

38:28
I get it. All that actually is really great content in itself because people want to read other people’s copy, right? I can see. Okay. Makes sense. So imagine you’re wanting to get your homepage reviewed, but it’s like five pages long. Can you post that on Facebook? No, right. You literally cannot post it on Facebook. And it wouldn’t look right. It would just be like blank text, like raw text with no images, no formatting, no nothing, no headers. Yeah. Right. So we literally could not do it. And so that’s why I had to like build our own solution. I mean, we

38:58
We build on top of something, but like very heavily modified for our purpose. What do think about discord for building community? Like all the young kids are using it. So yeah, it’s interesting. It’s like, it’s like a, like a never ending slack feed, but you can also do voice. So I could just go on and Hey, you want to chat? then look like obviously it’s working well. So I think there’s some value in it, but I think you have to ask yourself, is that the kind of life I want to live? And like, I don’t want this never ending slack feed of constant stuff. And once again,

39:28
The problem is people cannot post their copy. Right in your case. Yes. And here’s another thing. Tell me if you’ve had this with your form, what happens in the community is sometimes there’s really good threads, right? There’s really good threads. And if you have just a discord server where it’s like a raw text file, just growing and growing, you kind of like a two days after something cool happens, you kind of forget about it. You can’t find it anymore. It’s really hard. Whereas we have a thing where can like tag threads is like this happened or tag them as SEO and people can go read that thread later to see how it was solved.

39:58
Right. So I’ll bring up that story. I’ll be like, Oh yeah, this other person had a very similar site. Look what they did and I could link it. And it’s kind of cool because everything’s contained in that thread. So, um, there’s so much stuff that happens in the forum that it’s nice to have separate threads where we can reference later and come back to, um, or make content out of that later. Whereas in a discord server or like your Slack, it’s just this growing feed that, yeah, no, that makes sense. And it’s just constant. It’s constant pings on your phone. Um, I don’t, I don’t like that. I need like some concentration time.

40:28
This is why I don’t like social, but, uh, what’s your greatest source of leads right now? Greatest source of leads. think that it evenly splits between the website, YouTube, then so social leads are hard to track, right? They are, unless they click your link in the bio, guess. Exactly. But that’s not always how it happens. It’s like, they’ll Google my name and then sign up to copywriting course. But I don’t know that that’s from social. I consider, like, cause I just noticed the trend.

40:56
when I started doing TikTok especially, that my direct traffic from people just, on Ahrefs it tells you how many people approximately are searching for you a month. I saw that dramatically increase. When I got featured on CNBC, the search traffic for Bumblebee linens shot up like 20X during that period. It went down after that obviously, but yeah, it was crazy. It’s crazy. you can barely attribute that to social traffic.

41:25
That’s a point. What’s your greatest source? SEO by far. Yeah, by far. And you mentioned you were trying to build that up yourself, right? Well, so we had built that up to… Right, you had that. Yeah. We had that. So yeah, that was great. We are going to… So the reason that we lost it, by the way, is we went from CopywritingCourse.com with Ks to CopywritingCourse with Cs, like I mentioned. What we had to do…

41:52
By the way, we found an error in Google. We hired this high level consultant. He’s like, this is actually an error with Google. Because Bing picked up on what we were doing and was cool with it. And so what we had to do is disavow every link that had ever been pointed to that site. And they had some good links. So that’s why we’re like, oh, we won’t lose a CNN link. So we had to disavow every link. And then we got our traffic back. Not all of it, but about a quarter of it. And then the other thing that kind of messed us up a little bit, but not too much, was we moved from WordPress to our own blogging platform.

42:20
Oh, yeah. And so that so that once again, we’re just like, hey, Google, we’re changing everything, right? Like even though the URL structure changed a little bit. And so so that dinged us slightly, but not all that much. And now through the rest of the year, I’m getting back to I’m pretty confident I could do it. 200,000 SEO per month. Yeah. Targeted this time, though. Not not random generators. So the other thing that’s happened in like the last several years is Google’s drastically changed their algorithm. Mm hmm.

42:50
And so I’ve actually gone through and rewritten a ton of posts to conform with the way Google expects content to be. Which sucks. I I I try to do two a week. And it’s it’s pretty miserable because it takes all the creativity out of the writing also. I believe 40 percent of Google searches right now are no click searches. Which sucks, Well, it’s true. It does. But but then again, that’s the game you got to play.

43:20
Exactly. But but so it’s kind of funny. I have a duality on this one as a consumer as Neville Madora searching for things. Some of some like how do you make an apple pie? I don’t need your 19 minute video on how your grandmother used to bake a pie. Show me the damn thing. Like I just need to know the rough ingredients. I’m just trying to get a high level overview. And Google shows that to me. Thanks. And I leave I don’t have to click anything. That’s really nice. On the other hand, there are some things that I want to go deeper into. And that’s where a blog post comes in for.

43:50
So it’s actually kind of in a way doing you an interesting favor of like, instead of having someone go to your site and just leave and bounce, they’re only sending like the really dedicated ones. So in a way it’s an interesting way to think about it. I mean, it totally makes sense on Google’s part and from the consumer, but from a marketer standpoint, you can’t get their email unless they actually go on your site. That’s correct. It is harder, but there are all these other avenues like YouTube and stuff that you can like directly tell people to sign up and stuff now.

44:19
That’s kind of nice. Also, SEO is a bit of a zero sum game, right? If you want to type in like, what are the best ecommerce platforms, guess what? It’s only that one top spot, baby. And so it’s a zero sum game and a lot of software companies will come in with very high budgets and make really good content, like shockingly good content. And so it’s your job to like compete and make the best posts in the world for that thing. And so that’s kind of what we’re doing the next couple of months. You should see it.

44:47
Yeah, I’m curious. by the way. We don’t compete on the same. We don’t talk about the same stuff. No, no, no, no, not compete on keywords because that would be counterproductive because we’re in the same spot. We should compete on like just numbers of like how many traffic you want. We’re basically the same spot on Twitter, right? Did you have roughly 25K followers or something? Yeah, I think about like 20. Let me check. Actually, hold on. Yeah. Something in that frame. It’s just like we’re in the same ballpark. Yeah. Let’s do.

45:17
You know what? Perfect. So I’m probably much the exact same. You know what the secret thing that a lot of people that have grown on their Twitter the last couple of years are doing, right? They’re in text message groups or WhatsApp groups together. And they say, okay, we’re all going to post every day and we’ll share each other’s content. So instead of my 25K, if you interact on mine, your people see that comment in their feed also. So it’s like, potentially get in front of your audience too and vice versa.

45:46
is actually I had deals like that early on when I was growing with three other people where you just retweet, right? Yeah. Is that what you’re talking about? I’m happy to take part in that. I think we have overlapping audiences there for sure. Yeah, that would be fun. This is how the sausage is made behind the scenes. It is actually, if anyone’s listening, this is why you need to get out and actually meet people. Yeah. Or even in the YouTube world, you see all these YouTubers doing collaborations with each other, like another science channel will do an experiment with another science channel.

46:16
or they’ll be like, okay, I’m let my friend at XYZ channel take over this video. They do a lot of collaborations. That’s how they grow. And then we’re probably pretty similar in YouTube channel size. So I’m at 91,000. You’re at 70 something thousand. I’m gonna hit a hundred K in like two months. I’m estimating, but we’re in the same ballpark. We should do co-labs as well there. Well, what are you, what are you doing for growing the channel? Just posting on YouTube. Yeah. YouTube is it’s a combination of SEO and like

46:44
to get down to brass tacks, it’s really like clickable titles and thumbnails is really all it is. Yeah. Huh? So how are you doing it? I’ve noticed the best thing because what I guarantee this will be the case. I could predict the future already that if you look at your YouTube stats right now, it’s going to be like three to five videos that are bringing in all your subs.

47:07
There is probably five videos that are bringing in most of my subs. See, I predicted the future already. then I posted those a long time ago. Exactly. So, so you know what mine are? Here’s, here’s a funny thing and a cool thing. A funny thing is all my top videos don’t have my face in them. Really? Yeah. They’re all me talking, reading a blog post. So for example, how to become a copywriter, it has hundreds of thousands of views. It’s just me reading the post into my microphone and then had an editor make the video.

47:38
I have to watch that. Is it an animation or what is it? It’s just like fly-ins of different emails, a couple of animations here and there. Yeah. Interesting. And the reason that those become top posts is this, because I used to rank, I would rank number one for how to become a copywriter when the site was with Ks. And people come to that website and I put that video at the top so they would click the video, stay on the page for a long time. So Google was like, wow, these people are staying on the page for long time. We should keep them out number one.

48:07
And because they’re watching the video for a long time also, YouTube would recommend it to others. So every single day, you know, a hundred plus people were clicking that video. So it’s racking up views day after day after day. So it ranked at number one for SEO and for, for the video SEO, like YouTube search. And so it just kept, was like this nice virtuous cycle that happens. Like your post gets a lot of subscribes, email subscribers, and then it gets a lot of YouTubers. And because people watch discovering it on YouTube,

48:36
they end up clicking on my webpage and then subscribing. it is nice cycle that happens. And I wanted to have that with like, what I’ve learned is like, you can really have that with like five videos and that can make or break your channel. Yep. mean, that’s the same case for SEO and blog posts, right? Like probably 10%, 10 to 20 % of your blog posts are driving most of the traffic to your site. I think for SEO, it’s often even, it’s more pronounced than video SEO. A lot of times I’ll look at clients’ pages.

49:04
Like, yeah, we get a hundred thousand visits a month and it’s like 90 % go to one page. Like their one post. That’s awesome. We’ll rank for thousands of different keywords. Yep. And Google is so smart. knows what people are trying to search for when they type in like a weird search. Yeah. And all those queries will go to that one page and they think like, Oh, we have a hundred thousand. I’m like, if you lose this ranking, you have no more traffic. If you do things right, it.

49:33
doesn’t have to be that way. So my goal is to spread the love. Like I just want every post that I put out to be on the front page for something with reasonable volume. The only downside is it’s like you don’t control Google, right? So one update could potentially remove search or it could put you at number 11 or you can be number four for a search, but there’s so much no click searches options like shopping options, all that kind of stuff, maps, local listings that even if you’re listing number four,

50:01
in Google position number four, you’re technically on the second page, which means you get no traffic. I mean, I think that’s the case for everything, right? Social platforms, everything. You’re kind of at the mercy unless you have your email list. That’s the only thing you really control the email list. Even then that kind of Google actually, even that it’s kind of, yeah, you’re right. It’s kind of cool. Cause it all 70 % of all email goes through SMS. How’s it? about that SMS right now is, know, I never, I don’t get a lot of SMS marketing. I think the reason is because SMS is interruptive.

50:28
Whereas email, you can spam my email and I only see it when I check it. Whereas SMS, it’s like I’m in the middle of a call or with my family and you interrupt me. Oh man, people hate SMS spam. I send SMS when I want someone to take action, if they’re to make them attend like a live presentation that I’m giving or something. I only do it for content once a month. For the store though, I text once a week and it converts 10X better than email.

50:54
I will say like the email stuff is what I’m most protective of. That’s what I was kind of known for with copywriting the email things. So I’m the most protective of my quality on my email list because we get like pretty high, we have very high open rates. And so that’s my secret weapon, the email list. Because when I send something out to the email list, that’s where I can guarantee that I’m to get clicks on something, views, likes, all that kind of stuff. I make sure, here’s an interesting thing I teach inside our copywriting course. There’s a, there’s a,

51:22
ratio I call the 70 % content, 30 % sales. If you stick to that ratio, people will never get mad at you. So if you only sell them stuff like, Hey, go here and buy this, go here and buy this, people get mad at you. But if you give them 70 % good content and only about 30 % sales on your email, people will stick around because they’re getting more value than being pitched. so almost every email can have some sales in it. So long as you make it max 30%. Um, you could occasionally do obviously a full hard sell, of course.

51:51
but you have to come at them with other good stuff in their email that they enjoy. Do you do a newsletter every week by chance? I do. How does that work compared to your normal emails? Oh, sorry. What’s the distinction? Like Tim Ferriss does like five Bullet Fridays or something. I just have a newsletter of the content that I put out that week. Yeah, I don’t do something like James Clear or…

52:16
or I started one called the stupid email. It stands for swipe thought uplifting picture. on it. I’m on your list. Yeah. Yeah. It does. It does really well. I would highly suggest if you’re to start a newsletter, you don’t have to have an acronym for it like I do, but I would say have a format laid out. So three to five sections. And the way to find it is you see what you normally post that does well on social media. So that does well and that you like. So for me, I post all these old ads. I love old ads, like Ogle the ads and stuff.

52:45
And people tend to respond to them pretty well. So the number one spot on the email was a swipe. And then interesting was just like, you know, Twitter, you post interesting things here and there. So it’s a random thought. And I do a lot of drawings. So the ending is always a drawing. And that format and it goes out every Friday at a certain time, like people really look forward to it. get the most responses to any email, the newsletter. How do you when you say it’s working? How do you define working?

53:12
People click it has a very high open rate and people respond to it a lot. I go by anecdotal evidence of how many people respond to it By risk. Okay. Can you just put some numbers to that like what? Is it a percent to open rate will be between so between 30 to 40 percent, which is which is quite high 40 percent of the very high end 30 percent of the low end and then clicks Depending on if I have them click my goal is not to get them to click. Sometimes there’s no links at all

53:40
So the clicks are quite high if I want them to click. So thousands of clicks. So if there’s a sponsor or something I want them to click, I can get people to click. And then responses, I’ll get like 20 to 50 responses on something. And if I ask people to respond, like I say, hey, respond to this with this question, could be hundreds. Yeah. Interesting. Okay. Maybe I’ll give that. I mean, that’s yet another thing to put on my list that’s gonna be hard to measure though, in terms of It is harder to measure. Yeah.

54:11
Dude, yeah, it was great catching up with you, No, it was a fun time. We talked a lot about a lot of stuff and yes, we should definitely compete. It seems like we’re doing similar things with our content and we’re even selling something similar. mean, yours is copywriting on e-commerce. Yeah, it’s pretty different. mean, e-commerce is, yeah, I used to be in e-commerce a long time ago, but I’m not, we do copywriting for e-commerce sites quite often, but we don’t like actually do like e-commerce stuff. Yeah.

54:39
Well, actually, where can people find you if they need help with copywriting? course.com is the main place you go to Twitter type my name in the door or just nevmed. And then I also have like a book. This will teach you how to write better. That still shockingly sells. I would like to like redo it at some point. I can’t believe I didn’t even know you had a book. What is it called again? This book will teach you to write better. Huh? I wrote this on a work in 2013 and it’s still to this day. It makes like a thousand bucks a month. Isn’t that weird?

55:08
My goodness. I to sell, I tried to give it away for free, but because it’s a physical book, you have to charge something. The lowest price you can charge is $5. So I charged five bucks for it, but I would like to redo the book or like do the second edition and then charge 20 bucks for it. I got a book coming out. Really? Yeah. Uh, I got a public Harper Collins is publishing it, but I just actually turned in the manuscript literally yesterday. Oh, wow. Congrats. So, uh, and so guess a year from now, maybe it’ll come.

55:37
Nice. Oh my God. That’s why I did self publishing and so much faster. Yeah. I know. I just want to see it in a bookstore so I can take my kids there. I have different ego based motivations. Also, if you could sell 10,000 books, you could basically get on New York times bestseller. I’m going to try. I’m going to try my best to get on there. Whatever happens happens. But yeah, it’s right. It’s kind of a messed up thing because it’s not just the number of books. It’s like where you sell the books. So if you, if the books sell, sell on Amazon, it’s like different than if it sells inside of a Barnes and Noble.

56:07
Isn’t that weird? exactly. mean, very bizarre way to do it. So you can game it, but it’s it’s plus you have to pass the committee. Like I, you know, I’m just going to put my best foot forward and see what happens. But yeah, I just want to make sure we Well, we’ll talk about it on our joint Twitter. Sweet, man. All right. Well, take care of them. Great chatting, man. Take care. Bye.

56:29
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you want to learn copywriting in a fun and entertaining way, go check out Neville’s stuff over at CopywritingCourse.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash episode 426. Once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash KLAVIO.

56:59
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how is these tools on my blog. If you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

57:27
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

425: This 1 Strategy Grew Her Water Bottle Brand To 10M+ With Alicia Reynoso

425: This 1 Strategy Grew Her Water Bottle Brand To 10M+ With Alicia Reynoso

Today I have Alicia Reynoso on the show. Alicia is the founder of Live Infinitely which is a company that sells water bottles and outdoor gear online.

Water bottles is one of the most saturated e-commerce products that you can sell online but she turned it into an 8 figure business with this one strategy.

Enjoy the interview!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Alicia chose to sell such a saturated product
  • How Alicia build an 8-figure water bottle business
  • Alicia’s single strategy that allowed her to build a community around her products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Alicia Rinozo on the show. And let me tell you why she’s special. Alicia has taken probably one of the most saturated e-commerce products that you could possibly sell online and turn it into an eight figure business with this one single strategy. Enjoy the interview. But before we begin, I want to thank CleoVive for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake.

00:55
and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source in my e-commerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your audience. So head on over to postscript.io slash dv and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv.

01:55
And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that are released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Drop podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Alicia Reynoso on the show. Now, Alicia is the founder of Live Iffinitely, which is a brand that sells water bottles and outdoor gear online, which she grew to eight figures before selling it. Now, selling water bottles is a tough business. It’s commodity. Tons of companies that sell them, but Alicia succeeded by building communities. And these communities gave her exposure and loyalty from her customer list, which allowed her to charge

02:54
premium pricing for her products. So in this episode, Alicia is gonna teach us exactly how she built up her eight figure water bottle business. And with that, welcome to the show. Yeah, thanks so much for having me. It’s so funny that you say that because my boyfriend was actually the one that was like, we should sell water bottles. And I was like, are you crazy? Like that just sounds so competitive. We had started off with like, like a cooling towel or something like that, but it didn’t work out. And then he’s like, let’s do water bottles. And I was like, you want to compete against Nalgene and Nike and

03:24
So it’s just funny you mentioned that because it was it’s it’s it’s a silly competitive market to enter for your first product for sure. There’s like four or five big brands just wrapped up my head. Yeah. Yeah. I’m very curious. mean, well, okay, let’s let’s start with that. Like, why did you choose water bottles? Are you a boyfriend? Yeah, so well, we got started back when it was just like Amazon FBA. That was like what year was 2014 15.

03:51
So 14 is when the cooling towel launched. was a failure. 15 is when we picked the water bottle. So really 15 was like the birth of it all. But we were like trying in 2014 too. But it was 2015. We did like the amazing course and everything like that. And we were just looking at the seller ranks. I knew from the very beginning, like LiveInfinity was my brand. I knew from the very beginning, I wanted to create a brand. I didn’t want to just like pick products and sell them.

04:20
I wanted my brand to stand for like live infinitely. The name means to live your life with infinite possibilities. Like you can do or achieve anything. So that was the message that I wanted to share through my brand. So I wanted it to be like something like fitness outdoors, like getting out there, like being healthy, living your best life type thing. And so he just like was going through, you know, the whole process back then, best seller rank and saw a fruit infuser water bottles and like water bottles are super broad and competitive, but like through water bottles.

04:50
was like a little bit like, like niching down into it. And that’s what we decided to go with as our first product. And because it was a little bit different, we were actually able to be successful out of the gate on Amazon because it wasn’t just like a normal water bottles. So let’s start there. you brand registered on Amazon for that first product? Yes, but it took a while. for the first few years, like we were just kind of, no, we weren’t. think honestly, didn’t get brand registered probably till 2016.

05:19
Actually, back in the day, was super, it was much easier on Amazon. Yeah, 2015. Okay. So you made some money off of that first initial water bottle. Yeah, did you have your own website at that time too? Or the first year? No, it was just all on Amazon. Amazon just like really got us out of the gate. And then that’s when we joined

05:41
blue ribbon with Ezra Firestone and we’re like we should get on Shopify, diversify revenue because we knew eventually that we wanted to sell the business too. And so that’s when like probably 2018 or so we built out the website to try to like diversify that but originally it’s just on Amazon. We were just trying to pick any products that kind of fit under that branding that we were going for but really made no sense. Like we had like hand-mixed backpacks.

06:08
water bottles like it was kind of all over the place. Originally on Amazon to get us out of, you know, just get us started. Was it profitable though? Yeah, was profitable and much easier. Okay, then our website, as soon as we like launch your website, so worth it. And I love it. And now that’s what I geek out over. My boyfriend eventually just took over Amazon, and like ran our pay per click and everything like that. And I just went full on into Shopify.

06:36
and I learned the email marketing and Facebook ads and everything like that that we needed to learn for that side of the business. But then it just also just required so much more work and learning all of those different things as well. Yeah. So basically you validated that these water bottles were a thing on Amazon. And then do you remember at what point you needed to decide to start your website? Was it because of the mastermind that you went there or was that always in the plan? It was kind of because

07:05
mastermind and just not being able to sleep at night, knowing that all your eggs were in one basket. You take out half a million dollar loans to fund Amazon and you’re like, if something happens, you’re like, if, because Amazon, just, they do it all the time. They pull your listing because all of a sudden it’s categorized for synthetic urine. And you’re like, how is this? that really happen? Yeah, that happened to one of our products once. And you’re like, how is this synthetic urine?

07:34
And so you’re just like, always at the mercy of Amazon. And so that was when like, was kind of the mastermind, also just because we wanted to sleep better knowing that like, if Amazon, if anything happened, we’d always have like our website and kind of control of our revenue as well. So when you start your own website, though, you have to drive your own traffic. So what was your strategy there? Yeah, at first, we didn’t know. like, we just had like Google set up and we had like kind of the halo effect, honestly, from Amazon of

08:04
people knew us at that point. We had been around for a few years and we had people searching for us and going to our website and stuff. then it was in 2019 that I took the time to learn Facebook ads myself. And that was when we were able to change our revenue from like 99 % Amazon to eventually 50-50 of our revenue was around that time, 2019, when I learned Facebook ads.

08:33
Can we talk about Facebook ads real quick for water bottles specifically? Like what were your ads, like what were your highest converting ads and what was the return on ad spend? Yeah, so honestly a lot of the challenge like when we go into a little bit more, that was like the biggest thing for me when it came to my creatives and my copy for my ads was because like,

08:54
We never ran ads, like ads initially when we first started was like, look at this cool water bottle. It’s BPA free. It’s 32 ounces. Like it’s so cool. And then like, nobody cares. And then eventually like when we had our community and like our differentiator of like what our brand stood for and what we were there to help you achieve in your life. Like all of our ads became that, you know, like our, our copy was like, one of them was like, this water bottle changed my life. And that was like the headline and it’s like a water bottle. And then people start reading.

09:24
And most of our creatives were women holding the water bottles or sharing their experiences and stuff like that. So 99 % of our ads besides our retargeting and bottom of the funnel campaigns were focused on the transformation that our business helped to achieve over the product. So the community came first before the successful Facebook ads? Actually, no, that’s a good question.

09:52
had some good success, mainly because honestly, as being in that mastermind, I learned a lot of just using native content. And so we already had some pretty good reviews and testimonials. And I used those initially advocate for, cause we didn’t launch our community and challenge until 2020. And so all of 2019, I just used like previous customers and their experiences and stuff like that as our ads. And it was testimonials and that sort of thing. Yeah.

10:21
Mainly, and then it was a combination of, we always laughed that we were a water bottle company that made money on straw lids because we sold water bottles, but then that’s where we lost money to acquire the customer, but we would make money because we could upsell them on products like a straw lid, a brush set, a carrying case, all these things that, that’s what turned us profitable from our ads. And so we always just laughed at.

10:47
We’re a water bottle company that makes money on straws. Wait, interesting. the straw lid is literally what it is. It’s a lid with a hole for a straw? Yeah, it looks just like this one. This is one of oldest water bottles. And we’d sell this thing to our plastic versions for whatever. And they were like 70 cents or a dollar and we’d sell them for $7. Interesting. margins are huge and that’s where we end up making money.

11:16
That sounds funny. So the water bottles were actually not not profitable, but then you would upsell them on a bunch of accessories that would make it profitable. Cool. So what was the return on ad spend then before the communities and that sort of thing? Was it just majorly profitable or? Yeah, it was profitable. And as we always said, like if you’re breakeven, you’re winning. And we were stoked because we were really profitable. For us, we needed like a one point

11:44
five to six return on ad spend to break even and we were usually like two to 2.5 return on ad spend. Okay. Just top of the funnel cold traffic was usually what we were. And then when the community came around and we started leveraging that as like a lead acquisition. I didn’t know this when I was writing my business because we were kind of getting close to selling and I was just so busy.

12:08
but like analyzing those campaigns a little bit more. We ran a few and those ones were like four to seven return announcements for that. Did the upselling happen in your email list after they purchased or did you do it during the purchase like as an upsell? On the listing, On the listing we had the upsell options and then also post purchase like right as a we used the zipify one click upsell. So post purchase and then also

12:38
my email flows. I set up my Klaviyo account. Eventually that was like 40 % of our revenue and a lot of it was after they purchased and we took them through a customer journey as well. Nice, nice. Okay, so let’s just jump right to the community part then. How does one build a community? Yeah, so that was the biggest thing. So I kind of explained a little bit earlier like how I was all over the place or we were all over the place with our products like hammocks, backpacks, like we just thought

13:05
We thought we knew our customer. was kind of making the products around me, you know, of like, I am this outdoor girl that like loves to be healthy. But then once we like really kind of started, started getting to know our customers, like that wasn’t who we were actually selling to at all. And I realized like, we kind of hit this pivotal point that we were like, okay, we want to sell our business. But we’re kind of plateauing. Like every year we were growing like really rapidly. And then like 2019, 18, we were like stalling around then.

13:35
And that’s when I like, listened to this one podcast that kind of talked a lot about the relationships of your customers and like, and that’s exactly what I wanted to do was like provide, you know, my brand was built from day one to like help people like remind them that they can do these things and achieve, know, become whatever they wanted to become. But I was like poorly conveying that poorly helping people. I thought I was doing a good job, but I wasn’t. So I spent a lot of time like near the end of 2019, like

14:02
just mapping out our customer and their customer journey of like, okay, this is our customer. This is their before, say after state and the objections that are standing in their way from achieving that. And then I was like, what can I do to help them get from the before state to the after state without them even having to pay us? You know, like just bring them into our world and just help them and get them there without even having to pay us.

14:26
That’s when I was like, okay, I could come up with eBooks, videos, like all these things, like healthy recipes, all these things that I love to do anyways. But I just like couldn’t cause I was like in charge of our marketing or like emails, Clavio, web design, all that kind of stuff. There’s no way I could do it all. I kind of thought of bundling into a challenge. So the whole concept of that was our customer wanted to be healthy, happy, loved, like they want to be seen, heard, appreciated.

14:55
And so I thought of like a 60 day hydration challenge where I could get them in. Of course, like, like drinking water and stuff is like the, the core concept of it. But I broke it down into like many weekly challenges to focus on all those other things as well that they wanted to achieve, like loving themselves, being, you know, healthy eating, moving their bodies, gratitude, all the things beyond just being healthy because in the longterm, like people would come to us.

15:24
for a water bottle, but that’s not exactly, that’s not really what they’re trying to achieve. They’re trying to achieve those deeper things like that. So that was kind of the concept of the challenge. so, as January- So let’s back up, before we get into the challenge, I wanna know that you were selling a bunch of products and you were targeting people like yourself. How did you even figure out that you were targeting the wrong audience? was mainly, we had these few customers that had been around

15:52
Like I feel like from the beginning of the days, even on Amazon, they emailed us and just said how grateful they were. And, and I just like looked at that and I was just like, I’m kind of, I kind of feel like I’ve been making this about me and where I’m like, these are our customers. I, and kind of that first year of running ads on Facebook in 2019, we started getting more customers that weren’t me, you know, like my email lists were growing or it was growing with like these older women. And that’s kind of like how I realized.

16:22
this whole time we were just scared. You know, we trying to know they were older. Did you hop on the phone with them? Were you sending out surveys? Any surveys and feedback? Yeah. Like we would do we would try to do a lot of fun things like on our Instagram or Facebook or try to get them involved and communicate as much as we could. It was very little like our our social media engagement stuff like that was was really little comparatively to like now. But that was kind of like the initial

16:52
feedback we would try to get. And then when we try to send out a hammock email, and also that’s exactly it. Our email marketing was the biggest indicator of what was working and what wasn’t. I’d send out an email about being outdoors and here’s a hammock and stuff. And those always had the poorest response to our audience. And then I’d send out an email about gratitude and stuff like that. those always had a lot more response. when we set up our blog, we finally set up a blog post for our website.

17:22
And those were the blogs that would get comments and people like engaging with and stuff like that. So we could see the interest in what people were doing. And that’s when we decided to delete half of our products and just get rid of them. Interesting. Which ones did you delete like that? The hammocks and that sort of thing? Yeah. Like all of our outdoor stuff, we just got rid of that and just kind of focused in on, you know, this woman that wants to be healthy and not like that. Okay. So it started out as like an outdoors brand and then you just kind of focused in, you found out

17:52
there were older women, and I don’t know what your definition of old is, because I’m old, but let’s just call it over the age of 50, 60 maybe, I don’t know. Well, you’re right, the older women, it’s more just like, I’m more mature, I suppose. And their kids are growing up, but we’d even still have 30 year olds and stuff like that, but are in that next phase of adulthood.

18:18
Okay, and it sounds like those other products probably weren’t selling that well regardless, so it wasn’t really hitting your top line by removing those products. No, no. They were profitable and we loved them and I had such emotional attachments to them. when it came down to it, if we could take that cash and invest it into the products that we’re selling faster, and that was just smart. We were all around to not have to spread ourselves.

18:46
So let’s jump to challenges now. In order to run a challenge, you need to have people to join it. So how do you get people on it in the first place? Yeah, so for us, we had at that time like an email list of like 70,000 people. yeah, because of 2019, legitimately our business had like two phases of like Amazon and then 2019 turned on Facebook ads. And that was when our email list went from like 10,000 to 70,000 in just one year.

19:16
But then in 2020, we used that list to launch the challenge and we had like four or 500 people sign up for that first round. And then it was just a snowball effect from there of just like getting people enrolled to the concept. It was a completely free challenge. So a lot of my clients that I help now are starting from zero with no email list. And we just like run Facebook ads to get them to join the free challenge. And the whole concept of it being free is

19:45
You want the right people, not as many people, but the right people in that group to know, like, and trust you and go through this experience with you as a brand. And then ultimately they become like loyal customers for life. But that was initially how we got ours off the ground. Okay. So to run Facebook ads to join a challenge sounds really expensive for a free challenge. Like I run my own and I know the niche really depends on what it is, but we’re talking like maybe four to $6 per lead, at least in my industry, which is

20:14
Right. It’s kind of like ecommerce. I’m kind of curious with your clients that are starting from zero, how much are they paying per lead? Right now we’re getting around $3. Then the average Yeah, I think that’s kind of the average three to $4 for for ecommerce products. But um, and then like my what I tell them is you want at least 100 numbers, because you have it’s like a game of percentages. I tell them sure, I’ve like you have the percentage of people that are lurkers.

20:43
the percentage of people that engage, the percentage of people that just like forget, you know, that they even join. So you like, at least a hundred gives you a good like base to test the concept and see if it’s really what your audience wants.

20:58
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

21:28
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:56
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:08
So if you’re running these for an e-commerce product and then the challenge is related to the product that you sell, but it might not directly convert into products right away. So you’re kind of taking this leap of faith then, let’s say you’re paying, it sounds like 300 bucks to run this challenge, right? For a hundred people, let’s say. So the goal is to just build up your email list and your nurture list, right? And then…

22:36
Can you just walk me through maybe one of your challenges? Like what was one of your ads look like to get them to join the challenge? Yeah, so for ours initially, it was it was just a like a customer kind of sharing her experience with using our water bottles and our products. And you know that being a customer of Living Flee was much more than just you know, getting hydrated and kind of just sharing her whole spreading ads is like just sharing her story. They go from that ad to the landing page that we build.

23:05
And then opt in. And that was the biggest thing that I like to kind of kick myself in the butt for is, is I didn’t realize that these were profitable. It is a much longer customer journey. And so that’s why when I was running our business and doing these ads, I didn’t just throw a budget at it because we were like getting ready to sell and I just didn’t realize that. But my cold traffic campaigns,

23:31
would convert within seven days to a two return on ad spend. And so I knew it was profitable. I could scale it, but these ones, you put money at it and it takes like 30, 60, sometimes 90 days for that full return on ad spend to like come to fruition. But at that point for us, it was like between like four or five return on ad spend. know now, um, the new owners have even seen 7 % or seven return on ad spend with using the challenge as a lead acquisition. So it was much longer.

24:00
So it’s like, it’s kind of that risk of getting them, of putting your money towards that and getting people into your community. Yeah. All right. So, so walk me through it. So the ad is literally just a story where a water bottle changed their life. They click on that, takes them to a landing page. What’s on the landing page? Just the benefits of the challenge, essentially. Like, so a lot of, like we’re doing an outdoors workout outdoors challenge for one of my clients.

24:25
And you just go to the landing page and it’s just like, welcome. And you talk about the philosophy of the company, try to get people, try to get people that share your same values of like not just a fitness company or water bottle company, we’re a company that helps you live your life with infinite possibilities, or we’re a company that’s like all about being wild outside, know, like sharing the philosophy of who you are, that’s different from, you know, the water bottles or a fitness company type thing. And then like, here’s the challenge, like it’s free to join, you know, here’s

24:54
we make challenge packets. So when they register, they get this packet that has the pledge card Like a physical packet? Just a PDF. Or a downloadable PDF for them. Got it. Okay. Yeah. So they’ll get that that has their pledge card, calendar, all the information. So they register for free get that packet. Then we walk them through the steps of, know, step one, join a Facebook group. Step two, make your pledge, like introduce yourself to the community. Step three,

25:25
um, buyer products, you know, we usually, but, um, we usually at the end of those steps would, uh, try to get them to convert as well. And a lot of them would initially, but it’s just like step one, step two, step three, uh, this product would help you. It’s not mandatory. Like obviously our water bottles were helpful in a 60 day hydration challenge. And like for our workout outdoors challenge, we have products that help you work out outdoors.

25:52
And then like different challenges that we do, or like we have a pet company and we sell the pet products that help you have a better like bond and relationship with your pets. So a lot of times it’s not the highest conversion from like a top of the funnel, cold traffic campaign to product listing, but you can get some right then and then they go through the whole customer journey and that’s when it cleans up the rest. So let me just kind of break down what you just said. So landing page, you tell them the benefits of the challenge and then they sign up.

26:22
you you launch a Facebook group, private Facebook group, it sounds like you them introduce themselves. What’s this pledge like I promise to take part in this challenge and fulfill the whatnot? Okay. Essentially, my thought with that is just like an icebreaker. Like sometimes people join, they don’t know what to say. So it’s just like, here’s your first post written for you. Got it. Got it. Okay. And if they don’t do it, do you encourage them to do it later? Or? Yeah, yeah.

26:50
But it’s not like mandatory. You can still participate and win prizes and everything. But the whole idea behind it is that like some they join and it’s like, what do I say? You know, you’re just like, here’s what you say. Introduce yourself. right. Oh, I like that. I like that. OK. And then you say, you know, for this hydration challenge, using your example, you need a water bottle. Here’s ours. You don’t have to use it. But, you know, if you still need one, buy this one. Yeah.

27:19
And then after that, the challenge begins, presumably, Right. OK, walk me through running the challenge. Let’s use your hydration one since you’ve probably run it a million times. Yeah. So what’s day one like? So day one, we have like a whole kickoff party. Every week, so birds eye view real quick, we have weekly challenges with weekly live videos. And then on a day to day basis, that was the best part for me is I was just too busy to like post and do things every single day.

27:48
I was one of the super engaged Facebook group, but I was like, I just don’t have the time. So for me and my requirements was pretty, it was just to show up once a week for the live video. And it was like, and then like one post to like ask them like a roll call to like submit their calendars to show that they were participating. But, but day one we’d have a kickoff party and like,

28:11
we’d have is scheduled in a Facebook event. People would come, we’d introduce us, the brand. We were always transparent that we were a brand. know, you know, we are living from, this is what we stand for. This is me. This is why I started the company. This is like what our values, everything like that. This is why hydration is so important. This is what you can expect for the next 60 days. Meet with us once a week, all that kind of stuff. And then we like give out prizes. We make it super fun and like have timers that go off. And if you are the most recent comment, you win.

28:40
prizes. So there’s like always very fine, but always like the way to introduce yourself and your values and what you stand for and what products you have to offer and what they can expect. And then from there, we just announce like the weekly challenges. right. So what’s the first weekly challenge? So literally you’re just getting on Facebook live once a week, it sounds like, right? Work-wise. Yeah. All right. So can you just walk me through one of these challenges? the hydration, what is like the first challenge of that?

29:10
So I always tell people that your first weekly challenge should be something that helps your customers get set up for success for the whole challenge. like whether that be like we have a meditation challenge and it’s like make your space, you know, this week we challenge you to like create the space that you will like meditate in for 60 days or however long or ours was to find like fruit infused water recipes. So like changing from soda and juices and stuff to water can be boring and hard.

29:40
For some people, so this week we challenged you to find some like yummy, natural things you can add that will kind of make it more delicious. So that was always like the very first week every, I personally ran 10, 60 day challenges before we sold. And now I think they’re on a 12 or something now, but every single time was the same one for the first week to help them like get set up for the whole time. cool. And then, you go on live and then you mentioned something like roll call. Is that like just,

30:09
having people tell you what they’ve done or? Yeah, so I would go live every Sunday evening and every Sunday morning I’d do a post that says, roll call, like share. Because in that challenge packet we talked about earlier, I had a calendar for them so they could check off that they drink their water. And so on Sunday mornings, I said, you know, in the comments here, post a picture of your calendar to be eligible for prizes. So it like did two things that like helped me easily pick winners because

30:38
instead of going through all the posts and stuff and trying to figure out like who was who was doing it. They could tell me right there and then to give them that weekly accountability that they knew was coming. Cool. So they’re like, okay, this is going to come up. I should be drinking my water and stuff like that. And were the people just naturally communicating with each other on the Facebook group or? That was the thing that like blew my mind. And what I’ve seen in like all these challenge groups that I’ve helped create is

31:05
is that like, if you can get the people, if you can get people that are on like the similar or same journey in that group, going through a shared experience, the conversations just happen naturally, which is why I didn’t have to like do all these posts and like facilitate the conversations as much, because they would come in and say like, oh, I’m just trying to drink water because I want to lose weight. I want to give up soda, all the, whatever their reason was, they’d share those reasons. And then the other awesome thing that

31:34
was unintentional, but worked out so well, was that by changing up the weekly focus, 60 days, they have to their water every day for six days, but the weekly focuses would kind of change, or they would change. And that changed the conversation and kept things fresh. Because six days is a long time, and people might lose interest of just doing the same thing for 60 days. But every week, we’d be like,

31:58
gratitude or healthy eating and so like people be like, oh I love healthy eating, here’s all my recipes or I love gratitude and so the conversations just naturally always happened because the topics were being mixed up by just the weekly challenges. All so this goes way beyond water bottles obviously right? So essentially you get them in with the hydration challenge that they’re signing up for but really it’s more of like a lifestyle thing right? You talk about gratitude, you talk about healthy eating.

32:27
exercise maybe, and it just transforms into this, you how to live a better life challenge. Yeah, yeah, essentially. Exactly. And that’s what was that’s what was so fulfilling honestly was from day one on Amazon. That’s what I wanted the brand to stand for. And that’s what I wanted to help people do. But I just never could. I never like figured it out until I was able to do this challenge. And then that’s when like, honestly, it was kind of hard for me to sell it at some points because I was like,

32:55
This is so fulfilling. I feel like I’m changing people’s lives and helping them achieve these things. And the stories that would happen after 60 days, it was well beyond that they just drank water. was that their whole confidence has changed. Our whole life has changed. And I was able to actually make the impact that I wanted to with my business, which was really cool. All right. So, I guess a question that the listeners are going to have is I saw something super boring.

33:25
how do I develop a challenge around that?

33:29
I know, let’s say I sell office supplies or something. Help me come up with a challenge for that. Yeah, so it all starts with your business. Like every business needs to have a story of what you stand for. I think like that’s the brand. Otherwise, you’re just a product business and that’s just not going to go far. water bottle business could have had any story, you know, like any mission or purpose.

33:54
but mine specifically was to remind people that they could do anything and become anything. So I think starting there is the most important thing of what your brand is, if it’s an office business, and you wanna support aspiring entrepreneurs that are working in the office day to day or whatever, and you’re gonna help them with mindset or something like that. You become this mindset business that is all about motivating and encouraging, educating your customers.

34:24
So starting with your brand and what your brand stands for, your values and like what you actually want to achieve with it goes well beyond any product that you choose. If you got that right, you can do any product, you know, and then you just align that mission and those values with that product and you can create that challenge. And then of course, your products can fit into your challenge. Like if you’re doing an office supply and you’re selling paper or something like that.

34:52
organization. exactly. And you’re going to do a challenge that helps people be organized, get focused, get crystal clear on their goals as an entrepreneur, or even just a business professional on like what they want to achieve. Then that’s how you can take any boring product. But as long as you have like the brand and the story that you want to like align it with. Yeah, I like that. And then once people join your challenge, they’re

35:19
like your company name, like they might not be ready to buy like a hammock or something, right? But they’ll remember your brand. And so when you do send out emails or run ads, they’ll remember that challenge they took part in and they’ll want to shop from you, right? Like I’m not going to buy a water bottle from Nalgene anymore once I’ve gone through one of your challenges. Exactly. Exactly. Cause then you’ve, you’ve done more for them than any brand. Like that’s the biggest thing is that a lot of brands, a lot of just companies don’t.

35:47
That’s why I make sure it’s free. The whole challenge is free. I’d rather get them in and get them into my world and learn how much we care about their experience and then lock them into any product launch. Because at that point, like you said, we really could have launched anything. I want to keep it along their journey. And was also just a side note of the best thing ever was that we never knew what products to launch until we had this community.

36:16
And they were always like, we want this, this, this, this, and this color and this size. And so like everything was so much easier and just like, okay, we’ll launch that now. And then it wasn’t a flop because you know who your customer is and what they want now. Right. That’s cool. I like that. So do all these challenges have to be so long? You mentioned yours are like days. That’s a long time, but do they have to be longer on the longer end in general?

36:41
So there’s pros and cons for sure. And a newer brand just starting out, I just say do a shorter one, like 21 days is the shortest I’d say to like 30 days, just because you want to like test the concept, prove it, get some social proof and use that to like build. But in 60 days, it just take a while to like get all that built. But for me, the pros of a 60 day is one, the transformation is much deeper for the customer. So you get the testimonials and the stories.

37:10
And the loyalty that you build out of that is like next to nothing. It’s just really cool. And then two, as a business owner, it’s so much easier for it to manage because the hardest or the most time consuming part of running it is launching it. And that’s like, it’s really great because you can get some more leads and everything.

37:40
Honestly, I loved launching them, but then once I launched, I was like, okay, I got like nice to kind of just let it run and let it like nurture my customers. And I could show up once a week and I had other parties too, but like that was like check. And then I can move on to the next big project. So it was really, really nice for me as a business owner to not have to like redo it all the time. And then just the stories that would happen and transformations and it goes by so fast.

38:09
like so fast and you’d be surprised at how many people stay along for the whole 60 days. Like, um, Are you emailing them every day by the way? Just. Have I done them every day? No, no, no. Are you emailing them every day? Are you contacting them every day? No, just once week. Just once week. Okay. All right. Yeah. Yeah. So I, we’d have our live videos on Sundays and on Mondays I’d send a recap of like, here’s what happened. Here’s one. Here’s the new weekly focus. Um, all that kind of stuff. Okay. So correspondence wise, it’s actually prep prepping. doesn’t.

38:38
I mean, coming with the idea is the hardest part, but executing it, it’s once a week live and then it’s maybe a couple of emails in the beginning to get them set up, but after that it’s just one email a week? Yeah, exactly. I set up a flow that I would just duplicate. So I set up one time and that’s the whole part that I help my clients do is conceptualize the strategy, then build out their landing pages, the emails. And then once you have those backend emails when somebody registers, you can just keep duplicating it.

39:08
for future rounds. I like this. Okay, so it doesn’t even sound like that much work. No, mean, that’s the thing. Coming up with it is the hard part. what to do. with it and building it. So for me, I built out my assets over 10 challenges, so 600 days. So like the challenge packet, my landing pages, and made it look as professional as it is over that much time. But that’s how I tell people to get it set up is like that.

39:37
And that can take some time to have it look as professional. And I didn’t do that straight out of the gate. It was just done over time and revised and changed and optimized to what it became. But then after that, that was the best part because we were just a small team of three people. I just, couldn’t have something that took up a lot of my time, but then also just provided immense value to our customers and didn’t really take much time.

40:08
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

40:37
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

40:48
So let’s enumerate what you need here. It sounds like there’s this challenge packet to get them started, right? And then for a 60-day challenge, that’s five emails and an autoresponder, essentially, right? Like a flow. Yeah, five to seven. Seven is usually the sweet spot. Five to seven, then you’re just going on live once a week and getting people on, you’re having conversations and whatnot, and maybe the next day you can do another post that just outlines the accomplishments that people had.

41:16
Like I’m sure there’s more to it, but that in a nutshell is the preparation that you need. And the landing pages. Sure. to get people on. And then occasionally not for all the challenges, but some challenges, I provide like weekly templates. So if it’s like a healthy eating, here’s a template for you to keep track. So then, but not all challenges. Some people like them and some people don’t use them. Like if you have a group of men, a lot of times they don’t like to use templates and stuff.

41:46
I don’t know. But like women love to color them and decorate them like creative and stuff like that. And so so there’s just like the small assets. But yeah, in a nutshell, that’s pretty much the gist of it. Cool. Okay, I can see this working really well builds community and then you can actually probably use these stories and future Facebook ads too. Right? I mean, people are telling their stories. Okay. That’s the other huge thing was that I was in charge of our marketing.

42:15
And I was like, what should I write? What blog article about this? Should I do this? And as soon as I had this community, was like all of my content was made for me. And that was like the best part. was like, they became my emails. They became my organic social posts. They became all my ads. Like all of marketing just became easy for me because they made my content. And before this group, we just like, we begged people for user generated content.

42:43
like, you please send a video or a picture? And we’ll send you something and after this, like, we had like, we didn’t even tap into like a 10th of the content that was in there before we sold. Yeah, no, that’s amazing. I guess this can be kind of intimidating for someone starting from ground zero, right? Because I guess you’re putting down three to 500 bucks for something that you might not see paid dividends for potentially a month or so or 60 days, however long the challenges, right?

43:11
Right, right. And that’s why I say like for new brands start off as a shorter challenge, not like seven to 10, like more like 21 to 30, because you still want to like go through a whole experience with them, excuse me, and like the weekly challenges, if you only have like one or two, like people don’t get the rhythm of what you’re trying to establish. So like within like a month’s time period, people are like, oh, there’s like, this is the cadence, this is like, they go live weekly, they do all these things. So like,

43:39
a newer brand starting off shorter, but still enough time to kind of show them what you’re trying to achieve. I know for me, when I first started doing these lives, I’d always be like, okay, what if no one shows up? What if no one shows up? What if no one shows up? And I remember my first lives that I did, I think I got like five people to show up or maybe less than that. And I was like, oh, there’s only five people watching me. How did you get over that part of it?

44:06
Yeah, that’s a great question. So my boyfriend made fun of me because I would try to go live when nobody was going to be on. At first, I nervous. I was so nervous to go live. And then he’s like, no, you need to tell them and set a schedule so people come. So the first few times, was kind of happier if it was a little bit less people to kind of warm up. But then once I set my schedule, like 7 PM Eastern Sunday, that’s how it was like a year and a half, two years or whatever.

44:37
And originally at first we only had like 10 people or so on the live videos. like, to be honest, you just treat those 10 people like they’re like the best thing ever. Like you didn’t say them by name, like, oh my gosh, hey, Kim, thanks for so much for showing up. How are you? And that was the biggest thing is that like, I took a lot of time because like, I really did care about these women a lot of just like getting to know their names, their families, their stories and stuff like that. And so

45:05
Once they feel like, like I said, our community wanted to feel seen and heard, that was a big part of it. They felt like they were part of a conversation building our brand with us, learning from us and like being a part of it. That just started growing exponentially. But at first, like it was totally okay. There was just 10 of them because they were, they just became like your 10 best friends, you know? then eventually people catch wind of that and like see how much you actually really care. And like they want to come in and like talk to a brand and

45:33
be a part of something too and be part of the conversation. So then it just grows from there. But just treating those first five to 10 people like they are your best friends and really caring. It’s it fun. Then get to conversation with them. They’ll stay online with you and it’s a good time. Let’s set some expectations here. So if you’re doing a live and let’s say you get 100 people signed up, like how long does it, I imagine this is like a snowball thing, right? After a while, people share the challenge because they love it so much. What

46:01
what timeframe would you start seeing? What time is the inflection point? Like, what was it for you when things started really taking off? Yeah, I always say hundreds, like a really good base level just to see, like it was like, cause we, but we started off with, and that’s just what I’m seeing from like other groups. Cause we started off with like three to 500 for something in that range. And even at that point we had just a few people showing up live, but I feel like as soon as that first,

46:30
few weeks of just three to 500 people and they started getting the cadence of like what was going on. That’s when it like snowballed. Like, so I always tell people three to 500 people is such a sweet spot of just like, that’s really like all you need to like have this like mass power behind this group that you can like take all of those benefits that we talked about from.

46:53
because that was like my very first challenge. like the first few weeks, people are like, what’s going on? Like what are these five videos? And then by the end of the 60 days with just three to 500 people, like it was this full community showing up, offering feedback and everything like that. So it really doesn’t take a lot of people at all. I just think getting started at least a hundred, at minimum. And you use the same group each time, Facebook group each time. So it just gets bigger over time, right? That’s the best thing is a lot of, a of people have asked me like, do I need a group for like,

47:23
my brand, and then I grew for the challenge. And it’s like, no, you just need one group because it is your brand. You know, this like this is what you’re bringing. This is the value you’re bringing to your customers. And so everything that I wanted to everything that people try to achieve from a branded community, like customer feedback or testimonials are our product feedback and stuff like that, always achieved there. And, and so you just keep that same group and builds. And then the people that had

47:51
um done the challenges before they know exactly what’s going on and they help indoctrinate the next round of people and they’re like this is what’s going on you know Alicia goes live once a week they have these challenges and so that’s what it became easier because I had my emails to help guide them but I also had this army of people that were just like this is what’s happening welcome yeah I love it welcome and Alicia where can people find more about these I know you help people do these challenges

48:20
I imagine you have a, do you have a challenge that helps you create a challenge? I thought about that. Um, but no, no, we haven’t done that yet. Um, but it’s a challenge makers.com is, um, and so I have like a course outlines kind of stuff, like all the steps of building it, uh, with the templates of like the emails when people like sign up, what usually what we had said, what converted for us, um, and what’s working for their clients as well as like landing page.

48:50
templates, everything like that, the challenge packet templates. it’s all there. Well, thanks a lot for coming on. I think this is a fantastic idea. And I know a lot of people listening, at least to my show, they have like Amazon brands. They were much like you. They’re just selling kind of products that are kind of on the same umbrella, so to speak. But they’re in reality just to spare products. And they’re trying to create a brand around that. And I think this is a great way to jumpstart that for sure. So thank you. I appreciate it.

49:18
Thank you so much for coming on the show and then I will share your contact information on your website in the show notes. Awesome. Sounds good. Thank you.

49:28
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, running a challenge for my eCommerce store is definitely on my list of to-dos, and I’m actually a firm believer in this strategy, and I’ll report on the results when I’m done. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 425. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

49:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

50:28
Head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!